travel around spain itinerary

• Travel to Spain Itineraries

11 Itineraries Around Spain: From 1 Day to 2 Weeks

Win a FREE Trip to Spain!

Exciting Announcement! For the first time, we're thrilled to offer exclusive trips to the heart of Spain - an experience like no other. This isn't your typical tourist journey; it's a unique opportunity to immerse yourself in authentic Spanish culture, alongside real locals and our passionate team.

But there's more! Simply by requesting information about this amazing trip, you'll be entered into a special draw to win a Fully Paid Trip to Spain for Two. And that's not all - everyone who inquires will receive an exclusive bonus gift, valued at $500, available only now.

Click Here ↑ to Request Information & Enter the Draw!

Have you been dreaming about Spain for the past few years? Have you been dreaming about traveling to the cosmopolitan European cities, the quiet medieval towns, or maybe the crystal blue beaches?

Have your dreams become reality just yet? If not, what is stopping you from traveling to Europe? I don’t know about you, but for years, I heard friends complain that they don’t travel enough, and when I finally asked one of them why, she said, “I don’t know where to start!”.

I finally got it! Most of our friends postponed trips because they didn’t know how to organize them, and who can blame them? What is best to choose with so many hotels, tours, restaurants, and places to see!?

I have always loved and enjoyed organizing trips; well, if you are reading this blog, you might see what has come of it. And I want to help you travel and discover Spain without worrying too much, without fighting with your spouse, and without sacrificing too much of your time organizing. 

In this article, you will find 11 itineraries to travel to Spain, from 1 day to two weeks, all full of recommendations for different cities and activities.

You can follow them as they are or tweak them a bit and personalize the itineraries; after all, Sensation Spain’s itineraries are meant for you to enjoy and travel happily. 

On top of that, I will link you to other resources that will make your time in Spain even better!

Table of Contents ▼ ▶

How to plan a trip to Spain?

Planning a trip is like a writer confronting a blank page; you may have so many ideas but don’t know how to put them down and make them real. 

Well, planning a trip can be way easier than writing a book because the information is already out there. You don’t have to be extra creative to plan an amazing trip. The only thing you need is to follow my three traveling steps. 

(If you are traveling with a boyfriend or girlfriend, a wife or husband, or your entire family, it is vital that they also answer the same questions.)

• Go from general to specific.
• Create a set budget.
• When can I make this trip? And what would be my ideal season?
• How many days can I travel? How many days do I want to travel?

The most crucial part of organizing a trip is knowing when it would be possible. Timing affects the choice of season, place, and even your budget. 

If your trip depends on company vacations, figure out when you can get them. If your trip depends solely on you, then choose your favorite season. 

If you are wondering what is the best to travel to Spain, check out our featured article below. The best seasons are usually Spring and Autumn.

Go from General to Specific

After you have made a choice of season, let’s narrow down the travel options. I bet you have a book or a Pinterest board with all the cute places you want to see in Spain, with food recommendations, tips and tricks, and more.

Well, now is the time to gather all the general to create a more concrete board of the places you want to visit. Let’s answer the following questions:

• Do I prefer cities or small towns? Do I want to include nature in my trip? 
• What are my top 10 places to see in Spain (cities or villages)?
• Which of these places are best for the season I chose?

After doing this, you will have a list of the best places you can visit in Spain according to the season. Now, onto the final step. 

Tip: When you list cities, also write down which ones are non-negotiable. For example, when planning my first trip to the Netherlands, I had only four days available (including flying) and four cities in mind: Amsterdam, Rotterdam, The Hague, and Delt. I don’t enjoy rushing; I love discovering places, so I had to choose. Once I knew Delft was my non-negotiable and could narrow down my options, I could cross out Rotterdam and The Hague for the next occasion. 

Create a set budget

After choosing the season, number of days, and the best places, it is time to set the amount of money you want to spend on this journey. Remember that a trip is an investment, so create a budget that will allow you to enjoy and not envy others.

In this article, you can read how much it costs to travel to Spain 🛫:   How to Travel Spain on a Budget: Cost Guide & Tips

This is not an article for backpackers who travel for months.  If you are short on budget, make your trip shorter and prioritize experiences that will make you happy!

For tight budgets that want to travel to Spain, you will need at least between 800 and 1,000 euros (air tickets not included). That could help you be more precise when setting the budget.

With these three steps, you can narrow down your options on everything. And decrease the amount of information you have to deal with when organizing. 

Best time of the year to visit Spain

If you are open to suggestions, I will link you to our article that makes the best recommendation for each season.

For example, if you travel to Spain in autumn by the end of September, then you must see Madrid and Barcelona and experience wine fairs in Logroño.

The main cities will be full, and that is because the weather is WAY more pleasant than summer, and you can enjoy every aspect of the city. 

This is the main guide to find out what is the best time to visit Spain:

• Best Time to Visit Spain: Monthly Guide & What to Expect

If you already know in which season you will travel, then check the following featured articles:

• Summer in Spain: 10 Best Places To Visit & Weather Info
• 10 Best Activities for the Perfect Summer in Barcelona!
• Summer in Madrid: 10 Fun Activities You Can’t Miss!
• Summer in Seville: 13 Top Activities to Beat the Heat
• Summer in Mallorca: 13 Best Things To do (or Avoid!)

• 10 Best Spring Destinations in Spain: Weather & Fun Activities
• Visit Seville in Spring: 10 Best Activities, Places & Food
• Mallorca in Spring: 7 Reasons Why It’s My Favorite Season
• Spring in Madrid: 13 Best Places To See & Things To Do
• Barcelona in Spring: 9 Reasons Why It’s My Favorite Season

• 5 Best Autumn Destinations in Spain: Weather & Fun Activities
• Top 9 Reasons to Visit Mallorca in Autumn
• Madrid in Autumn: 15 Best Activities to “Fall” in Love!
• Barcelona in Autumn: 10 Best Activities to “Fall” in Love!
• Seville in Autumn: 13 Best Activities to “Fall” in Love!

• Spain in Winter: Weather, Destinations, Tips & more
• Seville’s Warm Winter: 11 Top Things in our Best Season!
• Explore Barcelona’s Winter Charm: 11 Cool Things to Do
• Madrid in Winter: 13 Cool Things to do in this Magical Season
• Winter in Mallorca? 7 Best Plans for the Perfect Off-Season

Top 11 Spain Itineraries

This is the section you came for! We have created 11 itineraries guided by the amount of time you might have available to travel to Spain.

We have made from 1 to 14 days itineraries, so you can choose what is best for you, your partner, and your family. They all include resources that will give you more information and advice to make your journey smoother and even more enjoyable!

Let’s begin!

Itinerary for 1 Day in Spain

In this article, you will find two itineraries, one for 24 hours well spent in Madrid and 24 hours to enjoy in Barcelona. 

People who travel only for a day usually do it due to business trips or as a pit stop to go to another city; if any of this is your case, we got you covered!

• 1 Day in Spain? 10 Best Things to Do in 24 Hours! 

Itinerary for 2 Days in Spain

In this itinerary for two days in Spain, you will find two itineraries: Madrid and Barcelona. 

You will find all the key places you must see quickly, and I hope you enjoy them!

• 2 Days in Spain: Trip Ideas & Itineraries to Enjoy Your 48h

Itinerary for 3 Days in Spain

This Itinerary for 3 Days in Spain offers an amazing journey to Madrid and Barcelona. With this planned itinerary, you will see both of Spain’s most famous and cosmopolitan cities. 

• 3 Days in Spain: What’s the Best Itinerary for Your Trip?

Itinerary for 4 Days in Spain

This itinerary for 4 days in Spain offers a twist! You will find FOUR different itineraries to choose the one that fits with your preferences.

You will find:

• How to spend 4 days in Barcelona and the Costa Brava
• How to spend 4 days in Madrid, Segovia and Toledo
• How to spend 4 days in Madrid and Barcelona
• How to spend 4 days in Madrid and Seville

Choose the one that calls you the most and aligns with the cities in your list!:

• 4 Days in Spain - Best Travel Itineraries for Short Trips

Itinerary for 5 Days in Spain

In this article, five itineraries will help you spend the best 5 days in Spain. You will find one itinerary for Madrid, Barcelona, and Seville, another itinerary only to discover southern cities, and a third one to visit Spain’s major classics.  

• 5 Days in Spain: Itineraries to See (almost) Everything!

Itinerary for 6 Days in Spain

I love this article! Here, you will find a unique itinerary that will take you to Valencia and the Balearic Islands. This unique featured special is for those who have already seen Madrid and Barcelona and would like to give their trip nice ocean views!

• 6 Days in Spain: The 3 Best Itineraries for Your Trip!

Itinerary for 7 Days in Spain

This itinerary takes north and south! You will find three different ways to spend seven days in our country. The first itinerary takes you to the main cities plus Seville; the second itinerary takes you all the way to the north, where you will discover Bilbao and San Sebastián, and the third is special for first-timers as it takes you into an immersive trip to Madrid and Barcelona. 

• 7 Days in Spain: The 3 Best Itineraries for Your Trip!

Itinerary for 8 Days in Spain

On this 8-day journey, you will travel through Barcelona, Madrid, Granada and Seville. Plus, I have added plenty of travel tips to make your journey more enjoyable. 

• 8 Days in Spain: The Best Itinerary to See Everything!

Itinerary for 9 Days in Spain

With this nine-day itinerary through Spain we prioritize strategic accommodation and include plenty of day trips!

You will discover Bilbao, San Sebastian, and Pamplona in Northern Spain, plus Madrid and Barcelona.

• 9 Days in Spain: Top Itinerary to See Everything!

Itinerary for 10 Days in Spain

We have created a detailed itinerary to spend ten days in Spain. It includes Barcelona and the Costa Brava, Madrid, Segovia, Granada, and Cordoba. 

• 10 Days in Spain: The Best Itinerary to See Everything!

Itinerary for 2 Weeks in Spain

With two weeks in Spain, you get to see lots of the essentials! With this two-week itinerary in Spain, you go from North to South, traveling and discovering 12 cities and top UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Check it out!

• How to spend 2 weeks in Spain? 12 Cities & Activities

Important Resources

If you have traveled before, I bet you have faced the problem of not finding public restrooms. However, know that in Spain, that will not be a problem because I got you covered.

In this section, I will give you essential advice such as “how to find public restrooms in Spain” and “how to get around major cities in Spain.” The resources here come in handy!

Public Restrooms in Spain

How to Find a Public Restroom in Spain: 12 Spots!

How to Move around in Spain

How to Get around Barcelona + 8 Tips I wish someone told me How to Get Around Mallorca: 9 Tips I wish Someone Told Me How to Get Around Madrid + 8 Tips I Wish Someone Told Me How to Get Around Seville + 3 Tips I wish Someone Told Me!

Where to Eat in Spain

What to Eat in Spain: 31 Tasty & Traditional Dishes

Scams to Avoid in Spain

15 Mistakes Tourist should avoid in Spain. Must read!

Need help organizing your trip to Spain?

If these itineraries are not enough and you still need a little help, leave us a comment or email us!

We love Spain, and we want more people to be able to explore it for real and with the most authentic experiences. At Sensational Spain, we aim to make your dream trip come true. Whether it is with your partner or your whole family, we can create a personalized trip for all of you.

If you want a completely different itinerary or wish to avoid all the research and booking, we can cover that for you, so you juts have to relax and enjoy Spain. 

Email us here!  

I hope these itineraries are helpful when it comes to planning your trip! Remember to follow our three-step formula for organizing a trip, and then check out our itineraries to see which fits best.

Enjoy reading the 11 itineraries throughout Spain, and mix and match them as you wish.

Happy travels!

READ NEXT: What’s the Climate in Spain? Our Real Weather and Temperature

Rating: No ratings yet. Leave a comment!

You might also like...

Eating Out in Spain: Where to Eat & Best Food to Order

The Four Seasons in Spain and Where to Enjoy Them

9 Natural Wonders in Spain Worthy of Your Bucket List!

Email address (optional), star rating (optional).

Be the first to comment!

Millions of people como to Spain every month! But many never get to experience the SENSATIONAL SPAIN!!

We're both born and raised Spaniards and our goal is to give you all the resources to plan a perfect trip to Spain.

Take a look! 👇

FYI! Some affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the post. We'll receive a small commission when you purchase from our links (at no extra cost to you), which will help us keep creating content.

Join the waitlist

I'm about to release my City Guides for Madrid, Barcelona, Sevilla and Mallorca.

They're going to have everything you need to plan the perfect trip. From hotels and transport, to restaurants, attractions, activities, & a lot (A LOT!) of tips & tricks.

What’s the Climate in Spain? Our Real Weather and Temperature

What do Spanish People Think of Americans?

What Song Are You Listening To? MADRID

What is the Best Show to Learn Spanish?

Things People Should NEVER do Dating in Spain

Can Foreigners Adapt To The Spanish Lifestyle?

The Ultimate 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (+ Travel Tips)

If you’re planning your first trip to Spain and are hoping to sample a variety of what makes this sun-drenched country special, we designed this 10 day Spain itinerary for you!

Spain has had a special place in our hearts ever since we landed in Madrid for the first time when kicking off our supposed “6-month” round-the-world trip (that was almost 7 years ago, and that trip arguably never ended).

In the years since, we have been lucky enough to visit Spain so many times that we’ve lost count, exploring countless cathedrals, castles, alcabazas , beaches, and cities along the way.

We’ve explored the country via train, car, bus, and ferry, sampling iconic attractions and little-known villages alike, traveling both alone and with various groups of family and friends.

This itinerary for Spain in 10 days has been curated for first-time travelers based on our lived experiences in Spain, and we hope that you walk away loving this beautiful country as much as we do!

Here’s how to fall in love with Spain in 10 days.

Table of Contents

How We Structured This 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Getting around during your 10 days in spain, the ultimate 10 days in spain itinerary, the best time of year to enjoy this itinerary for spain, more than 10 days in spain, what to pack for your trip to spain, your 10 day spain itinerary map.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

We structured this 10 day Spain itinerary to cover many of the country’s most popular destinations in a “U” shape, beginning in Madrid and ending in Barcelona.

In addition to the ever-popular Madrid and Barcelona, this itinerary also loops through Toledo, Seville, Granada, and Cordoba in a quest to sample a variety of what makes traveling in Spain special.

With the help of the high-speed train between Madrid and Barcelona , you can easily enjoy this trip by either flying round-trip to and from Madrid, or booking an open-jaw ticket where you fly into Madrid and leave from Barcelona.

And, while we opted to start this itinerary for Spain in the capital, you can easily reverse it and start in Barcelona instead, if the flights work out better that way!

Since this 10 days in Spain itinerary is focused on cities, there’s no need to rent a car or drive on this route!

The simplest (and most fun) way to travel between each destination on this itinerary is via train.

For most places, you’ll have the choice of a high-speed train (more expensive but much faster), or a slower regional train.

We recommend comparing train schedules and prices via Omio , the service we use to book many trains around Europe.

Spain’s high-speed AVE trains, like many high-speed trains around Europe, use dynamic pricing–in other words, you should lock down your fares as soon as you can commit to dates!

Once you’re in a given destination, each city is walkable (with the help of public transportation and/or cab rides in certain places).

Shop train tickets for your trip to Spain today!

Day 1: Arrive in Madrid and start sightseeing.

There’s nowhere better to kick off your 10 days in Spain that in the vibrant capital city of Madrid!

Often underestimated compared to popular Barcelona, Madrid is beautiful, endlessly interesting, and pulsates with life from every corner.

It’s one of our favorite cities in Europe to fantasize about living in, and who knows–one day we might just make it happen.

On your first day in the city, tour the (gigantic, opulent) Royal Palace , check out the cathedral, meander through Plaza Mayor, and stop by the Templo de Debod.

And, of course, your first day in Spain can’t be complete without tapas!

Head to Mercado San Miguel for endless options, or opt for this popular tapas tour to learn the ins and outs of this tradition (knowledge that will be very useful for the rest of your time in Spain).

Book your Madrid tapas tour today!

Where to Stay in Madrid

Hostal Adis  — Located just off Puerta del Sol and boasting excellent reviews, you couldn’t ask for a better location in Madrid–and at a budget price, too!

Hostal Adis is an excellent property for budget travelers looking for an excellent location and plenty of privacy–rather than being a traditional hostel, Hostal Adis is more like a budget hotel.

Check rates & book your stay at Hostal Adis today!

Hotel Regina  — Featuring plush beds, spacious rooms, excellent customer service, and a perfect location near Puerta del Sol, mid-range travelers can’t go wrong with a stay at the popular Hotel Regina.

If you’re feeling like a bit of a splurge, upgrade to a room with a panoramic view for an experience you won’t forget anytime soon!

Check rates & book your stay at Hotel Regina today!

Catalonia Las Cortes  — Simultaneously sleek and cozy, modern and traditional, Catalonia Las Cortes is housed in an 18-century building in the heart of Madrid and has blended together all the best of classic atmosphere and modern convenience.

We’ve stayed at a few Catalonia hotels over the years and have always been impressed.

An excellent location near Puerta del Sol, rave reviews and beautiful rooms make Catalonia Las Cortes the perfect luxury hotel choice for those looking for a blend of traditional and modern during their 3 days in Madrid!

Check rates & book your stay at Catalonia Las Cortes today!

Day 2: Enjoy a second day in Madrid.

The second day of this itinerary for Spain opens with one of the most memorable art museums in the country: Spain’s National Art Museum, the Prado.

Packed with masterpieces (primarily Spanish, but also from across Europe), the Prado is one of those museums that we never get tired of.

Skip-the-line tickets are a great idea here, but for the most context (and efficient sightseeing), consider taking a tour in order to make sure you see the best of Velázquez, Goya, El Greco, and beyond!

Book tickets to visit the Prado today!

Once you’re ready to move on, head to the delightful Retiro Park.

With gardens to explore, rowboats to rent, statues to admire, lawns to lounge on, and even the Palacio de Cristal to enjoy, Retiro Park is a wonderful place to relax.

Eventually, make your way to the exit by the Puerta de Alcalá and head up Gran Vía to check out some of Madrid’s most famous architecture!

This shopping street is where you’ll find the iconic Metropolis Building (the rooftop bar and restaurant on top of the Círculo de Bellas Artes has an amazing view of it!), as well as the Cybele Palace.

Branch off to explore the Puerta del Sol and lively La Latina neighborhood in the afternoon and evening!

Don’t wrap up your last (full) day in Madrid without at least one round of churros con chocolate at Chocolatería San Ginés , either.

Day 3: Take a day trip to Toledo.

Today, it’s time to leave the capital behind and take a day trip to the beautiful medieval city of Toledo.

Set about 35 minutes away from Madrid by high-speed train (or about an hour by bus or car), beautiful Toledo is easily one of the best day trips from Madrid.

Surrounded on 3 sides by the Tagus River, Toledo is as charming to look at as it is historically relevant.

The city once briefly served as the capital of Spain, and was even an independent kingdom at one point!

Some of the best things to do in Toledo include visiting the magnificent Toledo Cathedral, touring the Alcázar, stepping inside the Monastery of San Juan de Los Reyes, and meandering through the city’s charming streets.

Don’t miss the viewpoints of the town from across the river, either!

You can easily take the high-speed train to Toledo yourself for the day, but if you prefer the context of a tour (and/or want the easiest access to the viewpoints from across the river), this popular day trip is also an excellent option.

Book your day trip to Toledo today!

Day 4: Head south to Seville.

Sunshine, sour orange trees, flamenco, and some of the most fascinating architecture in Europe await in the next part of this Spain itinerary: welcome to Andalucia.

This is one of our favorite regions in Spain, and it always seems to keep drawing us back.

A roughly 2.5-hour high-speed train journey will deliver you from Madrid to Seville, the capital of the Andalucia region and an excellent jumping-off point for your explorations.

We recommend taking an early train down from Madrid, dropping off your luggage at your hotel (most are happy to hold it until check-in for you), and starting your sightseeing.

Today, be sure to check out the stunning Seville Cathedral , climb to the top of the Giralda (bell tower) for beautiful views of the city, wander through the famous Plaza de Espana, and explore the delightful neighborhood of Barrio Santa Cruz.

The Royal Alcazar of Seville is stunning, and also one of the best attractions in town–but we’d only recommend visiting today if you’re a really big architecture fan.

As amazing as the Alcazar is (and it is, truly), it’s somewhat overshadowed by the Alhambra, which you’ll see in another couple of days when following this 10 day Spain itinerary.

On the other hand, if you’re interested in adding a flamenco show to your Spain itinerary, Seville is the place to do it.

Andalucia is widely considered the birthplace of flamenco (though the specific origins are debated), and a flamenco show like this is a wonderful way to close out your evening.

Book your flamenco show in Seville today!

Where to Stay in Seville

When deciding where to stay in Seville, location is key as ideally, you’ll want to stay within walking distance of Seville’s best attractions.

We had a fantastic experience at  Petit Palace Puerta de Triana  on our most recent trip to Seville.

The hotel  has a fantastic location (central but also quiet–a far-from-guaranteed combination in Spain), a delicious breakfast, and comfortable rooms.

Looking for something a bit different?

The incredibly popular  Hotel Rey Alfonso X  is an excellent choice, and its rooftop views are sublime!

If you’d like to stick to more of a budget,  Hotel America Sevilla  gets wonderful reviews and doesn’t sacrifice too much in terms of location.

Meanwhile, for the height of luxury, you can’t beat the absolutely stunning  Hotel Alfonso XIII !

Check rates & book your stay in Seville today!

Day 5: Take a half-day trip to Cordoba.

Less than an hour from Seville by train or car, you’ll find the captivating Andalucian city of Cordoba–which happens to be one of our favorite places in the region!

Once the most powerful city in Islamic Spain, the Cordoba of today is small and manageable, a bite-size tourism destination that nonetheless leaves a big impact on visitors.

Cordoba is most famous for its incredible Mosque-Cathedral –literally a former mosque with a cathedral built into its center–which is one of the most memorable buildings we’ve had a chance to visit anywhere.

The Mosque-Cathedral should absolutely be your top priority when visiting Cordoba, but beyond that, there’s still plenty to see within a short walk!

Snapping photos of the picturesque Calleja de las Flores, relaxing in the Patio de los Naranjos, wandering through the Jewish Quarter, and checking out some of the beautiful patios of Cordoba should also be on your to-do list.

After seeing the best of Cordoba, you have two options for the rest of your day: first, you could enjoy another evening in Seville.

Or, if you’d rather make today particularly busy in favor of having more time for sightseeing tomorrow, you could head onto Granada.

Granada, home to the Alhambra, is about 3 hours from Seville by train or car and is your destination for tomorrow.

You could opt to continue sleeping in Seville and take a long day trip there on day 6, or, if you’re open to packing and unpacking an extra time, you could sleep in Granada starting tonight to give yourself more time in the city.

Personally, we love Granada and would recommend spending extra time there, but both options are compatible with this Spain itinerary.

Where to Stay in Granada

When spending a few days in Granada, we opted to rent an apartment from  Mosaiko Homes and could not have had a better experience: the owner was responsive, the apartment fantastic, and the location unbeatable!

Mosaiko Homes  is located on a quiet street a short walk from many of Granada’s top sights, offering the combination of a convenient location and a lack of noise at night–two things that can be difficult to find together in Andalucia!

Another excellent option with near-perfect reviews is the incredibly unique  Casa de Reyes  (that decor!).

For a bit of luxury, the popular  Shine Albayzin  is not only housed in a 16th-century palace, it overlooks  the Alhambra .

Generally speaking, lodging in Granada is much more affordable than in, say, Barcelona or even Seville.

If you’re going to splurge on a luxury property during your 10 days in Spain, Granada is a fantastic place to do so!

Check rates & book your stay in Granada!

Day 6: Explore Granada and tour the Alhambra.

Whether you’re visiting on a day trip from Seville or spending the whole day in Granada (we recommend the second, but the first is doable too), there is one major item on the agenda today: the Alhambra.

This collection of centuries-old palaces (plus a fort, gardens, ruins of a medina, and more), is one of the most unique groupings of architecture in Europe, and the most-visited tourist attraction in Spain!

We wrote about visiting the Alhambra extensively here , so I’ll try to keep this (kind of) brief, but the long and the short of it is that this is a place you need to plan ahead for.

Tickets often sell out, and a tour is a great idea here if you like historical context ( we enjoyed this one ).

If you’re visiting from Seville, we recommend booking a day trip , because 3 hours of transit each way plus navigating to and from the complex is a headache in a short time frame (we rarely suggest taking day trips this long, but the Alhambra is worth it).

However you decide to visit, make sure that you book a ticket or tour that includes the Nasrid Palaces!

These magnificent palaces, the final stronghold of Islamic Al-Andalus before the Reconquista was officially completed by the Catholics in 1492, are the jewel of the Alhambra and an absolute must-visit.

Not all tours and tickets include them, though, so book yours carefully .

Once you wrap up at the Alhambra, if you’re staying in Granada, be sure to wander through the Albayzin neighborhood, admire the views of the Alhambra from a distance at the beautiful Mirador de San Nicolas, and visit the beautiful Granada Cathedral.

Granada is also a fantastic place to enjoy Spain’s tapas culture, so be sure to indulge in some snacks along with a tinto verano .

Day 7: Head north to Barcelona.

Today, say goodbye to Andalucia and head north to Barcelona!

This is the longest travel day included on this 10 days in Spain itinerary, and you can expect to spend 6+ hours on a train from Granada to Barcelona.

We recommend booking this trip at least a few weeks in advance, as you’ll want a choice of schedules and to get the best price possible.

If you’re on a budget, you can price out flights too, but traveling by train is much more fun!

Once you arrive in Barcelona, you can check into your hotel, get unpacked, and start exploring.

Meander through the Gothic Quarter, check out the Barcelona Cathedral, sample the Santa Caterina Market, stroll down Las Ramblas, and soak up the beauty of Plaça Reial.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

When deciding where to stay in Barcelona, it’s important to keep in mind that this sprawling city requires some effort to move around–there’s no way to stay near all the best things to see in Barcelona, but it’s best to stay by some of them!

We checked into Citadines Ramblas Barcelona and were extremely satisfied–to the point that we may just keep going back on additional trips.

Our room was spacious, complete with a kitchenette, and extremely quiet despite the hotel being located in a prime spot right along Las Ramblas.

The view of the Barcelona Cathedral from the rooftop deck of the Colón Hotel Barcelona is pretty incredible too, though, and we have it bookmarked for a possible future trip.

If you’re traveling on a bit more of a budget, Hotel Nouvel also gets excellent reviews and is in a wonderful location.

Check rates & book your stay in Barcelona today!

Day 8: Explore Barcelona’s unique architecture.

On your first full day in Barcelona, start with a visit to either Casa Milà or Casa Batlló , two of the most famous homes designed by Gaudi!

They’re fairly close together, but with only a couple of days left in Spain, we recommend only going inside one and seeing the other from the outside.

You’ll also want to get an early start–personally, we recommend pre-booking tickets for Casa Batlló when it opens).

From there, explore any nooks and crannies of the Gothic Quarter you didn’t get to see yesterday, including Catalunya Plaza and Mercado de la Boqueria.

If you’re excited about all of Barcelona’s Catalan modernism architecture, we can also heartily recommend a visit to Palau de la Música Catalana .

Though not designed by Gaudi, it’s an amazing (and compared to much of Barcelona, uncrowded) example of the style and a memorable place to visit!

Barcelona’s Arc de Triomf is also only a 10-minute walk away.

From there, you’ll be about a 25-minute walk from Barcelona’s beaches and bustling coastline.

Day 9: Dive deeper into Barcelona (and possibly take a day trip).

With its long list of incredible attractions, it would be very easy to spend the penultimate day of your Spain vacation exploring the city in-depth–but another option would be to add on a trip to the monastery of Monserrat.

This mountain retreat away from the city is known for its incredible views, and a half-day trip there is a wonderful way to get a taste of Catalonia beyond Barcelona itself.

However, staying in the city also has its charms: the views from Park Güell  and/or Tibidabo, the incredible Picasso Museum (which holds over 4,000 of the artist’s works), and a visit to Camp Nou are possible additions to your list.

And, of course, we can’t forget the Sagrada Familia : Gaudi’s unfinished masterpiece of a cathedral is an absolute must-see when visiting Barcelona!

We visited in the early evening after hearing that the interior’s light was at its best then, and we were not disappointed–the colors were phenomenal.

If you wrap up at the Sagrada Familia before sunset and would like to enjoy the Mediterranean while in Barcelona, consider wrapping up your evening with a sunset catamaran cruise .

Book skip-the-line tickets to visit the Sagrada Familia today!

Day 10: (Maybe) head back to Madrid and say goodbye to Spain.

How the final day of this itinerary for Spain works for you depends on one factor: whether you’re flying home from Madrid or Barcelona.

If you’re taking an evening flight home from Madrid, you’ll need to take the high-speed train back to the capital (we highly recommend booking this in advance ).

If you’re leaving from Barcelona, you may have time for one more round of pan con tomate enjoyed while admiring the bustling of the city before you catch your flight!

However you close out your 10 days in Spain, we hope you say goodbye already dreaming of your trip back.

Shop train tickets from Barcelona to Madrid today!

Spain is the definition of a year-round destination, and that includes this Spain itinerary!

That being said, though, if you have flexible dates and are trying to pinpoint the ideal time to travel Spain, we recommend enjoying this itinerary in the spring or fall.

Summer in Spain, especially in Andalucia, can be brutally hot (we shudder to think of visiting the Alhambra at noon in July).

Winter is perfectly doable, but the weather can be rainy and less predictable than in spring or summer.

On the plus side for winter, though, you’ll experience few crowds, low prices, and still have a decent chance at soaking up some Spanish sun, albeit with a jacket at hand.

The sweet spot for this 10 day Spain itinerary, though, which travels a decent chunk of the country and therefore needs to take multiple climates into account, is the spring and fall.

We have visited Spain in every season, and while each trip was a delight, we have a special place in our hearts for our spring and fall visits!

Lucky enough to have longer than 10 days in Spain? If so, congratulations!

Our first recommendation with a couple of extra days to add to your Spain itinerary is to slow down: every destination covered in this travel guide could easily use another day or two at least.

While it’s doable to travel Spain at a breakneck pace for a week and a half, the longer you’re there, the slower you’ll want to travel.

Alternatively, if you want to keep the speed going, you could add on another day trip: visit Girona from Barcelona, Segovia from Madrid, or Ronda from Seville, for example.

If you have closer to 2 weeks in Spain, consider adding Basque country to your itinerary!

San Sebastián, Bilbao, Vitoria-Gasteiz, and beyond makes for a wonderful extension to round out a couple of weeks in Spain.

Alternatively, you could opt to extend the Andalucia portion of your trip to include a couple of days on the Costa del Sol.

With near-limitless ways to enjoy a Spain vacation, it’s safe to say that wherever you head, you’re bound to have a wonderful trip.

Our detailed packing lists for Europe in summer , fall , and winter cover just about everything you’ll need to bring on your 10 day Spain vacation!

To get you started on your list, though, here are a few essentials to add to your packing list:

Travel Adaptors for Spain — If you’re coming from outside of mainland Europe, you’ll definitely need adaptors for your electronics. 

Camera  — We completely adore our  Sony a7R III , but whatever camera you’re comfortable with works–just make sure you have something with you to preserve your memories! 

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use   Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Sunglasses  — They’re not kidding about the Spanish sun! I find myself reaching for sunglasses regularly even when visiting Spain in winter.

Portable USB Charger  — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing in Spain: bring a USB charger along for the ride.

Take This Map With You! Click each highlight to pull up the name of the destination. To save this map to “Your Places” on Google Maps, click the star to the right of the title. You’ll then be able to find it under the Maps tab of your Google Maps account! To open the map in a new window, click the button on the top right of the map.

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

66 thoughts on “The Ultimate 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (+ Travel Tips)”

Great overview and suggestions, Kate!

Any suggestions you can offer for an afternoon of wine tasting along the journey?

Thanks, Rob!

We haven’t done a lot of dedicated wine tourism in Spain, though of course, the local wines are delicious. You’ll be near wine regions in each stop, though, so can easily opt for a half-day wine tasting outside the city somewhere.

Alternatively, every city has more excellent wine bars and wine shops than you can count!

Amazing!! Thank you so much for all of this!!

Kate quick question if I may bother you for a bit.

I went through everything you wrote and I calculate maybe about $5,000 would cover the hotel, train and eating expenses between cities for a family of three (My husband and I and our baby girl, toddler) This does not count the air flight ✈️ to Spain.

We were thinking of visiting ending of May or Beginning of June.

Does this sound about reasonable amount to take ??

$5000 (USD, I’m assuming) is very doable, especially if you’re conscious of your budget when booking hotels! I’d recommend booking your train tickets in advance too, as those can be pricier at the last minute.

Generally speaking, Barcelona will be the most expensive stop on this itinerary and Andalucia the most affordable.

Thank you so much!

Thank you so much for creating this! This is extremely helpful and I appreciate all your tips. I am going to Spain in the middle of Semana Santa, but flying into Barcelona and departing from Madrid. I would love to visit the cities you mentioned, but this is the current itinerary I have going. Do you think that this is doable?

DAY 1 – ARRIVAL IN BARCELONA DAY 2 – BARCELONA DAY 3 – BARCELONA Easter DAY 4 – Fly to GRANADA DAY 5 – GRANADA (Alhambra visit) DAY 6 – SEVILLE DAY 7 – SEVILLE (day trip to Cordoba) DAY 8 – SEVILLE DAY 9 – MADRID DAY 10 – MADRID DAY 11 – Fly home

Yes, that sounds like a very reasonable itinerary! You’ll have a great time.

I’d definitely have some food/snacks with you as you’re traveling on Easter Sunday, as you’ll no doubt run into lots of closures.

The week of Easter is also VERY busy in Spain (and in much of Europe), so expect higher-than-usual prices and crowds. I’d recommend booking your hotels ASAP and Alhambra visit ASAP!

I love your site and this itinerary for Spain. We’re spending about 12 days in Spain in early April (unfortunately also over Easter, like Chloe in the message above), and using your itinerary as our template, we want to add a day or two in Gibraltar & Tangier. Have you done this? Too ambitious to add to the itinerary? It would look something like this:

1 – Arrive in BARCELONA 2 – BARCELONA 3 – Fly to GRANADA 4 – GRANADA (Alhambra visit) 5 – GIBRALTAR 6 – TANGIER 7 – SEVILLE 8 – MADRID 9 – MADRID (Toledo) 10 (Easter) MADRID 11 – Back to BARCELONA 12 – Fly home

That is a very packed schedule, but I do get the temptation of adding on a quick day in Morocco (and the UK, in a manner of speaking).

If you want to add on Gibraltar and Tangier, I’d consider trimming a different destination to give yourselves more breathing room, as that’s a tough pace to keep up for 12 days (though doable, if you are dedicated to seeing every last place).

Seville is a gorgeous city, but taking it off your itinerary would give you another day to work with, which you could then add to Granada or Gibraltar, since you’ll really only have an afternoon and evening there.

If you really want to see Gibraltar, of course it’s worth seeing, but if it’s more or less just a stop on the way to Tangier, you could also look at Tarifa, a beautiful Spanish beach city (no passport control) that you can access Morocco from (I believe the ferry is slightly shorter from there, too–we’ve taken that one ourselves).

Alternatively, the high-speed trains do run on Easter, so if that day is more or less just a holding day on your calendar (since the Madrid sites will be closed), you could travel back to Barcelona then, which would give you day 11 back to see a bit more of that city.

Any high-speed trains you do opt for, though, I’d book ASAP. It’s often a mad rush for trains over Easter with people traveling for the holiday.

Thanks Kate. After doing some more reading and research, we’re going to bypass Tangier. Instead, we’ll use that time to explore the towns between Granada and Seville (Thinking Nerja and Ronda) by car. Have you rented a car and driven in southern Spain? Any issues we should know about or is it a pretty standard car rental experience?

Gracias! Chris

We’ve driven in southern Spain many times(including Granada, Seville, Ronda), but generally by renting cars in Portugal and then driving them over.

It’s a pretty standard European driving experience, though–parking outside of historic centers and walking in, etc. If you’re a confident driver I wouldn’t be worried. The driving is also stunning–plenty of chances to enjoy gorgeous views along the way!

There is no condensed itinerary on this page

Here you go, Sarah. :-)

Day 1: Arrive Madrid Day 2: Madrid Day 3: Day Trip to Toledo From Madrid Day 4: Travel to Seville Day 5: Half- Day in Cordoba Day 6: Granada and the Alhambra Day 7: Travel to Barcelona Day 8: Barcelona Day 9: More Barcelona or Day Trip Day 10: Travel Home

This is a GREAT article. I’m going to follow your itinerary. I’d also like to visit San Sebastián and Cadiz. Could you recommend a way to incorporate these into your itinerary? Thank you!

So glad you found our post helpful!

There’s not an incredibly efficient way to add San Sebastian to this itinerary, as it’s several hours out of the way regardless of where you add it on. It is a gorgeous city, though!

Your best bets would probably be either visiting after Madrid and then flying to Andalucia from San Sebastian, or visiting after Barcelona (especially if you’re flying out of Madrid) and then taking the train back to Madrid to head home.

Of course if you find a good flight to or from San Sebastian you could use it as a starting or ending point, but Madrid and Barcelona tend to have the best deals for transcontinental flights (assuming you’re not coming to/from Europe).

Cadiz is much easier to add on–it’s just an hour or so south of Seville by car, so you can easily add it to your Andalucia leg. Some people even visit it as a day trip from Seville.

Hi! Your trips look amazing! Wondering if you could offer advice. I have 10 days to plan. In my head I will be able to see Madrid, Barcelona, Seville, a beach town, Lisbon or some location in Portugal, and Morocco. As I’m researching, this looks like it might be impossible. Knowing my family would like to hit all 3 countries, what would you offer as a reasonable way to spend these days without feeling crazy and traveling constantly. It is myself, my husband, and kids age 13 & 17 who travel very well. Thanks for any help!

You know, I actually have it on my list of future blog posts to write some sample itineraries combining Spain and Portugal. Thanks for the reminder!

If you want to see all 3 countries in 10 days, the most realistic way is to do it via a sampler platter style, meaning 1-2 base destinations in each of Spain and Portugal, depending on whether you want to take a day trip to Tangier or you plan to spend a few days in Morocco.

One option could be 3 days in Lisbon (with a possible day trip), 3 days in Seville (with day trips further afield–possibly Granda/the Alhambra and Cordoba), 2 days in Tarfia (pretty Spanish beach town with ferries to Tangier), and then a couple days in Tangier. But that’s already pushing it as far as what you can fit in!

Keep in mind that unfortunately, Spain and Portugal are not very well-connected to each other by rail. When you’re short on time, your best options will be renting a car and driving across the border (in the south/if you want to go to the Algarve) or flying (between major cities).

Hi, Thank you for this great itinerary! My husband and I are planning a trip on similar lines this year and I had a few questions I was wondering you could advice us on: 1. Is early September a good time to visit? Would August be too hot?! 2. Is one day in Granada enough? I have heard that Alhambra itself can take quite a while and hence was wondering if one day would be too tight a squeeze 3. Between Barcelona and Madrid, if you had to suggest one for first time travellers, which would you recommend?!

Hi Rushali,

Of course, happy to help!

Early September is definitely preferable to August. It’ll still be warm, especially in Andalucia, but it’ll be much less crowded. It often feels like all of Europe heads to the beaches or mountains in August and then promptly goes home by September 1–so September will be much more pleasant from that angle.

One day being enough in Granada is all dependent on how much else you want to do! In a perfect world, I’d love to rent an apartment in Granada for a few months and take advantage of all the food and nearby hiking. :-)

But for the purposes of a short trip, one day is enough to see the Alhambra (it will take up the bulk of your day) and then do a quick pass through the rest of town, hopefully prioritizing the Albayzin neighborhood, the Mirador de San Nicholas, and tapas.

If you’re able to add on a second day (or even half day, like I laid out as an option above), you won’t be sorry, though.

Barcelona vs Madrid… that’s an intense debate! Personally, we prefer Madrid, but we’re in the minority. Barcelona is wildly popular (deservedly so!) and has the beach, more outlandish architecture, and a more fast-paced vibe.

Madrid is arguably more elegant, with world-class museums, and is a bit cheaper.

Both are incredible–if you are struggling to decide, I’d make a list of the top 3-4 things you want to see in each city and see which ones pull to you more.

Hope you guys have a wonderful time!

Hi Kate, Would you recommend activities like River Rafting, Hot Springs, Walk in the wild while in Spain? We are planning a trip during early May

If they’re priorities for you and you have time, absolutely! Andalucia in particular has great options for all of those. You might want to look into extending your time in Granada if you want to get outdoors during your trip.

Hi! My husband and I are going on a 10 day trip starting in Barcelona. We go to Mallorca then Seville. Were having a hard time deciding if we want to end in Madrid or Lisbon, any recommendation?

Hi Samantha,

That’s a hard call, as they’re both wonderful but very different!

Very generally speaking, I’d say that Madrid is best if you’re looking for museums, the royal palace, and a chance to travel overland from Seville (it’s an easy train ride).

Lisbon is best for views, being near the coast (you can easily take a day trip to Sintra, Cascais, or both), and the chance to sample another country during your trip. There’s no train service from Seville, you’ll need to fly, drive, or take a bus.

Both offer popular food options, but Lisbon has a bit more of a seafood focus while Madrid tends toward pork.

This is all very general, but I hope it helps a bit!

If you haven’t seen them, our guides to spending a few days in each city will give you a feel for them:

Madrid: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-madrid-itinerary/ Lisbon: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-lisbon-itinerary/

Good luck deciding! :-)

Hi Kate! Would recommend Lisbon or Madrid if we can only go to one on our trip? Were going to Barcelona, Mallorca and Seville before.

Hi Kate! Thank you for this great itinerary. My husband and I are planning to visit Spain this September (finally will be going on our honeymoon!). We are thinking of being out there for about 10-12 days. I have two questions that I would love your insight on. First, considering we may have extra days, any suggestions on which cities we should extend our stay at? We love wine, great food, and the outdoors. Second, what, if any, restrictions are still in place due to COVID that we should keep in mind? Thank you in advance for your help!

Congratulations on your marriage!

Honestly, any of these cities are worthy of spending more time in, but if I absolutely had to pick, I’d recommend Granada (because your time there is really compressed in the original 10-day itinerary and there’s lots of great hiking just outside of town) or Barcelona (the most popular day trips include the Penedes Wine Region and the beautiful small towns along the Costa Brava–a different kind of nature to appreciate).

I could make a case for any of them, though!

As far as COVID, there aren’t any current restrictions that are likely to impact your trip. I believe masks are still required in pharmacies and hospitals, but that’s about it.

Hope you guys have a fantastic honeymoon!

Hi! Thanks so much for this super helpful blog.. I have a question about transportation. We are a group of 3 ladies arrving from US to Madrid in the afternoon and would like to start our trip in Barcelona and end in Madrid for return flight. I think we will travel via train same day to Barcelona but my concern is luggage. Do you know if trains allow for larger suitcases or will we be met with bag costs?

Thanks so much for any advice!

You can take your luggage onto the train without issue! European trains are much more flexible with bags than any plane is, you’ll even see people bringing sporting equipment and such onboard, depending on the place.

We have many more tips on what to expect on trains here: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/travel-europe-by-train/

Have a great trip!

Hi Kate! I am planning a two-week trip to Spain for my husband and me for next spring. (Your 10-day Spain itinerary has been super helpful!) So far, I am generally following that itinerary with a few extra nights in some places (we have 3 nights in Madrid with a day trip to Toledo, 3 nights in Seville with a day trip to Cordoba, 2 nights in Granada, and 4 nights in Barcelona with a day trip to Girona). My question is, if we still have 2 more nights we can add on somewhere, would you recommend renting a car and seeing some of the White Hill Towns of Spain (with 2 nights in Ronda), or using the Lisbon stopover program and spending those 2 nights in Lisbon (with a day trip to Sintra)? I can’t decide between the two! Any thoughts or suggestions you have would be great! Thanks!!

Definitely a very hard decision! And unfortunately, there’s no right answer.

I’d opt for the hill towns if you’re looking for more peace and quiet with a side of nature, and Lisbon if you’re looking for a city break and palaces (in Sintra). The hill towns are gorgeous but aren’t as heavy on sightseeing as a capital city is.

Lisbon definitely adds more variety to your trip, so I’m inclined to lean that way (the stopover program is very convenient, we used it ourselves several years back), but if hill towns definitely make for a more relaxing trip since you’ll be spending a full week in Andalucia that way.

Hope that helps a bit, but I’m afraid there’s no clear winner or loser here!

I think we are going to spend a few days in Lisbon! Thank you!! :)

Hi, how would you recommend adding Ibiza to this itinerary in a 2 week trip?

Hi Rebecca,

Assuming you’re trying to fit everything within 14 days, the only realistic way to do so would be to trim another destination or two. Personally, I’d recommend visiting either Madrid or Barcelona (whichever appeals to you more/has better flight options for you), then Ibiza by plane, then fly to Andalucia from there.

You can take the ferry to Ibiza as well, but I’d recommend looking into an overnight route so you don’t lose one of your days to traveling there.

If you have longer than 14 days and want to add Ibiza as an addition, I’d probably leave from Barcelona and then fly to Andalucia afterward.

Hi Kate, we will be visiting friends who live in Madrid in later March-early April of 2023 (exact dates still TBD). We’re spending a week 3/23-3/31 with them at a rental house in Benimeli, but will likely travel around on our own for another week or two on our own. Your itinerary sounds lovely. Can I ask why you don’t include Valencia? My sister studied there in college and loved it.

For the same reason we didn’t include Basque Country, Mallorca, Galicia, and many more… simply time! Can’t see it all in 10 days, as lovely as that would be, so we focused on the destinations that tend to be a priority for first-time visitors.

Valencia is a beautiful city, though, and would definitely allow you to trim the budget a bit if you swapped it for Barcelona. :-)

Hi Kate! This is SO helpful!

I’m planning a trip for December, which will be winter and on Christmas Eve/Day. Do you have advice or tips for travelling, where to go, what to do/not do or anything that would be useful for being in Spain at this time?

Thank you!!

In general, expect for things to be closed and everything to be VERY quiet on Christmas Eve and Christmas Day! Some places will be open the morning of the 24th and then close around midday.

I’d recommend stocking up on groceries and planning to spend a relaxed day exploring places that can’t “close”–parks, plazas, etc.

If you’re there before Christmas, check out any Christmas markets that are around! They don’t have quite the same atmosphere as the ones in Central Europe, but they can still be lots of fun.

We’ve already been to Seville (loved it of course), any thoughts on swapping it with Valencia? Curiously nobody in the comments has mentioned it, and you don’t either…we travel in January and seems like a really nice place to visit that time of year. Looks beautiful. 10ish days split between Madrid/Valencia/Barcelona seems easy travel wise too.

Valencia is a beautiful city, and very popular with expats! It doesn’t tend to call as many tourists as Seville, probably due to both location and fame. I don’t know anyone who has visited who didn’t love it, but as most people are working with very limited time, the most iconic cities tend to pull visitors.

I’d have a hard time suggesting someone skip Andalucia entirely if it’s their first trip to Spain (it’s one of our favorite regions, and we’re far from alone in that), but you’re obviously in a different position!

We are planning this trip from Jan 1-11th. Thank you so much for sharing your trip. The only place we are skipping is Granada. Should we try to accommodate a stop there, or leave it for another trip.

1st DAY- MADRID (1)(Hotel Regina, RIU, or any other) 2nd Day- TOLEDO (2) (35 mins highspeed train) 3rd Day- MADRID TO SEVILLA (3) (2.5 hrs highspeed train) 4th Day- Still in Sevilla (Day trip to Cordoba (4)) 5th Day- Sevilla to Cadiz (5) 1hr 24 mins 6th Day- Cadiz to Malaga (6) 3hrs 48 mins (day trip to Marbella(6)) 7th Day- Malaga to Barcelona (7) 6hrs 17 mins 8th Day- Barcelona 9th Day- Barcelona 10th Day- Madrid

Your itinerary is already very full, so if Granada isn’t at the top of your priority list, I think it makes sense to leave it off for this trip!

I’m not sure if you’re planning to sleep in Toledo on day two or take a day trip, but personally, I’d recommend opting for a day trip to keep the transition simpler.

The other day that sticks out is day 6. It doesn’t seem like you have enough time to explore both Malaga and Marbella, so I’d recommend choosing one of them and staying there. If you’re mostly hoping to appreciate Marbella, in other words, I’d just head right there and spend the night instead of taking a half-day trip after spending several hours getting there from Cadiz.

Hope that helps and that you have an incredible time in Spain!

Kate and Jeremy,

Thank you so much for taking the time and effort to educate those of us who will be traveling to Spain for the first time. My wife and I, who are around 70, are planning a 10 – day trip to Spain in September. Your 10-day intinerary sounds fantastic. While we are both in good health, my wife does have a knee that can act up. Based on your experience, is this itinerary a reasonable one for people our age?

The other question I have is whether there is a travel agent you would recommend to help us coordinate everything? We are spoiled as we just returned from a trip to Argentina and worked with an amazing person — both professionally and personally. Plans came together perfectly. Does anyone come to mind?

Thank you, again, for your thoughtful recommendations. It is incredibly helpful and reduces the anxiety of being completely overwhelmed by all the touring options. Happy holidays.

Gayle and Alan

So happy you’ve found our site helpful!

Everyone is different at any age, of course, but I’d say you’d have better luck with this Spain itinerary than, say, a similar one in Italy–fewer hills. You’ll definitely want to take advantage of tours to smaller towns (with possibly some hop on/hop off bus tours), including Toledo, to limit walking in hilly places. For the Alhambra, definitely take transportation up to the palace–it’s a long, steep walk from town.

But Madrid, Barcelona, and Seville all offer lots of flatter walking areas.

Anecdotally, we visited Seville and Cordoba last year with my grandparents in their late 70s, and they found it very doable.

As far as travel agents, no advice to offer there, I’m afraid–we’ve never worked with one ourselves.

Hope you guys have an incredible trip!

I have been practicing Spanish for the goal of traveling to Spain in 2024 or 25 with my family. I wanted to do 10 days and capture all the popular and non-popular but recommended spots. I think this is perfect – going to save it!

That’s great to hear, thanks Anita! Good luck with your Spanish studies–it definitely does a lot to enhance a trip. :-)

HI KATE HOPE YOU DOING GOOD . UR DETAILED ITENIARY ABOUT SPAIN IS AMAZING . WE ARE PLANNING A TRIP IN START OS MAY . THOUGH WE ARE CONFUSED WHETHER WE SHOULD DO SPAIN OR ITALY . WE HAVE 10 TO 12 DAYS IN HAND , COULD YOU PLEASE SHARE SOME OF YOUR VIEWS TO IT . THANK YOU MARISHA

So happy you found our posts helpful, Marisha!

Choosing between Spain and Italy definitely isn’t easy! Personally, we have a slight preference for Italy, but both countries count among our favorite places to travel. You truly can’t go wrong, so I’d decide which is home to your absolute top 1-2 destinations, whether that’s Madrid, Cinque Terre, etc, etc, and then go with whichever country that is.

Alternatively, you could of course enjoy one city in each country with a flight betweeen!

Here’s our recommended 2 week Italy itinerary if you want to compare: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/2-weeks-in-italy-itinerary/

Thank you for all your wonderful tips! My husband and I are planning a 10-12 day trip to Spain this year and wanted to ask for some advice on cities to see. We love architecture, churches, markets, and music and enjoy walking and exploring new sites.We were thinking of doing the following cities: Madrid (fly in/out of), Toledo, Seville, Cordoba, Granada but wanted to know what other day/overnight trips you would recommend to places such as Ronda, Nerja, Malaga, Andalusia or Estepona. As much as we would love to visit Barcelona we would rather do that on another trip.

Hi Melinda,

There are definitely more than enough day trip options (or overnights) to keep you busy with that timeline! Truly you don’t necessarily need to add any others–slowing down a bit in the places you mentioned will still leave plenty of stones unturned–but if you would like, the white villages (including Ronda, Setenil de las Bodegsas is also very memorable, among others) are a great option.

The Costa del Sol is a bit further, but if you want to spend some time on the beach, Estepona, Malaga, Cadiz, Tarifa, etc, are all wonderful bases as well.

Our Seville day trips guide might give you some ideas, it covers the general area pretty well: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/day-trips-from-seville/

Thank you Kate for the info! Do you mind giving recommendations on day trips vs. overnight stays? I don’t want to feel rushed when visiting a city but don’t mind spending a night or two in places where there’s plenty to see and do.

In your case, if you’re hoping to spend time on the Costa del Sol, I’d pick one base to spend a night or two in down there and potentially visit another spot from that base. Personally, we love Tarifa, while Malaga is very convenient for hopping from village to village. The smaller beach towns are lovely, but I’d opt for one of those if you’re hoping to stay in one place for a bit, as opposed to using it as a place to take day trips from.

The small white villages, like Setenil de las Bodegas, can easily be done as a day trip. We spent a few days in Ronda and loved the slower pace, but you can easily cover over half its main attractions on a day trip as well–just depends on your priorities!

Hi Kate, thank you for creating this itinerary! We used your Portugal itinerary last year and loved it! Planning a 12-day family trip to Spain in July with 3 kids ages 14-17. Currently considering the following: Fly into Malaga (2-3d) Granada (1d) Seville (1d) Cordoba (1d) Madrid (1-2d) /Toledo day trip (opt) Barcelona- remaining time/fly out of Main question- is Malaga worth visiting? Or we can do start/ end in Barcelona. Is it too much? Remove/add something? We don’t plan to rent a car, but may consider if it makes sense for a portion of the trip. Thank you in advance!

That’s amazing you hear you enjoyed our Portugal suggestions, thank you for sharing!

First, Malaga–if you’re wanting to spend a couple days relaxing on beaches, I’d consider going a bit further afield, perhaps to Nerja, Estepona, etc. If you’re just wanting some general sightseeing, a full day in Malaga is probably enough, and I’d consider trimming a day or two there and giving it instead to Seville, Granada, or Madrid.

Malaga has some cool places, and it’s definitely worth seeing the Alcazaba, Picasso Museum, Cathedral, etc. if you fly into there, but I would say that personally, we find it the least compelling city on your list (which is admittedly a list with very stiff competition).

You may already be planning on this, but I’d definitely take a day trip to Cordoba from Seville rather than spending the night there to avoid the hassle of changing hotels again–it’s a very easy day trip.

If you trim a bit from Malaga, I think you’ll be moving at a very doable pace, and agree there’s no need for a car on this route.

Enjoy some tapas for us!

Hi Kate, thank you so much for your reply and additional tips! I was thinking the same regarding Malaga, given the competition :). So reworked the itinerary as follows: D1 Fly into Madrid (seems to be doable with current flight options) D2 Madrid /Toledo day trip D3 Seville D4 Seville/Cordoba day trip D5 Granada D6 Granada D7-D12 Barcelona- /fly out of

A couple of questions: 1. Would you recommend adding a day or two D1-D6, and if so, where? 2. In addition to sightseeing in Barcelona, we hope for some beach time. Would you recommend staying in Barcelona for the beaches? Or is there one that is a reasonable day trip and is worth it. 2a. I looked into Cala sa Boadella, do you have any thoughts on that or any other one? Thank you so much!

Personally I’d suggest adding one day to Madrid to give you time to see a bit of the city in addition to visiting Toledo. Gives you a little more time after the flight to get settled, and Madrid is also a very cool city (we love it there).

Barcelona’s beaches are expansive, sandy, and good for relaxing on, but they’re generally not considered the best beaches in the region. If you’re looking to get out of the city for a little beach time, Sitges is a very easy and popular day trip, and Tossa de Mar offers a combination of beach + castle. There are lots of beach towns nearby, though! A Barcelona expat we know wrote up several day trip options from Barcelona for us and she included quite a few beach destinations: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/day-trips-from-barcelona/

Hi Kate! I am so sorry, somehow I missed your reply, just saw it. Thank you so much, I greatly appreciate it! Love Barcelona day trips, we will plan to do at least one. Thank you again!

Hi Katie I just read through your entire itinerary and it sounds great. My husband and I and our two adult children are flying into madrid, arriving on 4/15 and out of Barcelona on 4/24. We want to visit Sevilla during the Feria de Abril. I was thinking 4/15 and 16 in Madrid. Should we take train to Sevilla on the 17th or plan to leave Madrid on the evening of the16th? Want to do a day trip to Cordoba and see Granada before heading to Barcelona, Could you give me your thoughts how we should alot time in each city

Hi Suzanne,

If you are open to a more fast-paced itinerary, I’d definitely consider an evening train to Seville on the 16th, since it sounds like you’re hoping to fit in quite a bit down there.

From there, I’d recommend spending the 17th-19th in Seville (with one day allotted for Cordoba), then head to Granada on the 20th, see the Alhambra on the 21st, and head to Barcleona the 22nd.

That leaves you with only enough time for a very whirlwind tour of Barcelona, but since you’re hoping to enjoy the Feria de Abril, you won’t want to cut Seville short!

Kate This might be a duplicate comment. Going to Spain arriving in Madrid 9am on 4/15/24 and leaving from Barcelona on 4/24/24. We want to see El Palacio Real and Prado museum for sure. We are thinking of just staying one night in Madrid and then heading to Sevilla. We would like to go to Toledo. Should we go from Madrid or Sevilla? We are not interested in other museums in Madrid but have considered 2 nights in Madrid. We also want to go to Granada before Barcelona. Not sure how to split up our days. Any suggestions? We are traveling as a family with my husband, 31 yr old daughter and 28 yr old son. Also what are would you suggest if we would rather get an apartment than hotel in Madrid

Just saw you left two comments! I also have a message for you under your other one. :-)

For Toledo, I’d recommend taking a day trip from Madrid and not changing hotels. You will have to double-back slightly that way, but overall it should be more efficient than changing hotels again, as the city is really very close to Madrid.

As far as using a hotel vs apartment in Madrid, there are pros and cons to both (and we use both depending on the trip). For such a short trip, though, we’d personally probably opt for a hotel unless you’re planning on eating most of your meals in an apartment versus going to markets/restaurants. If you do opt for an apartment, I’d carefully peruse the reviews for noise, as it can be an issue in Madrid depending on the street and neighborhood!

Not sure about the festival but we will be there during that time. How much time should we consider spending in Sevilla? If we want more time in Barcelona would you give up Cordoba or Granada?

I’d recommend making your you have one full day in Seville itself, excluding days you arrive, depart, or take a day trip to Cordoba. Here’s what we’d recommend doing with one day in the city: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/one-day-in-seville-itinerary/

As far as Granada versus Cordoba, they’re both wonderful.

Based purely on sightseeing, I’d recommend Granada, as it’s a distinct city that has a very different feel than Seville, and it also has the Alhambra, which is easily one of the best historic sites to visit in Spain.

However, Granada can’t easily be done as a day trip from Seville (you really need an organized tour for it, and even then, it’s a very long day), so I’d make the decision based on whether you want to keep your pace of travel slower (in which case I’d visit Cordoba), or if you want to prioritize seeing as much variety as possible in limited time, in which case I’d visit Granada but make sure to spend at least one night there.

That being said, we love Cordoba too! The Mosque-Cathedral is an unforgettable building, and either city will be a great addition to your trip.

Hi Kate, What a great life you lead travelling around the world.

I am planning a trip to Spain in January with my 2 children aged 15 and 18 years. My son is attending a soccer clinic so we need to end in Madrid to join the group heading to Valencia.

We will have ~10 days ( we could add a couple of days) prior to the clinic so I am thinking that we try and fly to Barcelona Day 1-4 Barcelona Day 5- Granada Day 7- Seville Day 8 – Seville Day 9- Madrid Day 10-Madrid

Is it worth going to Granada? Is the fast train the best way to get around? Am I giving each city enough time? Also is it with going to those cities in winter? Where would you recommend?

Sounds like a very exciting trip!

If you want to cover everything you outlined, it would be great to add those extra couple of days if you can! You’ll have much more breathing room in your schedule that way.

As far as Granada goes, I personally love the city and the Alhambra, so I think it’s worth it. In order to do it justice though, you really need a full day there–the evening after arriving from Barcelona can’t really “count” in the sense that the Alhambra is a bit of a commitment and needs the bulk of a day.

If the city doesn’t appeal to you as much as Seville, it is justifiable to skip it rather than rushing through it–but I’d personally keep it in.

The high-speed train will be the best option between the cities you’ve listed, yes!

As far as enough time, that’s a subjective question, but while all of those cities could easily eat up more than 2 days, you’ll be able to get a sample of them within that time, though it’s a very fast-paced trip. I wouldn’t keep up that pace for any longer, though–you’ll be very tired by the end. If you’d like to travel at a more leisurely pace, I’d consider trimming one city and taking a more in-depth look at the others.

Personally, I love visiting Spain in winter–it can get extremely hot in the summer, especially in Andalucia, and crowded as well. Yes, you may have some more rain and gray weather over winter, but all the areas you mention have a mild climate, and I personally don’t mind the trade-off. I wouldn’t let the season keep you away!

Thanks for your advice!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Home » Destinations » Europe » Spain » 5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

Links in this article may earn us a little money if you book/ order stuff. More here .

Plan Your Perfect Spain Itinerary with These Detailed Templates!

Want to explore Spain but confused about the perfect itinerary? You are not alone! It can be a true challenge to determine how many days to spend exploring.

From 5-day Spain itineraries to 7 or 10 days, to 14-day itineraries – there are certainly lots of different routes and options to choose from. The hard part? None of the routes are necessarily  bad or wrong  since there’s just so much to see and do all around Spain!

Spain is one of the most visited countries in the world. Because of its popularity, Spain knowledge is really flowing around the travel world these days!

It’s no secret that Lisa lived in Spain  and took full advantage of her location (and her Spanish language knowledge)! So, she’s experienced quite a few of the places we recommend below for a great stop on your itinerary!

Spain Itinerary Overview

Best Time to Visit:  Generally, summer is the hottest and winter is colder and wetter, but regional exceptions apply. March-June and September-end of October are best.

Getting Around: Trains ( RENFE ) and buses ( Alsa ) are reliable. A rental car in Spain is a must-have for smaller towns.

Popular Places to Visit:  Barcelona , Madrid , and Valencia for larger cities, and Granada , Seville , and Córdoba are worth a look, too.

Where to Stay:   Check for hotels in Spain here and Check for hostels in Spain here .

Table of Contents

Spain Itinerary – 5 Days

If you plan on travelling through Spain for only 5 days, it’d be best to fly into one of the bigger cities as they are usually well connected with other European cities.

Depending on your route, you can either take public transport if the travel times align with your plans or opt for a rental car  if you would like more flexibility.

As with the other Spain itineraries in this blog post, our 5-day itineraries are pretty fast-paced. However, since it is pretty much impossible to go top to bottom and  actually see  parts of the country we decided to write two separate Spain itineraries for 5 days.

One covers the north and northeast of Spain while the other itinerary covers the south of the country . Choose the one that is more suitable for your interest and travel plans and feel free to modify the written itineraries however you see fit!

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Northern Trip

For this classic 5-day trip across the northern parts of Spain, the total driving time is about 8 hours and covers around 750km .

If you rent a car, given this exact route, there are tolls on most of the highways so keep that in mind that it may be longer if you took non-tolled roads that may be more indirect. A bus would be able to breeze right along these highways, however.

navigate map

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Northern Trip Overview

Day 1: Barcelona

• Day 2: Half-Day Barcelona/ Zaragoza
• Day 3:  Logroño
• Day 4:  Donostia-San Sebastián

Day 5: Bilbao

Barcelona is a good city to start a road trip since it is a popular tourist destination and thus has frequent flights to other European or International cities. Barcelona is the capital city of Catalonia which has its own unique culture and language next to Spanish.

Since it is such a popular city, the car rental industry is very well developed and it is easy to pick up a rental car from the airport or in the city.

Find your rental car in Barcelona here .

Alternatively, the bus station in Barcelona is great and easy to reach from the centre. There are numerous connections to Zaragoza which will be the next stop on your 5-day Spain itinerary.

Accommodation in Barcelona : As a super popular tourist destination, there are lots of hotels and apartments available in Barcelona.

Check here for Accommodations in Barcelona .

Specifically, for hotels check out Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool in the city centre and close to the beach.

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is a lovely and affordable hotel with spa in the heart of the city with a private parking garage onsite .

As for hostels, you can check out Barcelona hostels here. Specifically, we liked Kabul Hostel . This place even made our list of favourite hostels across Europe .

Overall, since Barcelona is so popular we strongly  advise you to book in advance – especially during summer – as it can get very expensive otherwise.

Must-see Attractions in Barcelona:

• Sagrada Familia
• Casa Batlló
• The National Catalonian Arts Museum

We’ve written a whole guide on some of the incredible places to visit in Barcelona if you are interested in seeing more!

Day 2: Barcelona/Zaragoza

On the second day of your 5 days in Spain, you’ll spend the morning in Barcelona (you’ll get a cafe con leche y croissant in any cafe/bar for quite cheap if you get off the main tourist roads) and then drive from Barcelona to Zaragoza later in the day.

The drive from Barcelona to Zaragoza will take you approximately 3 hrs 10 min by car (includes a toll road), 3,5 hrs by bus and 1,5 hrs by train . If you end up taking the train, try to book in advance if you can as this will usually end up being cheaper.

Accommodation in Zaragoza: Since Zaragoza is a smaller city, there are fewer accommodations to choose from – but still lots of really great options.

Check here for hotels in Zaragoza .

Specifically, we love the look of  Hotel Sauce . This bright and airy hotel is located right in the city centre and offers a homemade buffet breakfast, air conditioning, and private parking onsite for those travelling by car.

If you are looking for a rooftop pool,  Hotel Palafox has you covered! Also located right in the heart of the city, the hotel has a cool decor, great city views, tasty breakfast, and also has parking and air conditioning!

There aren’t a ton of hostels but the ones that do exist are well-rated – so you can check here for hostels in Zaragoza .

Must-see Attractions in Zaragoza:

• Basílica del Pilar
• Aljafería Palace
• Cathedral San Salvador

Day 3: Logroño

On your third day, you will drive from Zaragoza to Logroño which is the capital of the autonomous region of La Rioja and known for its delicious wine.

If you get the chance visit one of the wineries and do a wine tasting – please plan ahead if you’re travelling by car since drinking and driving is a big no-no!

The drive will be a lot shorter than the day before. By car, it’ll take you approximately 1 hr 40 min and by bus the journey would be around 2 hrs if you get a direct bus.

Accommodation in Logroño : Similarly to Zaragoza, Logroño is a smaller city with many great accommodations in the heart of the city.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Logroño .

Specifically, Hotel Murrieta is a popular and very affordable option with a good breakfast right in the heart of the city. If you drive a car, Hotel Calle Mayor is a more charming (but still very affordable) hotel with secure underground parking at the hotel.

If you are looking for a hostel in Logroño, there aren’t many but the ones that exist are very good. You can check here for hostels in Logroño .

Must-see Attractions in Logroño :

• Cathedral of Santa María de Redonda
• Church of San Bartolomé
• The Bodegas (Wineries)

Day 4: Donostia-San Sebastián

Some would consider San Sebastián one of the most beautiful towns in Spain and Lisa can see why.

When she lived in Bilbao she visited San Sebastián quite a few times and really enjoyed the vibe of the town (and having a beautiful beach so close). Don’t forget to eat some delicious Pintxos since San Sebastián is especially known for them!

The drive from Logroño to San Sebastián takes around 2 hrs by car, and between 2 and 5 hrs by public transport .

Since you are travelling between two smaller cities the connections are not  that  great and we would recommend planning ahead to compensate for this.

Accommodation in San Sebastián : San Sebastián is one of the most expensive towns in Spain and very popular among luxury travellers.

So, don’t be surprised if accommodations seem a little more expensive overall. That said, you can still find a great place to stay that suits your budget and style if you’re not looking for luxury.

Check here for hotels in San Sebastián .

Specifically, you can check out  Casual de las Olas San Sebastián . This hotel is a bit further from the old town and beach but makes up for it in sleek decor, breakfast, and air conditioning.

If you want more of a laid-back guesthouse feel, check out  Talaia HT . This authentic and cozy guesthouse is located in the heart of the old town – and has public parking nearby .

If you are looking for a hostel, you can find great hostels across San Sebastián here . Wherever you book, our advice is to book early to find deals and generally save money when booking.

Must-see Attractions in San Sebastián :

• Urgull Hill
• Plays de La Concha
• San Sebastián Cathedral

Bilbao has to be one of Lisa’s favourite Spanish cities. Not because it is especially beautiful, but because she lived there for a few months and it felt like home from the beginning. If you get the chance, take the metro to one of the beaches – you won’t regret it!

The drive from San Sebastián to Bilbao is a short and beautiful one as you will drive through some mountainous regions. By car it’ll take you approximately 1 hr 15 min and by bus the journey will be around 1,5 hours .

Bilbao also marks the end of this 5 day Northern Spain itinerary.

Bilbao is a good city to fly out of as it is one of the biggest cities in the region and well connected to bigger airports in other European cities. To get to the airport you can simply take the Airport bus from the bus station at San Mames.

Accommodation in Bilbao : Since Bilbao is a bigger city there is a wider variety of accommodations available.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Bilbao .

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright and simple hotel with buffet breakfast and  private underground parking . Lisa had friends stay there and liked it. It’s not right in the heart of the city centre – but across the water from the Guggenheim Museum!

If you want to stay right in the heart of old town Bilbao, you should definitely check out Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish and popular hotel with an amazing rooftop terrace, lounge, also onsite parking , and traditional Basque food in the restaurant!

If you are looking for a cheaper place to stay, Bcool Hostel is a very “cool” hostel in Bilbao. In general, remember to book accommodations closer to the city centre/the river since the rest of Bilbao can be quite hilly!

Must-see Attractions in Bilbao:

• Guggenheim Museum
• The Old Town (Casco Viejo)
• Zubizuri Bridge

*Just so you know, we have a whole detailed guide on Bilbao things to do !

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Southern Spain Itinerary

If you would like to explore Southern Spain instead of the north, then we would recommend the following 5-day Southern Spain itinerary.

Generally, the south is a little bit warmer than the north so maybe don’t try to do this trip in the middle of the summer heat as it can be quite exhausting!

The itinerary is just over 600 kilometres with a total driving time between 7 and 8 hours depending on your mode of transportation.

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Southern Itinerary Overview

• Day 1: Málaga

Day 2: Day trip to Granada

• Day 3:  Marbella
• Day 4:  Cádiz

Day 5: Seville

Day 1: málaga.

We are starting this itinerary in Málaga since it is an easy airport to fly in from other parts of Europe.

When Lisa arrived at the airport the first time she was actually kind of shocked to see that all the signs were written in German as well.

Needless to say, Málaga is a very popular destination among German tourists. It’s also an interesting city to visit in the wintertime !

Lisa didn’t like the city that much (as in wouldn’t want to live there), but it is definitely worth exploring for a day or two. It is also quite easy to get from the airport to the city centre by public transport. You can find your rental car from Malaga here .

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular tourist destination in the south of Spain and so there are lots of different accommodation options. That said, apartment rentals are a very popular option.

Check here for apartments or hotels in Malaga .

Specifically, if you want a hotel, check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This minimalist design hotel is bright and clean and offers an excellent breakfast while being located right in the heart of the city centre.

If you are planning to stay in Malaga a bit longer, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes for smaller meals, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you are searching for a hostel, Malaga has lots. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

Even though it’s a “hostel”, it’s a popular place to stay in Malaga. They have private rooms and a lovely rooftop terrace. She and her friend stayed in a private room and loved it!

Just remember for this itinerary, wherever you book you will need to stay for 2 nights !

Must-see Attractions in Málaga:

• Alcazaba Palace
• Picasso Museum
• Cathedral of Málaga

Today you’ll take a day trip to Granada. If you decided to rent a car you can do this by car, but then have to find parking in Granada. Lisa and her friend took the bus to Granada which was pretty easy to do since there are frequent buses throughout the day.

In Granada, you HAVE to go see La Alhambra. Make sure to book your ticket in advance (since there is only a limited amount of spots per day).

Lisa and her friend had to pick up her tickets at an office in the city before going to the actual attraction. Double-check your ticket since you might have to do that, too!

The journey from Málaga to Granada is approximately 1.5 hrs by car and 2 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Granada:  You won’t need a place to sleep in Granada since you’ll be returning to Málaga at the end of the day.

But IF you are curious – check out Hotel Granada Center or Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites for two great hotels in the heart of the historic city centre!

Must-see Attractions in Granada:

• Alhambra Palace
• Albaicín District
• Cathedral of Granada

Day 3: Marbella

On the third day of this 5 day Southern Spain itinerary, you’ll drive from Málaga to Marbella. Marbella is a city by the water and part of the well know Costa del Sol. It is one of the most popular tourist cities in the region mainly due to its nice beaches and climate.

Since Marbella is quite close to Málaga the drive won’t be long – giving you more time to explore the city and relax at the beaches. The journey takes approximately 1 hour by car (there are different routes some of which include toll roads) and 1.5 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Marbella : Since the tourism industry is quite developed in Marbella, there are lots of amazing sunny accommodations to choose from.

Check here for hotels and apartments in Marbella . 

Specifically,  Paloma Blanca Boutique Hotel is a gorgeous (and affordable) boutique hotel with breakfast and free private parking onsite. 

If you are looking for more of a beach resort,  Amàre Beach Hotel Marbella is a beautiful all-inclusive adult-only beachside resort with breakfast, spa, pool, amazing views, and more!

Must-see Attractions in Marbella:

• The Old Town of Marbella
• Avenida del Mar
• Puerto Banús

Day 4: Cádiz

Cádiz is often considered a hidden gem in Spain. Lots of people who have been there seem to love it and Lisa is dying to visit the city.

Fun fact: Some think of Cádiz as the oldest continuously inhabited city in Western Europe. It is just slightly smaller than Marbella with lots of attractions waiting to be explored.

Driving from Marbella to Cádiz by car will take you approximately 2 hours including a toll road and slightly longer if you want to avoid toll roads.

You’ll drive along the coast for a while and could consider stopping along the way. Another option would be to make a pit stop in Gibraltar which you will pass along the way.

Unfortunately, Marbella and Cádiz do not seem to be connected well by public transport and travel between the two cities would involve going back to Málaga and/or through Sevilla (or Seville as the English like to call it).

If it is too much of a hassle for you to get from Marbella to Cádiz, consider skipping it and going straight to Seville instead.

Accommodation in Cádiz: Even though Cádiz is a smaller city, there are plenty of places to stay.

Check here for hotels and apartments in Cádiz .

Specifically, Hotel Boutique Convento Cádiz is a gorgeous hotel in the old town (close to the beach) with a great breakfast and private parking nearby .

Alquimia Albergue-Hotel is a cool and cozy hotel (also in the city centre) close to the beach and also with parking nearby. As for hostels, Cádiz does have quite a few hostels with amazing ratings. You can check here for hostels in Cádiz .

Must-see Attractions in Cádiz:

• Cádiz Cathedral
• Fortress San Sebastian
• Plaza de San Juan de Dios

Seville is another popular destination in Spain and is often considered one of the hottest cities of the country. Therefore we would not recommend going there during July and August if you don’t like extreme heat (Lisa definitely doesn’t).

It is a beautiful city with lots of attractions to check out so be sure to have a good amount of time for exploring. If you don’t end up going to Cádiz, there is more than enough to do in Seville to keep you busy for two days!

Driving from Cádiz to Seville will take you approximately 1.5 hours by car and just slightly longer (1 hr 45 min) by bus . Seville also marks the end of this Southern Spain trip as it has a big airport which makes it super easy for you to fly back home.

Accommodation in Seville : Seville is a bigger and very popular city so there is no shortage of great accommodation options.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Seville .

Specifically, you have to see Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . This very trendy and cool design hotel offers a buffet breakfast and is located right in the city centre close to top attractions.

If you want a more historic stay,  Hotel Simon is a more simple and authentic hotel. It’s located in a historic building, also does breakfast, and is also located in the heart of the city centre.

Neither of the above hotels offers parking – but few in the city centre of Seville offer onsite parking (or even public parking nearby).

If you are looking to have parking available,  then you can check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also centrally located and offers breakfast options and good connections to public transit!

If you are looking for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Seville here . Again, since Seville is so popular we would advise booking ahead – especially during the high season!

Must-see Attractions in Seville:

• Seville Cathedral
• Plaza de España

Spain Itinerary 7 Days

If you have slightly more time to explore Spain, we have also created two 7-day Spain itineraries for you. You’ll see that once again we give you two options since seven days are – in our opinion at least – still not enough to see the whole country.

Therefore, you’ll find a  7-Day Western Spain Itinerary and a 7-Day Eastern Spain Itinerary  below. As always, feel free to modify them to make them fit your exact plans!

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Western Trip

For this itinerary, the total driving time would be around 14 hours and the distance would be around 1300 km .

These estimates account for the Toledo day trip (and back to Madrid) AND finishing with ONE of either Seville OR Malaga from Córdoba. So, in theory, it could be shorter or longer than we have indicated here on the map!

We’ve already covered some of the places above, but we will mention the important parts again to make it easier for you to plan your exact trip.

Please note that we won’t actually include any places on the west coast of Spain – that would be a whole other trip in itself. Your 7-Day Western Spain Itinerary could look something like this:

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Western Trip Overview

Day 1: Bilbao

Day 2: burgos.

• Day 3:  Salamanca
• Day 4:  Madrid
• Day 5: Madrid / Day trip to Toledo

Day 6: Córdoba

Day 7: seville or málaga.

Similarly to how we ended the five-day itinerary in Bilbao, we’ll start this itinerary there as it is a relatively easy airport to fly into from other places in Europe. If you’re starting your longer Spain trip, you can find your rental car in Bilbao here .

Make sure to use your time to explore the Casco Viejo (the Old Town) and walk along the river! There are some great Pintxo places in the Old Town that you should absolutely check out!

Accommodation in Bilbao : Bilbao is a larger city so there’s quite a variety of accommodations available.

Check here for hotels in Bilbao .

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright and simple hotel with good breakfast and underground private parking . Friends of Lisa stayed there and said they enjoyed it. It’s close to the river across from the Guggenheim Museum but still a quick walk to the old town.

To stay in the heart of old town Bilbao, you have to see Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish and popular hotel with a lovely rooftop terrace and lounge, onsite parking , and they even serve traditional Basque food!

As for hostels, Bcool Hostel is a very “cool” hostel in Bilbao. In general, remember to book any hotels or accommodations somewhat closer to the city centre/the river because Bilbao can be quite hilly around the edges!

Burgos might not be a city that is immediately on your radar for places to visit in Spain  but we would recommend a stop there on your way south.

Lisa visited Burgos with friends on a day trip from Bilbao so she knows how easy it is to get there. Burgos is a nice city but since there is not a  ton  to see, one night is the perfect amount of time in our opinion.

Getting from Bilbao to Burgos takes approximately 1.5 hours by car and 2 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Burgos : Burgos is not an overly big city, but you can still find lots of great accommodations.

Check here for hotels in Burgos .

Specifically, Hotel Puerta de Burgos is a popular, trendy, and affordable hotel with private underground parking at the hotel. This makes it a great option if you have a car because it’s a little further from the centre (still quite close) and just off the motorway.

Another great hotel closer to the city centre/attractions is NH Collection Palacio de Burgos . This is an elegant hotel with a great breakfast and private parking, too.

If you want to stay in a hotel that physically faces the famous Burgos Cathedral, check out Hotel Mesón del Cid !

Must-see Attractions in Burgos:

• Burgos Cathedral
• Las Huelgas
• Museum of Human Evolution

Day 3: Salamanca

From Burgos, your journey continues to Salamanca – another one of Lisa’s favourite cities in Spain. Salamanca is sometimes called “The Golden City of Spain” and you’ll understand why.

The many sandstone buildings get illuminated beautifully by the sun – making it appear golden. Be sure to bring your camera because you’ll want to use it in Salamanca. Our tip: Cross the river to get amazing photos of the cathedral.

Getting from Burgos to Salamanca is easy and will take approximately 2.5 hours by car or 3 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Salamanca: Salamanca has lots of great accommodations in the city.

Check here for hotels in Salamanca .

Specifically, Hospes Palacio de San Esteban is an authentic-style hotel in the city centre with an incredible breakfast and onsite private parking . 

If you are looking for a very affordable hotel with views of the Cathedral, Hotel San Polo is for you. The popular hotel is in a location that doesn’t get much more central! There’s no parking available – making it great if you travel by bus and train only.

When Lisa visited Salamanca on a weekend trip, she stayed in a hostel with friends close to the Old Town and loved it. You can check out the good selection of hostels in Salamanca . 

Must-see Attractions in Salamanca:

• Salamanca Cathedral (Old + New)
• Plaza Mayor
• Salamanca University

Day 4: Madrid

Since Madrid is the capital of Spain you shouldn’t miss it on your itinerary. Conveniently it is also quite close and easy to get to from Salamanca.

Since there is so much to see in Madrid one day to explore might not be enough for you. That’s why you might opt for spending two days in Madrid instead.

Lisa has been to Madrid two times now and still hasn’t seen everything there is to see. But at least you’ll get a good sampler!

As mentioned, getting from Salamanca to Madrid is easy. The journey will take approximately 2 hrs 12 min by car (including a toll road) and  3 hours by bus .

Madrid’s main bus station is actually underground which is kind of cool and caused a lot of confusion for Lisa and her friends when they tried to find it the first time.

Accommodation in Madrid : Being the capital city of Spain, Madrid is a popular city with lots and lots of accommodation options. Keep in mind that Madrid has many “hostals” which are technically guesthouses but are basically hotels.

Also, if you have a car don’t be surprised if parking is in a public lot for a high fee – that’s just Madrid.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Madrid . 

Specifically, you might want to check out Room007 Select Sol . This charming and trendy hotel is right in the heart of the city, has air conditioning, and serves breakfast at a cafe next door!

If you are looking for a simple stay right in the centre, check out Hostal Madrid . This authentic guesthouse is so centrally located with top attractions and a metro station around the corner.

It’s such good value for money that the two times Lisa travelled to Madrid she actually stayed here both times!

Should you be on the hunt for an actual hostel, you can check here for hostels in Madrid . Keep in mind wherever you book, you will be booking accommodation for two nights. 

Must-see Attractions in Madrid:

• Museum Reina Sofia
• Puerta del Sol

Keep in mind we have a whole separate detailed guide on  amazing things to do in Madrid !

Day 5: Madrid or Day trip to Toledo

As mentioned, you might opt to spend another day in Madrid since there is so much to see.

If that’s the case read our Madrid guide linked above to get more recommendations. Alternatively, you could opt to go on a day trip to Toledo, a beautiful small city not too far from Madrid.

If you don’t want to drive there yourself, you can choose to book a day tour which includes a tour of Toledo among other things. If you want to drive yourself the journey will take you approximately  1 hour by car  and the  same amount of time by bus .

Must-see Attractions in Toledo:

• Toledo Cathedral
• Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes

The next day you will drive to Córdoba, a city in Andalusia known for its famous flower street – among other things of course. There is a lot of history to be found in Córdoba so consider taking a walking tour if you want to learn more about it.

This is one of few routes where you will actually be faster taking public transport as if you were to drive yourself since there is a good train connection between Madrid and Córdoba. 

Driving by car  takes approximately  4 hours  while the journey by train  would be slightly shorter with  2 hrs 15 min .

Accommodation in Córdoba : If you’re looking for a hotel, there are lot of options to choose from.

Check now for hotels in Córdoba .

Specifically,  Maciá Alfaros is an authentic hotel located right in the heart of the city centre with an incredible swimming pool and easy parking onsite.

Hotel Cordoba Center is an elegant hotel located outside the heart of the centre. It’s still very walkable to the centre, is very close to the train station, and has a rooftop pool with amazing views!

There are quite a few hostels with very good ratings in Córdoba so you can check here for hostels in Córdoba .

Must-see Attractions in Córdoba:

• Mosque–Cathedral of Córdoba
• Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos
• Historic Center of Córdoba

For this itinerary, you can decide in which city you would like to end your trip. For some, it might be more convenient to fly out of Seville while for others Málaga might be the better option. So it’s really up to you and your preference!

The journey from Córdoba to Seville takes approximately 1 hr 40 min by car and 45 min by train . The time it takes to get from Córdoba to Málaga isn’t much longer with  1 hr 50 min by car  and  50 min by train .

Accommodations in Seville : As mentioned above, Seville is a popular city so there is always accommodations to choose from.

Specifically, check out Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . This trendy design hotel offers a buffet breakfast and a really great location in the city centre.

For a historic stay, Hotel Simon is a more simple and more authentic hotel. It’s located in a historic building, does breakfast, and is also located in the city centre.

Neither of the above hotels have parking – but fewer properties in Seville offer onsite parking (or even public parking nearby).

If you are travelling by car and want parking available,  then check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also centrally located with breakfast options and good connections to public transit!

If you want a hostel stay, you can search for hostels in Seville here . Regardless of what type of accommodation you book, Seville is popular so we would advise booking ahead – especially during the high season!

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular destination in the south of Spain with lots of different accommodation options. That said, apartment rentals are very popular.

Specifically, for hotels, you can check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This design hotel is bright and clean and offers breakfast while being located right in the heart of the city.

If you are planning for a longer stay, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you want a hostel, Malaga has lots. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

Even though it’s a “hostel”, it’s a popular place – with private rooms and a lovely rooftop terrace. Her and her friend stayed in a private room and loved it!

Spain Travel Itinerary 7 Days – Eastern Trip

If the other 7-day Spain itinerary doesn’t really appeal to you and you would like to stay closer to the coast, maybe this itinerary is more to your liking. The driving time would be just shy of 11 hours and would be approximately 1000 km driving distance !

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Eastern Trip Overview

• Day 1+2: Barcelona

Day 3: Valencia

• Day 4:  Alicante
• Day 5:  Murcia

Day 6: Granada

Day 7: málaga, day 1 + 2: barcelona.

Once again, this itinerary starts in Barcelona since it is one of the easiest airports to fly into. Since you have a little bit more time with this itinerary you’ll stay in Barcelona for two days.

There is lots to see so you still won’t see everything, but definitely more than in just one day. To then continue on with this itinerary through Spain, you can find your rental car in Barcelona here .

Accommodation in Barcelona:  As mentioned above, there are lots of hotels and apartments in Barcelona.

For hotels, you might like Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool close to the beach in the city centre.

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is an affordable hotel with spa in the heart of the city with a private parking garage .

As for hostels, you can check here for Barcelona hostels . We liked Kabul Hostel . Wherever you stay, remember to book in advance because the city does fill up and it can get expensive! And remember, you’ll be staying at this  place for two nights .

• Las Ramblas

The third day of this Spain itinerary will take you from Barcelona to Valencia which is another city on Lisa’s favourite list.

It was actually the first Spanish city she visited and she fell in love with the city and its people right away. Her favourite part is that there is a huge part in what was formerly a river that stretches through a big part of the city.

In order to get from Barcelona to Valencia, you’ll drive along the coast for  3.5 hours by car  and  around 3 hrs 15 min by train. 

Accommodation in Valencia:  Since Valencia is a bigger city, you are sure to find accommodations that work for you.

Check here for hotels in Valencia .

Specifically, Petit Palace Ruzafa is a bright and boutique hotel right in the city centre.

They offer healthy breakfast options and free bike rentals. There’s no parking making this a great hotel for those travelling without a car.

If you want a place right on the beach, check out Hotel Miramar . This cool beachfront hotel has a bar and restaurant right downstairs and has paid parking onsite . If you are looking for a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Valencia .

Must-see Attractions in Valencia:

• City of Arts and Science
• Lonja de la Seda
• Cathedral of Valencia

Day 4: Alicante

Alicante is a popular holiday town that lots of Europeans visit to enjoy the nice weather and the beaches. Maybe you have heard of the name Costa Blanca?

Alicante is part of that exact region. When you’re there don’t forget to check out some of the nice beaches – but of course, there are also lots of other things waiting to be explored.

Getting from Valencia to Alicante won’t take overly long. The drive will take approximately 2 hours by car  and 1.5 hrs to 2.5 hours by train or bus respectively.

Accommodation in Alicante:  Alicante is a popular city due to its great location on the coast.

Check here for hotels in Alicante . 

If you want to stay directly on the beach, Hotel Almirante is a bright and stylish hotel with breakfast buffet. It’s a bit farther from the city centre, but there is free onsite parking  if you have a car.

If you want more of a resort style, Melia Alicante is also located right on the beach with stunning views over the water. It’s much closer to the centre of the city and has good amenities (pool), paid parking next door, and a really good breakfast!

You can also find a good mix of hostels in Alicante. In any case, don’t forget to book ahead in the summertime since it can get very crowded.

Must-see Attractions in Alicante:

• Castle of Santa Barbara
• Casco Antiguo (Old Town)
• Beaches such as Playa Postiguet

If you’re heading for Alicante to get some sunshine, we’ve got a guide on things to do and see in Alicante that includes some great food tips for you to check out!

Day 5: Murcia

Murcia is a city in the southeast of Spain and the capital of the region with the same name. Travellers who don’t know much about Spain (yet) might not have heard of the city before but this doesn’t mean it is not worth a visit.

The drive from Alicante to Murcia is quite short with 1 hr by car and 1 hr 10 min by bus . This will give you a good amount of time to explore the university city and get a rest from all the driving.

Accommodation in Murcia: Since Murcia is a less touristy city you’ll find great places to stay and (generally) fewer crowds.

Check here for hotels in Murcia .

Specifically, the Hesperia Murcia Centro is a clean and modern hotel right in the city centre near the Cathedral. There’s also  private onsite parking and a tasty breakfast.

If you want to stay closer to the coast – you could stay in Cartagena (about 30 minutes away from Murcia). Here, check out  NH Cartagena – with bright, sea views and parking all in a great location.

Must-see Attractions in Murcia:

• Murcia Cathedral
• Floridablanca Gardens
• Monteagudo Castle

From Murcia, your journey will continue to Granada, a city which we have mentioned quite a few times by now so we won’t go into details again. If you haven’t yet, make sure to get your Alhambra tickets in advance!

Driving from Murcia to Granada will be a slightly longer trip with 2 hrs 45 min by car and around 3.5 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Granada:  Since Granada is a popular travel destination, many accommodations are available.

Check here for hotels in Granada .

Specifically, Hotel Granada Center is a VERY popular hotel with great breakfast, a very central location, and private underground parking onsite .

Also situated in the city centre is Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites – a sleek and modern hotel with small rooftop pool with great views of the historic old town! If you are looking for a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Granada . 

Since we have mentioned Málaga countless times above, there is not much to add. As you probably know by now Málaga has a great airport to fly out of so this is where this 7-day Eastern Spain itinerary ends.

The journey from Granada to Málaga is approximately 1,5 hrs by car and 2 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular tourist destination in Spain so there are lots of available accommodations – with apartments being the most popular.

For hotels, check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This minimalist design hotel is bright and offers a great breakfast while being located right in the city centre.

For longer stays, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes for small meal prep, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you are searching for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

It’s a popular place to stay in Malaga with private rooms and a great rooftop terrace. She and her friend stayed in a private room and really liked it!

Spain Itinerary – 14 Days

This road trip would be a beast. As planned above with the scheduled day trips you’d cover around 2600 kilometres .

The driving time would be around 27 hours and 30 minutes – but of course, this varies by traffic and which day trips/stop days (beach days) you opt to take, etc.

If you swung down to Gibraltar at the end and then went to Granada and Malaga, it could very well be a tad longer.

You should also consider the price of renting a car for two weeks to see if there are any companies that offer discounts!

Compare prices for your car rental from Bilbao here .

Since you have read about most of these places in some of the itineraries above we’ll keep this one short.

Our version is written from north to south, so from Bilbao to Málaga. As with most of our itineraries, you can reverse the direction if you feel like it So, to really see the whole country, your updated 14-day Spain itinerary might look something like this:

14-Day Spain Itinerary Overview

• Day 2: Day trip to Santander, Vitoria-Gasteiz or Beach Day
• Day 3:  Donostia-San Sebastián
• Day 4:  Zaragoza

Day 5+6: Barcelona

Day 7: valencia, day 8+9: madrid.

• Day 10: Toledo or Córdoba

Day 11: Seville

• Day 12: Seville or Day trip to Cádiz/ Gibraltar
• Day 13: Málaga (or Granada)
• Day 14: Málaga

Once again we are starting this itinerary in Bilbao since it is an easy city to get to. There are quite a few things to see and delicious foods to try so with this itinerary you have slightly more time to explore the city!

Accommodation in Bilbao:  Once again, Bilbao is a bigger centre in Spain so you’ll find lots of accommodations to suit many different styles and budgets.

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright hotel with breakfast and underground private parking . Friends of Lisa stayed here and enjoyed it. It’s the river from the Old Town – but it’s a nice area and a quick walk to everything.

To stay in the centre of Bilbao’s historic old town, check out Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish hotel with a great rooftop terrace/lounge, onsite parking , and food onsite, too.

If you are wanting a hostel, Bcool Hostel is a great option in Bilbao. Just remember: when booking any accommodations in Bilbao,  try to book in the centre or near the river since the edges of the city can be very hilly!

Since the next day in this itinerary is a day trip we’d suggest booking your accommodation in Bilbao  for two nights !

Day 2: Day Trip to Santander, Vitoria-Gasteiz or Beach Day

To give you the chance to see a bit more of the region we recommend a day trip to either Santander or Vitoria-Gasteiz, the capital of the Basque Country.

Alternatively, you can also opt to spend the day at the beach if the weather is nice (more on that below!) or use the time to see more of Bilbao.

Getting to Santander from Bilbao takes approximately 1 hr 15 min by car and 1.5 hrs by bus . The journey to Vitoria-Gasteiz is slightly shorter, taking approximately 1 hr by car and the same amount of time by bus .

Must-see Attractions in Santander:

• Palacio de la Magdalena
• Centro Botin
• Sardinero Beach

Must-see Attractions in Vitoria-Gasteiz:

• Catedral de Santa María
• Iglesia de San Miguel

If you opt for a beach day instead, we would recommend Sopelana beach. It is easy to reach by metro. Just take the line no 1 in the direction of Plentzia and get off at the Sopelana stop.

From there you can either walk or take the bus to the beach. It’s Lisa’s favourite beach in the Bilbao area since it looks beautiful and is not too crowded. It’s also a great stop to try some surfing.

Day 3: Donostia-San Sebastián

The next stop on your 14-day Spain itinerary is San Sebastián – a city we have already mentioned before. Beautiful beaches and delicious pintxos await you!

The drive from Bilbao to San Sebastián takes around 1  hr 15 min by car  and 1.5 hrs by bus . There are very frequent buses by lots of different operators between these two cities. 

Accommodation in San Sebastián : San Sebastián is one of the more expensive towns in Spain. It’s also very popular among luxury travellers. So, don’t be surprised if accommodations seem a little more expensive overall.

Specifically, check out Casual de las Olas San Sebastián . This hotel is a bit further from the old town and beach but makes up for it with sleek decor, breakfast, and air conditioning.

If you want more of a laid-back feel, check out Talaia HT . This authentic and cozy guesthouse is located in the heart of the old town – and has public parking nearby .

If you are looking for a hostel, you can find hostels across San Sebastián here . Wherever you book, our advice is to book accommodations early. Generally, you save money when doing that.

Day 4: Zaragoza

Day 5 of this itinerary will take you to Zaragoza, a city mentioned in the 5 day Northern Spain itinerary. The drive will be a bit longer but you’ll still have enough time to check out some of the attractions Zaragoza has to offer.

Driving from San Sebastián to Zaragoza will take approximately  2 hrs 45 min by car  (including a toll road) and around  4 hrs by bus .

Accommodations in Zaragoza: Zaragoza is a smaller city but there are still lots of really great accommodation options.

Specifically, check out Hotel Sauce . This bright hotel is located right in the city centre and has buffet breakfast, air conditioning, and private parking onsite for those with a car in Spain!

If you want a hotel with a rooftop pool, Hotel Palafox is for you! Also situated right in the heart of the city, the hotel has a unique decor, city views, a nice breakfast, and also has parking and air con!

A tour across the country wouldn’t be complete without including Barcelona. Since there is so much to see you’ll be spending two nights in the city to give you enough time.

The drive from Zaragoza to Barcelona will take you approximately 3 hrs 10 min by car (includes a toll road), 3.5 hrs by bus and 1.5 hrs by train .

Accommodation in Barcelona : As mentioned above, you’ll find loads of great hotels and apartments in Barcelona.

If you are looking for a hotel, check out Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool in the city centre (also close to the beach).

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is a lovely and affordable hotel with a spa that is located in the heart of the city and has a private parking garage onsite .

As for hostels, you can check out Barcelona hostels here. Specifically, we enjoyed Kabul Hostel . Hostel or hotel – just remember to book early because Barcelona is a popular city. Also remember that for this itinerary, you’ll be staying over for two nights .

And we’re back in one of Lisa’s favourite cities. The drive from Barcelona to Valencia will be a bit longer but it is worth it (in our opinion at least).

Driving from Barcelona to Valencia will take around  3.5 hrs by car  (including a toll road),  3 hrs by train  and  4 hrs 15 min by bus .

Accommodation in Valencia:  Since Valencia is a bigger city, you’ll find accommodations that work for your style and budget.

Check now for hotels in Valencia .

Specifically, Petit Palace Ruzafa is a boutique hotel very much in the lovely city centre. They offer healthy breakfast, free bike rentals, and no parking – making it great for travellers without a car!

If you’re looking to stay right the beach, you’ll likely love Hotel Miramar . This cool beachfront hotel has a bar/restaurant right downstairs, ocean views, and has paid parking onsite . If you want to stay in a hostel, you can check now for hostels in Valencia .

Must-see Attractions in Valencia: 

Of course, you can’t forget about the capital of the country when going on a trip through Spain.

Since there is so much to see and do you will spend two nights in Madrid. This will also give you some time to recover from the long driving days you’ve had.

Driving from Valencia to Madrid takes approximately  3.5 hrs by car  and slightly less than  2 hrs by train .

Accommodation in Madrid : Being the capital city of Spain, Madrid is a popular city with lots of accommodations.

Keep in mind that Madrid has “hostals” which are technically guesthouses but are basically hotels. Also, parking can be very expensive per day but that’s just Madrid for you.

Specifically, check out Room007 Select Sol . This charming and trendy hotel is right in the heart of the city, has air conditioning, and serves breakfast at a cafe next door. You are very much in the city centre here!

If you are looking for more of a guesthouse stay right in the centre, check out Hostal Madrid .

This authentic accommodation is so centrally located with attractions and the metro close by. It’s good value for money –  the two times Lisa travelled to Madrid she actually stayed here both times!

Should you want an actual hostel, there are loads of hostels in Madrid. You can check here for hostels in Madrid . Keep in mind wherever you book, you will be booking this accommodation for two nights  if you are following this itinerary.

*We have written in-depth about many of the attractions you can visit in Madrid in our things to do in Madrid guide!

Day 10: Toledo or Córdoba

For the next stop on your itinerary, you can decide where you would like to stop. From Madrid you are driving further south and both Toledo and Córdoba would be great options for a stop on the way to Seville.

The drive from Madrid to Toledo will be short and only take  an hour by car or bus . The drive from Madrid to Córdoba is a lot longer and takes approximately  4 hrs by car  and  2 hrs by train .

While this drive would be longer, your drive the next day would be significantly shorter from Córdoba than from Toledo.

Accommodation in Toledo:  If you choose to stay in Toledo, you can check here for hotels in Toledo .

Specifically, you have to check out Hotel Santa Isabel – an authentic and charming Spanish hotel in the heart of the city with an incredible rooftop terrace, good breakfast, and private parking under the hotel  if you need it.

Accommodations in Córdoba: If you end up in Córdoba, you can check now for hotels in Córdoba .

Specifically,  Maciá Alfaros is an authentic hotel located right in the heart of the city with a nice swimming pool and parking onsite.

Hotel Cordoba Center is an elegant hotel located just a short walk to the centre. It’s location is very close to the train station – and there is a lovely rooftop pool with city views!

There are also many hostels with very good ratings so you can check here for hostels in Córdoba .

On day 11 you will drive from either Toledo or Córdoba to Seville – a city we have mentioned multiple times now because it is very much worth the visit.

If you ended up staying in Toledo, it’ll take you 4.5 hrs by car  and  4 hrs by train to get to Seville. If you stayed in Córdoba it’ll only take you 1.5 hrs by car  and  45 min by train  to get to Seville.

Accommodation in Seville : As we have mentioned above a bunch of times, Seville is a big and popular city so you’ll have no shortage of accommodations to pick from.

Check here for hotels in Seville .

Specifically, we like the look of Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . It’s a trendy design hotel with a buffet breakfast located right in the city centre close to top sights!

If you want more of a “historic stay”, Hotel Simon is a simple and authentic hotel located in a historic building!

They also do breakfast and are also located in the city centre. So you know: neither of the above hotels have parking – but not that many hotels in the city centre offer onsite parking (or even nearby public parking).

If you have/rent a car and need parking available, we’d say check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also quite conveniently located but they also have parking, breakfast options, and good connections to public transit!

Should you be looking for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Seville here .

Again, since Seville is very popular so we would advise booking any accommodations ahead of time – especially during the high season! Remember, you’ll stay for two nights  if you follow this itinerary!

Day 12: Seville or Day trip to Cádiz/ Gibraltar

Since there is a lot to see and do in Seville, you have the option to stay another day to explore more of what the city has to offer.

If you’d prefer to see a different place you can consider day trips to either Cádiz or Gibraltar. Know that Gibraltar is not officially part of Spain but belongs to the United Kingdom instead.

It’ll take you around  1.5 hrs by car or train  to get from Seville to Cádiz. To get from Seville to Gibraltar it’ll take  between 2 and 3 hrs by car .

There does not seem to be any public transport between Seville and Gibraltar since it is another country, but you can participate in an organized tour from Seville to Gibraltar .

Must-see Attractions in Gibraltar:

• Rock of Gibraltar
• Great Siege Tunnels
• The Old Town

Day 13: Málaga (or Granada)

On your second to last day of this itinerary, you will drive from Seville to Málaga, a route we have mentioned quite a few times by now up above.

If you really wanted to visit Granada you could also drive there instead. You could then make the trip to Málaga at the end of the day or the next day.

The journey from Seville to Málaga will be approximately  2.5 hrs by car  and  2 hrs by train.  Whatever city combo you choose, just remember to book the right amount of nights in cities (one or two) for the end of your itinerary (keeping in mind where you fly out)!

Accommodation in Málaga:  As a popular city in the south, Malaga has lots of places to choose from when it comes to accommodation options.

For hotels, have a look at Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This lovely design hotel offers breakfast – and it’s very centrally located in the heart of the city!

For an apartment rental (maybe for a longer stay), check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, the apartments have kitchenettes, terraces, and private parking onsite (if you travelling by car).

Malaga also has lots of hostels if you like. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza when travelling to Malaga with a friend.

For a “hostel”, the Casa is a very popular place to stay with private rooms and a sunny rooftop terrace. Lisa and her friend booked a private room and enjoyed it!

Accommodation in Granada:  Since Granada is popular, many accommodations are available.

Specifically, Hotel Granada Center is a VERY popular hotel with a great breakfast, a very central location, and private underground parking onsite  if you have a car.

Also situated in the city centre is Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites – a modern hotel with a small rooftop pool with views of Granada’s old town! If you want to book a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Granada . 

Day 14: Málaga

And this is the end of your two weeks Spain itinerary. Once again Málaga is the city you fly out of since there are lots of great flight connections to other places in Europe.

Alternatively, you could also stay in Seville and visit Málaga on a day trip if the airport in Seville works better for you.

Things to Consider When Travelling in Spain

Before you dive into Spain trip planning, you’ll want to consider a few details. From the currency they use (the Euro) to the weather, public transport, and the best time to visit, we cover a few key areas below to help you prepare.

Best Time of Year to Visit Spain

Spain is a destination that can be visited year-round – you just have to set your expectations right. Lisa visited Malaga with a friend in December and it was quite warm but of course not warm enough to go swimming.

Since the country is quite big and has a diverse geography, there are actually a lot of different climate zones in Spain. Generally, the summers are hot and dry while the winters are mild and quite rainy.

The average maximum temperature for July and August is 30 °C and 17/16 °C in December and January. However, this can vary greatly depending on which city you are visiting (e.g. Granada is always a little bit colder).

We would recommend that you avoid the south – especially Seville – and Madrid in July and August since it can get VERY hot.

And according to Lisa’s Spanish teacher in Bilbao, it would probably also be a good idea to avoid visiting the Basque country during the winter months since it can rain a lot.

In our opinion, the perfect months for visiting Spain would be from March to June and September to the end of October.

Public Transportation in Spain

Spain has a very well-developed long-distance bus system. Lisa was especially impressed by that since in Germany long-distance buses didn’t exist until a few years ago and sometimes it can still be a bit chaotic or unclear.

In Spain, almost every major city has an actual bus station (and not just a signpost). One of the biggest bus companies in Spain is Alsa .

Lisa has used them quite a few times when living in Spain (to go from Madrid to Bilbao for example) and always had a pleasant experience.

In addition to buses, Spain also has a pretty good rail system. You can check the train connections and prices on the RENFE website here .

We would recommend that you always check both buses and trains as sometimes they take approximately the same amount of time and the bus can be significantly cheaper.

In a few areas (such as parts of the Basque country), the buses can be actually a lot faster than the train.

You can reach all of the places mentioned in these Spain itineraries with public transport.

So if you don’t feel comfortable with renting a car in a foreign country you can still follow all of these itineraries. The bus and train stations are often very centrally located so it shouldn’t be a hassle to get into the centre in any of the cities.

Car Rental in Spain

If you would like to rent a car and make these itineraries a road trip that is a great option, too.

Driving in Spain is generally pretty safe – but it can get a little crazy in bigger cities like Barcelona or Madrid. Spaniards also like to speed – but if you are a confident yet careful driver then this shouldn’t be an issue.

Since Spain is such a popular destination, there are lots of different rental car agencies available. Make sure to read the fine print about additional costs in case there are any issues.

You can compare prices for your Spain trip with this handy comparison tool .

In Spain, there are quite a few toll roads which start with an ‘AP’ in the name. If you want to avoid paying tolls you can often find a road that runs in a similar direction.

Generally, your driving time will be longer if you avoid toll roads but you never know which hidden gems you come across on your way.

Travel Insurance for Spain

When visiting Spain you – and especially when renting a car – should get travel insurance.

While you’ll probably be fine, accidents do happen (and Spaniards are more reckless drivers than in other countries) and they can be expensive. That’s why we always travel with insurance.

If you live in a European country and have European health insurance, you can get the blue EU Health insurance card with which you are covered in emergencies. If you don’t have that option, we recommend that you get private travel insurance.

Related Posts

If you are planning your visit to Spain, check out our other posts on travelling, working, and studying in Spain!

• 12 Need to Knows When Travelling to Spain for the First Time
• 11 of The Most Beautiful Cities in Spain
• 17 of the Top Attractions in all of Spain
• Catalonia Road Trip Itineraries

And there you have it – 5 epic itineraries around Spain! Whether you need 5 days or 14, we think you’ll have lots to work with to plan that perfect trip. Lisa is so happy to be able to provide you with her knowledge of the country.

There is still so much to cover – but we think that these itineraries are a great starting point – you may even do the routes as is and see how they go!

As always, Happy Waddlin’, – L&E

• Compare flights on Skyscanner
• Check for Hotel Deals or Book A Hostel
• Get A Rental Car (depending on the destination)
• Research plug types and possibly get a travel adapter
• Go over our packing list

Pin it for later!

As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases.

Destinations

Privacy policy

Disclaimer & Affiliate Disclosure

Terms of use

© 2024 Creativlier Media Inc.

• LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN
• MIDDLE EAST
• US & CANADA

The Best of Spain: Ultimate 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Are you planning a trip to Spain? This popular destination has so much to see that it can be tricky to plan the perfect Spain travel itinerary for a short amount of time. The first time I visited Spain, all I knew was Barcelona and Madrid . So that’s all I visited! But after living in Spain for over two years now, I have put together this perfect Spain itinerary for ten days.

This ten day Spain itinerary of course hits the two big destinations of Barcelona and Madrid . But it also includes the arguably much more interesting destinations of Seville, Granada, and Cordoba. That way, you can return back home from Spain having seen more than just the basics!

But, I must warn you. This Spain itinerary is very detailed . Like, how-on-earth-do-you-have-time-to-write-all-this detailed. That’s on purpose. You can go to any old travel blog to get a vague “two nights in here” and “one night here,” bare-bones itinerary for Spain. But those itineraries don’t tell you what to do in each destination, or how to get from each city to city. You would have to go look that up after. But not with this itinerary.

In short, what I am trying to say is: get ready for a long article! (About a 25 minute read.) You will probably want to save this for later right now by bookmarking it or saving it on Pinterest, just in case you don’t finish all in one go. Then, sit back, kick your feet up, and let’s get to it!

Pssst! If you are debating a shorter trip to Spain, check out my Spain itinerary for one week .

The Perfect 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Let’s begin with an overview of this epic, ten day Spain itinerary, so that you can have an idea of what to expect for your trip.

What is the Best Time of Year to Visit Spain?

Spain has the reputation of eternal warmth and sunshine. It’s true Spain’s weather is quite good year round in many places. But after having lived here, I can report back that winter definitely gets chilly in many of the destinations in this ten day Spain itinerary. I can also report that summer gets unbearably hot in many of these destinations! People say that about a lot of destinations in Europe. But trust me – avoid doing this Spain itinerary in summer. Because of that, I recommend you visit Spain during the shoulder seasons of April – May and September – October . This lets you enjoy every destination in this ten day Spain itinerary in mild weather.

BUT, I do recommend avoiding the week leading up to Easter . This week, called Semana Santa, is a very big deal in the region of Andalusia (which includes Seville, Granada, and Cordoba). Streets get blocked off for daily processions that last through the night. Hours change for even the most popular of attractions. Everything shuts down except restaurants on Maundy Thursday, Good Friday, and Easter Sunday. And the cities are just very crowded overall. So unless you particularly want to see the processions (because they are quite interesting!), I recommend avoiding Easter time for this ten day Spain itinerary.

What is the Best Way to Get Around Spain?

There is a lot of debate about the best way to travel around Spain. For some parts of the country, a car is definitely ideal. But for this ten day Spain itinerary, you won’t need one. This Spain itinerary is completely car-free , relying solely on Spain’s extensive train network. You can purchase all the train journeys I mention in this itinerary in advance at the official Renfe website . You can also download their app ( Apple and Android ) so that you have all your tickets in one, convenient place.

Free Printable 10 Day Spain Itinerary E-Book

But once you are actually in Spain, you definitely don’t want to be walking around on your phone all trip trying to get to each next spot. So, I’ve made a printable, condensed version of this post with every important detail from this ten day Spain itinerary you’re about to read. Just download the PDF, print it double-sided (so three pages total), and you’re good to go for your trip. It even has a map to help you visualize! Click below to get it.

(Finally) The Actual Ten Day Itinerary for Spain

Beforehand, I just want to let you know you can do this itinerary in the order I have it or in the exact reverse. Just look up flights and see which direction is cheaper. Also, at the very end of this page, I have a section on how to adjust this itinerary if you need to. Ready?!

Barcelona is Spain’s most-visited tourist destination , boasts unique Gaudí architecture, and is home to one of the most famous football (soccer) clubs in the world. Thus, it is an absolute must on any first-time Spain itinerary! Located towards the eastern end of Spain’s southern coast, Barcelona offers all the perks of big-city life, but in a setting of palm trees, ocean breezes, and sandy beaches . Barcelona is also the capital of Catalonia, a region which has been trying to separate from Spain since 2017 .

How to Get to Barcelona

As the starting point of your Spain trip, you will need to fly into Barcelona. Barcelona’s international airport is Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat Airport (BCN) . To get from BCN airport to the city center, you have three options.

• Option 1: Take a bus. From BCN, you can take the Aerobus to Plaça de Catalunya in the Barcelona city center. This leaves every 5 minutes during peak hours, costs €5.90 one way (€10.20 roundtrip), and takes around 30 minutes. From Plaça de Catalunya, you can either walk to your accommodation, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. Be very careful of pick-pocketers in Plaça de Catalunya and on the Metro! You can find the Aerobus schedule and purchase tickets in advance at the official site . Be careful to purchase your ticket for the correct terminal (A1 for Terminal 1 and A2 for Terminal 2) if you select this option.
• Option 2: Take the train. Follow signs in the airport to the Renfe train station. (If you arrive in Terminal 1, you will need to take the free airport shuttle bus to Terminal 2 first.) From BCN, take the R2 Nord line to either the Barcelona-Sants or Passeig de Gràcia stops. This train leaves every 30 minutes, costs €4.60* one way, and takes around 25 minutes. From either of these, you can walk to your accommodation if it is nearby, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. These stations are a little less central than Plaça de Catalunya. *If you select this option, consider buying the T-Causal 10-ride ticket for €11.35 instead.
• Option 3: Take a taxi. Taxis from BCN are not a fixed fare. The price ranges from €25 – €30. You can find the official yellow-and-black taxis lined up outside the arrivals terminals. The drive should take 20 to 40 minutes.

What to Do in Barcelona (Three Days)

Three days in Barcelona is the minimum amount of time to “see everything.” Take it easy on day one , since it’s the day your flight gets in. But feel free to interchange days two and three as works best for you. If you get in way too late on day one, you can tack the first three bullets onto day two and the fourth bullet onto day three.

Walking straight through this route as I have it below is 45 min (3.5km or 2.25 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance on day one.

• Plaça de Catalunya: This plaza is considered the center of Barcelona. You may find yourself here without even trying, since it’s the starting point for many tours and where many forms of transport meet. It marks the northern end of the famous La Rambla street. You should be very careful of pickpockets in this square!
• La Rambla: This wide, tree-lined pedestrian street is the most famous in Barcelona and runs right through the heart of the city. It is often referred to in the plural, “Las Ramblas,” and it marks the western edge of the Gothic Quarter. Again – be very careful of pickpockets on this extremely busy street!
• Mercat de Sant Josep de la Boquerìa: While making your way down La Rambla, be sure to stop by Barcelona’s most famous and beloved food market. It is more often simply called Marcet de la Boqueria. Here, you’ll find the quintessential €2 fruit smoothies and juices, along with other food items like jamon, empanadas, sweets, and more.
• Playa de La Barceloneta: There’s already so much to do in Barcelona, ignoring the fact that it’s on the coast. But it is indeed on the coast! I have to say, Barcelona city is not home to the best beaches in Spain. But a stop at La Barceloneta beach is still an absolute must. Even if you don’t care to walk on the sand or get in the sea, you can walk along the long promenade.
• Basilica de la Sagrada Familia: This still-under-construction church is the most famous thing to see in Barcelona. It was designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí, and he is buried in the church’s crypt. He is also responsible for designing many other popular attractions in Barcelona. The Sagrada Familia is definitely his most famous work and an absolute must to visit. Be sure to purchase tickets that include both the Sagrada Família and Towers ! These come with an app audio guide and will set you back €36 per person. Definitely purchase your tickets in advance online from the official site during high season, as certain time slots do sell out.
• Parc Güell: If you’ve ever watched the Cheetah Girls 2, or had anyone on your social media study abroad in Barcelona, this is that mosaic park! This UNESCO World Heritage site is an absolute can’t-miss thing to do in Barcelona and – surprise, surprise – was designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can buy tickets, which are €10, in advance from the official site to ensure you get a time slot that works for your schedule.
• Gràcia: On your way towards the historical center from Parc Güell, wander through one of Barcelona’s most beloved neighborhoods. Gràcia is a lot calmer than the touristy parts of town, but has many less-popular Gaudí works hidden inside it.
• Casa Milà: Casa Mila is the last private residence designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can enter this UNESCO World Heritage site for €25 if you purchase tickets online from the official site , or for €3 more in person. But if you are short on time, even just admiring it from outside is better than nothing!
• Casa Batlló: Located not too far away from Casa Mila, Casa Batllo is another Antoni Gaudí masterpiece and UNESCO World Heritage site. Like Casa Mila, you can also enter. Tickets are €35 if you purchase tickets online from the official site , or for €4 more in person. Again, you can simply admire from outside if you are short on time.
• Barri Gòtic: Barcelona’s Gothic Quarter is the city’s historical center. This charming area of the city is many visitors’ favorite part of the city, due to its narrow streets and bustling atmosphere. It might be worth doing a free* walking tour of this area, depending on your group’s travel style. But whether you join a tour or wander solo, be sure to pass under the famous Pont del Bisbe while in this neighborhood! *Tips are expected at the end of these tours.
• Catedral de Barcelona: Finished in the 15th century, the Cathedral of Barcelona is worth a stop while in the Gothic Quarter. Entry is €9 and dress code (no shoulders, no knees) is enforced.
• Museu Picasso de Barcelona: Consider a stop by this museum to enjoy the work of (arguably) Spain’s most famous artist. Even if you aren’t the biggest fan of modern art, it’s fun to view his many different styles and debate works which you like best – or perhaps which works you even consider “art!” Tickets for the main collection plus temporary exhibits are €15 at the door or €14 if purchased online from the official site in advance. ​​
• Parc de la Ciutadella: In this park, you’ll find some more iconic structures of Barcelona. These include the Arc de Triomf and the Cascada del Parc de la Ciutadella . Entry into the park is free.

Though Madrid is the capital and largest city in Spain , it is not known for as many impressive monuments as some of the other destinations in this ten day Spain itinerary. But even so, it has won the hearts of visitors and deserves a spot in your Spain itinerary. Madrid has the liveliness of a big, international city. But its tourists don’t overrun it, allowing you to feel like you are experiencing it authentically. 

How to Get to Madrid

Take the high-speed AVE or AVLO Renfe train from Barcelona-Sants station to Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes station . This takes between 2.5 and 3 hours. If you purchase an AVLO journey a few months in advance, it only costs €7 for the earliest AVLO train in the morning or the latest AVLO train at night! It costs €15 for the other AVLO train times. But the ticket prices increase as each fare sells out , so if you purchase on the day of, expect to pay anywhere between €40 and over €100, depending on the day of the week, time of day (more inconvenient times usually are cheaper), and the time of year (tickets sell out faster for holidays).

From within Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes train station, you can take the Metro or Cercanias to get to your accommodation if necessary. Or, you can exit the station and take a taxi .

What to Do in Madrid (One and a Half Days)

As the capital of Spain, you might think Madrid would warrant more days than some of the other destinations on this ten day Spain itinerary. And while I’ve loved living in Madrid (I could never see myself living in Barcelona!), it doesn’t boast as many tourist draws as some other cities in Spain. Between one and two days is the perfect amount of time to “see it all” and get a small flavor for the city before moving south!

I know the below will look like a lot to squeeze into just half a day in Madrid. But central Madrid is super compact ! Walking straight through this route as I have it below without stops is 50 min (3.7km or 2.3 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance you’ll be covering.

• Gran Via: Gran Via is Madrid’s most famous street. Its name translates into “Great Way,” and it boasts a host of eateries, international shops, and even Broadway hits like The Lion King. Some of Madrid’s most famous buildings line Gran Via, like the Edificio Metrópolis , the Fundación Telefónica, and the Schweppes Sign on Edificio Carrión. I recommend starting at Plaza del Callao and walking east along Gran Via until reaching the next spot on the list – Plaza de Cibeles.
• Plaza de Cibeles: Palacio Cibeles was once the headquarters for the Spanish Post Office. It is literally my favorite building in Madrid! It’s the first image of Madrid that I ever had in my head, back from when the Spanish national soccer team won the Euro Cup, then the World Cup, then the Euro Cup back-to-back-to-back. The team always passed between this building and the majestic Fuente (fountain) de Cibeles in front of it on their victory parade route. So I began to view the building as emblematic of Spain well before ever arriving! It is also where Real Madrid FC passes by during their celebration parades.
• Puerta de Alcalá: This triumphal arch was once the main entrance to the city of Madrid, putting into perspective just how much the city has grown over the centuries! It’s located right outside the most popular entrance to El Retiro Park.
• El Buen Retiro Park: This UNESCO World Heritage Site has been called “the Central Park of Madrid,” and you can understand why. Set right in the heart of Madrid, this green oasis is popular with locals and tourists alike. The most famous area of El Retiro is the artificial lake, where you should definitely rent a rowboat (€6 per boat weekdays and €8 weekends). I personally also love the Jardín del Parterre and would recommend either entering or exiting El Retiro park through this garden.
• Palacio de Cristal: Also in El Retiro is the Palacio de Cristal. It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site and such a pretty building, especially from across the pond in front of it. But ironically, its history is nowhere near as pretty. The Palacio de Cristal was built as a greenhouse for plants and fauna from the Philippines, which was a colony of Spain at the time. Some sadly like to claim that was all, but it soon went on to become the site of one of Europe’s many human zoos. Igorot people were brought from the Philippines and made to live and fish in a replica village while visitors watched. To see some photographs and sketches of the human zoo, definitely check out this post .
• Museo Nacional del Prado: The Prado Museum is definitely the most famous art museum in Madrid, and probably all of Spain, too. It is home to the most extensive collection of Spanish painting in the world. Some of its most famous works include those by Murillo, Velázquez, and Goya. Tickets are €15 and can be purchased in advance online at the official site . Entry is free during the last 90 minutes (online it says the last two hours, but you must leave the building 30 minutes before close time). You used to be able to book the free entry online to secure your time slot, but now you unfortunately have to wait in line. This may affect how feasible it is to squeeze this in to your itinerary, depending on your preferences.
• Fuente de Neptuno: Real Madrid has the Fountain of Cibeles, and Atletico Madrid has the fountain of Neptune, located just down the road. It’s not an attraction by any means, but it’s a pretty fountain that you might as well pass by, since it’s nearby the Prado Museum.

Note on Day One : The order listed above allows you to visit the Prado during the free hours towards the end of the day. If you love paintings more than I do and want to spend several hours at the Prado Museum, consider doing this day one itinerary in the exact reverse order of how I have it above.

• Puerta del Sol: The Puerta del Sol is located smack dab in the center of Madrid. And if you’ve looked at a map, you’ll see that Madrid is located smack dab in the center of Spain! So this square is literally the center of Spain. There is even a plaque in the ground called Kilometre 0 , from which all major radial roads in Spain leave. It’s quite popular to take a picture of your feet standing at the bottom edge of the plaque! But the most famous part of Puerta del Sol is the building behind Kilometre 0 – the Casa de Correos . It is home to Madrid’s regional government, and its famous clock is part of a huge Spanish NYE tradition. Be ultra on-alert for pickpockets everywhere in Madrid, but particularly in and around Sol!
• El Oso y el Madroño: While in Puerta del Sol, be sure to check out the statue of el Oso y el Madroño (the bear and the strawberry tree). These two together are the official symbol of the city of Madrid, so keep an eye out for them as you tour the city! 
• Plaza Mayor: This is Madrid’s main square and has been for many centuries. Three of the four sides of the square are lined with eateries and outdoor seating, though most will recommend that you skip a full meal here, simply opting for a coffee or another drink instead. The third side of the square boasts a pretty fresco of zodiac signs and gods. 
• Mercado de San Miguel: This gourmet indoor gastronomical market is located right outside the western end of Plaza Mayor. It boasts fine foods from all of the country, and some food stands have even been awarded Michelin stars! If you’re not hungry, you can still just pass through and gaze into all the various food stands.
• Catedral de la Almudena: Be sure to stop by this cathedral while visiting the Royal Palace (they’re located right next door to each other). There is often some sort of performance happening outside the steps facing the palace. And to the side, there is also an observation deck offering sweeping views. For those who want to view the inside as well, the cathedral requests a €1 donation.
• Palacio Real de Madrid: Madrid’s Royal Palace is the largest in Western Europe by building size (i.e. gardens excluded). It was built under King Phillip V, who was born in Versailles and designed it to be his Versailles. Tickets are €12 and can be purchased in advance at the official website .
• Plaza de España: This square recently just completed a redesign to make it more pedestrian friendly! It’s now the perfect intersection between Gran Via, the Royal Palace, and the Temple of Debod. Across the square also happens to be the largest Zara in the world, for any fans of the store.
• Templo de Debod: This real-deal Egyptian temple may feel a little random on this list of things to see in Madrid! It dates back to around 200 BC and was donated to Spain by the Egyptian government. Entry is free. Afterwards, take a lap around Parque de la Montaña (where the Temple of Debod is located) to enjoy views over the Royal Palace and Catedral de la Almudena. The view is especially nice during sunset.

Located in the Andalusia* region of southern Spain, Granada is most famous for its architecture dating back to when the Muslim Moors of northern Africa ruled much of modern-day Spain and Portugal. Granada was actually the final city to be reconquered by the Spanish Catholic Monarchs from the Moors . And at certain points, you may feel like you have been transported to Morocco! Aside from the astounding Moorish architecture, Granada is also simply in a stunning location. Sitting right at the foot of the often-snow-capped Sierra Nevada mountains , Granada offers amazing vistas from all angles.

*Andalusia (or Andalucía in Spanish) is home to many of the most “typical Spanish” things. It’s the birthplace of tapas, flamenco, and bullfighting as we know them. So be sure to (ethically) take in these things in particular while in the region! 

How to Get to Granada

Take the high-speed AVE train from Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes to Granada . This takes around 3.5 hours and makes three stops on the way. It will be the longest travel day in this ten day Spain itinerary. If you purchase this ticket a couple months in advance, tickets can be as low as €25, depending on the day of the week. But as already mentioned, ticket prices increase as each fare sells out . So if you purchase on the day of, expect to pay anywhere between €80 and over €100.

What to Do in Granada (Two Days)

Feel free to interchange day one and day two however you like.

• Basílica de San Juan de Dios: Even if you don’t enter this pretty baroque church, the little courtyard in front is worth a peek while en route to the city center from the train station. Tickets are €7 and can be bought in person.
• Monasterio de San Jerónimo: This historic monastery began to house monks in the early 1500s. The building warrants a visit from even just the outside, but tickets to enter are €5. You can purchase them in person on the day of or in advance from the official site .
• Plaza de Bib-Rambla: Also known as Bibarrambla, this is the main square in central Granada. Take a stroll around and perhaps stop for a drink at one of the many cafes.
• Alcaicería: Originally located across Granada’s old mosque (and now its main cathedral), the Alcaicería is an open-air, Arabic-style bazaar. It features little alleys, full of vendors selling colorful shawls, hats, purses, lamps, jewelry, and so much more.
• Catedral Santa María de la Encarnación: Granada’s most famous cathedral is hard to miss. It was built shortly after Spain’s reconquest of the city from the Moors, right atop a destroyed mosque. Tickets are €5 and can be purchased on the official site for all Granada’s main Christian buildings.
• Capilla Real de Granada: Adjacent to the cathedral is the Capilla Real (Royal Chapel). This chapel houses the tombs of King Ferdinand of Aragon and Queen Isabella of Castille. They ruled during the end of the reconquest and are considered Spain’s first great royals. Tickets are €5 and can be purchased on the official site for all Granada’s main Christian buildings.
• Plaza Nueva: Even though its name translates into “new square,” it is actually the oldest square in Granada. Stick around this area long enough, and you might just catch a little performance! I saw two different ones in this area during my own visit to Granada. The plaza connects the modern city center and the Carrera del Darro.
• Carrera del Darro: This scenic walk up a cobblestoned street follows the Darro river. It is considered one of the most romantic walks in Spain.
• Paseo de los Tristes: The Paseo de los Tristes starts where the Carrera del Darro ends and continues along the Darro River. The path offers great views of the Alhambra. At the end of the road, you can turn left to climb up to the Albaicín neighborhood. You can also turn cross the Puente del Aljibillo on the right, to cross over the river and walk up to the Generalife entrance/exit of the Alhambra.
• Albaicín: Also spelled Albayzín, this picturesque neighborhood of winding, cobbled streets and white, Moorish-style buildings is located on the hill opposite the Alhambra. (Yes, Granada is quite hilly!) It is the oldest area of Granada and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
• Mirador de San Nicolas: This viewpoint of the Alhambra is located in the Albaicín. You’ll find it on the terrace in front of the Iglesia de San Nicolas.
• Mezquita Mayor de Granada: The main mosque of Granada is literally right next to the Iglesia de San Nicolas. It is not a typical tourist “must-see.” But it has a cute garden and offers similar views to the Mirador de San Nicolas, but with fewer crowds. The mosque does close in the middle of the day (as do many things in Spain), so be sure to time your visit correctly if you care to enter.
• Sacromonte: This is another historical neighborhood of Granada and is home to the Roma community. It borders the Albaicín and is known for its houses built into rock as caves. The area’s main street is Camino del Sacromonte , which is dotted with many tourist-geared artisan shops and cave restaurants offering nightly La Zambra performances. La Zambra is a type of flamenco dancing and singing that originated in the Sacromonte. 
• Sacromonte Abbey: Further away from town, further along the Camino del Sacromonte, is the Sacromonte Abbey. It does offer lovely views over both Granada’s main hills at once, but I would only recommend this trek if you are interested in entering the abbey or have ample time.
• Alhambra: This stunning Moorish palace and fortress atop a hill is the biggest tourist draw in Granada. In my opinion, it should be the biggest tourist draw in all of Spain ! It is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and without-doubt the most unique palace you’ll see in Europe (I’ve seen quite a few!). There are many different things to see in the Alhambra, but the Nasrid Palaces are the most famous part of the Alhambra. You will need to select a specific time to enter these when purchasing your entry ticket. Another main part of the visit is the Generalife’s Palace , which was the summer palace of the Moorish sultans. To get from one palace to the other, you will walk through El Partal , another main part of the visit. Tickets to the Alhambra tend to sell out months in advance, except in the low season. So be sure to purchase your tickets on the official site once you have your dates. You can choose from several different packages to purchase, including a nighttime visit. But the general daytime visit is €19. Plan to spend a minimum of half a day at the Alhambra.
• Calle Elvira and Calderería Nueva: These two streets are towards the bottom of the Albaicín hill. They are filled with small dessert shops, tea shops, and souvenir shops selling artisanal items. I personally felt like I was transported to Morocco and feel like the area warrants passing by,
• Bañuelo: Also known as Hammam al-Yawza or Baño del Nogal, this hammam (a type of public bath or spa popular in the Arab and Muslim worlds) is thought to be from the 1100s or earlier. It’s the only hammam in Granada that has been restored and is open to the public. Tickets are €7.42 and include entry into a few other monuments as well. They can be purchased online from the official site .
• Ermita San Miguel de Alto: For the best view over not just the Alhambra, but all of Granada and beyond, you can make the hike up the hill behind the Albaicín. From the Albaicín, the hermitage of San Miguel Alto is about a 30 minute walk. I recommend packing some food and drink beforehand, picking out a nice spot to sit once at the top, and watching the sunset over the city.

Seville (or Sevilla in Spanish, pronounced Sev-EE-ya), is the largest and capital city of Andalusia, making it a must in any visit to southern Spain. It is home to the oldest tapas bar in Spain and final resting place of Cristopher Colombus (of whom Spain unfortunately still seems very much proud, as you will definitely notice when you follow this Spain itinerary in person!). Seville also served as filming site of the beautiful Game of Thrones kingdom of Dorne and of Star Wars: Attack of the Clones , and is honestly just an all-around stunning Spanish city .

How to Get to Seville

Take the AVE or AVANT train from Granada to Sevilla-Santa Justa . This takes between 2.5 and 3 hours. If you purchase your ticket for this journey a couple months in advance, the only option will be the AVE trains. Tickets can be as low as €32, depending on the day of the week. If you wait until a few weeks out or even purchase on the day of, the AVANT-MD ticket will be available to purchase. This ticket can be as low as €29 (even if purchased on the day of). Other ticket types range between €45 and €78 when purchased on the day of.

What to Do in Seville (Two Days)

You can exchange day one and day two however you like.

• Catedral de Sevilla: This is the third-largest church in Europe and the largest Gothic church in the world. It is also the final resting place of Cristopher Columbus (and his son). The cathedral was built over a destroyed mosque, but the courtyard of orange trees and the mosque’s minaret still remain. The minaret was turned into a bell tower, which tourists can climb up (no elevator) for sweeping 360-degree views over Seville. Tickets to the cathedral and bell tower are €11 and can be purchased online from the official site . Tickets cost €1 more if purchased in person. You might also want to consider the €20 tickets for a guided tour on the cathedral rooftop! You can also purchase these on the official site .
• Plaza de Toros (de la Real Maestranza de Caballería de Sevilla): This bullring is the largest and most significant in Spain. Taking a lap around the outside and peering inside the ring whenever there was an opening was enough for me. But those wanting to enter the bullring without attending an event can join a tour. You can purchase €10 tickets online from the official site or in person.
• Barrio de Triana: This historic neighborhood in Seville is across the river from the main part of the city center. One of the main attractions here is the Mercado de Triana . It is a cute, indoor food market with a lot less-touristy feel than the popular markets of Barcelona or Madrid. It sits next door to the remains of what once was Castillo de San Jorge .
• Museo de Bellas Artes: Seville’s Museum of Fine Arts was originally a convent. Now, it is home to some of the most important Spanish paintings. Entry is €1.50.
• Setas de Sevilla: Also known as the Metropol Parasol, this is apparently the largest wooden structure in the world. It was built in a shape that resembles mushrooms (setas, in Spanish) and offers one of the best viewpoints in Seville. You can get a discount by booking in advance online at the official site , where general entry tickets are €13. Even if you don’t decide to go up, the building is pretty cool from the bottom and warrants a visit.
• Calle de las Sierpes: This is central Seville’s main shopping street, running between Plaza de San Francisco and Calle Campana. Enjoy a slow stroll up this pedestrian zone, popping in and out of the shop geared towards tourists and locals alike.
• Iglesia Colegial del Salvador: Entry into this beautifully salmon-colored church is free with your ticket to the Seville Cathedral!
• Real Alcázar: This once-fortress is where the Moors ruled from while they were in Seville. After the Christian monarchs reconquered Seville, they added to it and used it as a royal palace. Game of Thrones fans will recognize many different parts of the Alcázar as film sites (especially Dorne!). Check out this post for a full run down, so you can recognize it all when you go. General entry tickets are €13.50, and you can add a tour of inside the royal rooms for €5.50. Personally, I didn’t think the royal rooms tour was super worth it. I found the rest of the Alcázar to have the best parts. But I know others have loved it! I think it depends on how many European palace tours you’ve done or if you tend to love or hate royal room tours. Either way, you can buy the tickets online from the official site . ​​
• Plaza de España: This stunning square is the most iconic image of Seville. You might even recognize it from some films, like Star Wars: Attack of the Clones . The plaza is located inside the Parque de María Luisa (which also deserves some exploring), and its name translates to “Spain Square.” When you visit, you’ll understand why! Each block of tiles in the semicircle creates an image of a province of Spain. You can also rent a boat and row along the plaza’s canal , or wait around near the two central bridges to catch a flamenco performance .
• Torre del Oro: Originally part of the city’s Moorish walls, the name of this former military watchtower translates into “Tower of Gold.” The tower sits along the river and marks the starting and ending point for Spanish ships bringing spoils from the Americas. Today, you’ll find the Museo Naval de Sevilla inside the tower. There, you can learn about Spain’s naval history and enjoy the panoramic terrace. Entry is free, but a €3 donation is requested.
• Barrio Santa Cruz: This beautiful neighborhood of narrow alleys and peaceful plazas is where Seville’s Jewish community was once mostly concentrated. It is located just across the main cathedral.
• Museo del Baile Flamenco: The famous Spanish dance originated in southern Spain, and those interested can view some of Andalusia’s best flamenco at a show here. Shows are nightly, and you can book your tickets online at the official site .

I notice Cordoba gets skipped on some Spain travel itineraries. But its world-famous mosque -slash-cathedral alone is good enough reason to squeeze a day trip here from Seville into your ten day Spain itinerary. Add to that the picturesque winding and flower-pot-laden streets with the old town’s seamless mix of Jewish, Moorish, Catholic, and Roman architecture… Well, Cordoba simply is a no-brainer to visit when traveling through Spain.

How to Get to Cordoba

Take the MD or AVANT train from Sevilla-Santa Justa to Cordoba . Then, take the same journey the reverse direction, and return to Seville to spend the night .

The MD train is €11.20 and 1.5 hours each way. It is available for purchase beginning around two months in advance. The AVANT train is €17.85 and 40 minutes each way. It is available for purchase beginning a few weeks in advance.

These prices are only if you purchase round trip (ida y vuelta) tickets. That means you must select your return train departure time in advance. If purchased as separate tickets rather than round trip, the MD train is €14 each way and the AVANT train is €22.30 each way. I recommend choosing times that essentially give you a full day to explore Cordoba!

What to Do in Cordoba (One Day)

• Mezquita-Catedral de Córdoba: This was once the main mosque of Cordoba and today is a cathedral. But it isn’t a cathedral built over a mosque, like oftentimes happened. Rather, it is a cathedral blended into the center of a mosque, creating the most unique blend of two architectural styles that I personally have ever seen. Definitely purchase tickets in advance online from the official site . Entry into the mosque is €13, and tickets up the bell tower are €3. I recommend choosing the first entry time of the day for the mezquita. That way, your pictures of the iconic columns and arches will have a lot less people in them.
• Puerta del Puente: Outside the mosque-cathedral, in front of the river, is the Gate of the Bridge. It is located where the Roman gates into the city used to be.
• Puente Romano: Cross the Roman Bridge over the river. From there, you can enjoy the typical postcard views of the famous mosque and Cordoba’s old town (though the river is quite drier these days).
• Torre De Calahorra: At the end of the Roman Bridge is the Calahorra Tower. You can enter the tower to enjoy its museum on life in Cordoba during Al-Andaluz (the name of the Muslim-ruled area of the Iberian Peninsula). You can also enjoy views over Cordoba from its top. Tickets are €4.50 and can be purchased in person, but check the official site for hours.
• Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos: This medieval fortress-palace is located right by the famous mosque-cathedral and the river. It houses a few Roman mosaics, but visitors most-enjoy its gardens. Tickets could only be purchased in person when I went. They were €5.
• Almodovar Gate: In between the Alcázar and the Jewish Quarter is the Almodovar Gate. It is the only remaining medieval gate of the original nine into the city.
• Judería: Cordoba’s historically Jewish quarter is a UNESCO World heritage site. The well-preserved neighborhood is very pretty, but my favorite part was the synagogue . It’s absolutely stunning and one of the three best-preserved Medieval synagogues in Spain. Entry was free when I went.
• Fiesta de los Patios de Córdoba: If you are visiting Spain in early May, you can enjoy this festival celebrating the potted-plant-courtyards that Cordoba is famous for. But even if you are visiting during another time of year, you’ll still notice beautiful potted plants adorning walls around the city center. One of the most famous streets for a great view of the mosque-cathedral bell tower behind an alley of potted plants is Calleja de las Flores .
• Templo Romano: In the middle of Cordoba, right next to the city hall, you can find the remains of a Roman temple. It was discovered in the 1950s while expanding the city hall. It’s not often listed as a tourist attraction to see, but I thought it was pretty cool (and it’s free)!

How to Get Out of Seville

Alas, your epic ten day Spain vacation has come to an end! You’ll need to get out of Seville. Seville’s airport is Seville Airport (SQV), sometimes called San Pablo Airport . There are a couple ways you can get from Seville’s city center to SQV.

• Option 1: Take a bus. From any of the available stops (which include the Sevilla-Santa Justa train station), take the urban bus transport line (Line EA) bus from the Seville city center to the Seville airport. Tickets are €4 and are paid to the driver on board. You can check the timetable and map of the stops here .
• Option 2: Take a taxi. The fare for this 25 minute ride is fixed at €26. Make sure you get into an official taxi. They should accept card, and you can double check this as well as fare before getting in.

Adjustments to this 10 Day Spain Itinerary

• Starting in Seville instead of Barcelona: You can totally do this ten day Spain itinerary in the reverse order. Check what flights work best for you, and decide off of that.
• Flying out of Madrid instead of Seville: Your flight out of Seville will almost certainly involve a connection in Madrid if you are flying to the Americas. So, you might prefer to take a train from Seville to Madrid’s airport (3 hours) rather than a flight from Seville to Madrid (1 hour). If that is the case, you can definitely change this itinerary to do that.

Any Questions on this Spain Itinerary for Ten Days?

Phew – I know that was A LOT! If you’re planning your own ten day itinerary for Spain soon and want some personalized advice, drop a comment below with your questions . I love playing travel agent for people!

And in Case You Need One Final Summary

Spain Itinerary 10 Days:

• Day 1: Barcelona
• Day 2: Barcelona
• Day 3: Barcelona
• Day 4: Madrid
• Day 5: Madrid
• Day 6: Granada
• Day 7: Granada
• Day 8: Seville
• Day 9: Seville
• Day 10: Cordoba

Save this Spain Ten Day Itinerary on Pinterest

Further Reading...

Free Cinque Terre Hikes (With Better Views than the Paid Hike Trails)

17 Top Attractions and Best Things to Do in Florence, Italy

Punakaiki Travel Guide: Most Underrated Stop on New Zealand’s West Coast

76 comments.

WOW. Your blog is insightful, informative & so very helpful. I’ve read through all of your Spain (& Morocco) posts. Thank you! I’m planning a 10-12 day trip around October 2025 with a great group of 10-12 friends. Some have been to Spain, and others have not (including me). We are planning a coastal tour from Barcelona south, stopping along the way (Valencia, Cartagena, Granada?), and arriving in Seville. We might also do a side trip to Morocco then fly out of Madrid (or, reverse order). We do enjoy meeting/interacting with local people & getting off the beaten path once in a while. Can you give me any advice for a coastal tour or reasons not to tour along the coast? Are there enough interesting and varied sites to see? In your opinion, do you think we’re trying to do too much in under 14 days? Thank you, Em!

That Travelista

Thanks for the kind feedback on my blog! I’m glad it’s been helpful.

Yes, I would say that is a bit too much in under 14 days. If you visit just, let’s say, Tangier in Morocco, since it’s closest to Spain, that’d be 7 different cities. So with 14 full days, that makes 2 days in each stop, and that’s accounting for zero travel time (which is a lot to exclude lol).

Spain is a lot larger than it seems, and it does take a lot of time to move around if not using the high speed trains (or planes, but those require extra time getting to the airport, arriving early there, and getting out of the next airport). The high speed train network isn’t really along the coast. So that is the reason I would have in response to “why not to tour the coast” – that it takes a lot of time to move up/down the coast and most people have limited time. With enough time, I think touring the coast is a lovely idea!

Depending on what you want to see in Morocco, I’d consider saving it for another trip. It could justify it’s own entire vacation, between Marrakech, Fez, Chefchaouen, Tangier, Ait Ben Haddou, a desert glamping experience, and even more.

Will this be a road trip, or do you guys prefer public transport? The rest of my recommendation depends on that!

Hi Em. Normally we prefer road trips, but we have used public transportation in some larger cities (Amsterdam, Prague, Rome) to avoid driving & parking issues. Looks like my group will need another planning session to discuss your reply. As you said, Spain is much bigger than we thought. Valencia, Cartagena, Granada were just random cities along the coast to give you an idea of the path we’d like to take. Maybe we can tailor this down but still travel along the coast. Thanks again. Your thoughts are very helpful.

That’s good, because you can use public transport for Barcelona to Valencia, but from there on south, it’s hard to stay along the coast and not move at a glacial pace unless you have your own set of wheels. Your trip will be a lot better with a rental. So I would just use google maps to see driving time between each of the stops you all would like to see (make sure you are looking at the option hugging the coast, because the one first-suggested by google can go inland to save time), consider how much time you would like to overnight in each place, and then make the decision from there!

I’m sure you guys will figure out something nice! There are a lot of cute stops to choose from. 🙂

Hi! Thank you for this great information. I’m in Spain starting 10/26 departing 11/8 which comes out to like 11 full days. I fly in and out Barcelona so i’m trying to figure out how to adapt this itinerary. I think the city I’m least interested in is Madrid and I also want to take a bit of a slower pace. this is a bit full for me. Any thoughts? I guess I am interested in Toledo which would bring Madrid back in. Ah.

With 11 days, you can easily do this itinerary and fly back to Barcelona from Seville in the end. If you don’t care for Madrid, you can use the full day in Madrid that I have here as a day trip to Toledo.

If you prefer to omit Madrid, you can just fly to Granada from Barcelona instead of passing through Madrid first by train. This second option would allow you to tack on 3 extra days (maybe one more night in each of your remaining stops?) and thus go slower.

Hope that helps!

My husband and I were planning a trip to Italy next May and decided against it last night due to Jubilee and were thinking about Spain instead and I said “let me see if I can find a 10 day itinerary ” and yours popped up! We read through it, loved all the details and immediately booked following your suggestions. We are SO excited – even though it’s 9 months away – ha ha. Thank you so much!

Wow, that’s so great! Thanks for letting me know I was able to help in that way. 🙂 I definitely feel you about that excitement post finalizing the details on what is sure to be an awesome trip!

Hi Em! Really insightful article. My wife and I are planning to be in Spain from August 23rd to September 10th and we’ve planned Malaga(2 nights) , Seville(3 nights), Madrid(4 nights) and Barcelona(3 nights) in this period. The missing 7 nights I am spending at a beautiful place in Gaucin which is in the Andalusian area. I have a couple of questions and any help would be really appreciated….I can’t find any travel options to return to Malaga from Gaucin (I am staying at Karma La Herizza), do you have any ideas? A lot of people are telling me to hire a car, but I am not too comfortable driving in a foreign land. Second, do you think 4 nights in Madrid is too much or is it good, if I decide to do day trips to some of the other close by places like Toledo, Segovia and Avila? Please drop me a line at your convenience! Thanks in advance! Cheers!

I’m glad you like the article! When I went to google Gaucin just now, I saw that I already had it saved on my google maps for places to visit. The pueblos blancos are just so hard to get to/around without a car!

There is one train from Estación de Gaucin to Ronda (other pueblo blanco, quite popular, as you may know). From Ronda, you can take another train to Málaga. They seem to run 3x a day on weekdays and 2x a day on weekends. Just search “Gaucin” and “Ronda” on the Renfe site . I can’t find local buses between the station and the village online (though there is always more info once there at the station with these pueblos, in my limited experience), but I imagine you can grab a cab worst case or set pick up with the place you are staying.

As for Madrid, I think your idea to do 4 days if you plan multiple day trips is fabulous. If you don’t mind joining a group tour one of the days to be able to combine 2 of the 3 you listed, or if you plan to only visit 2, then you can do 2 days of day trips and 2 days in Madrid. If you want to DIY all three (I outline how for Ávila and Segovia , but haven’t published one on Toledo yet, but it’s the most straightforward), I would say consider 5 nights in Madrid to have 2 days to see the city and 3 days for day trips. If you just want to get a feel of Madrid though and don’t mind rushing around in one day, as you can see from this itinerary, it can be more or less “done” in one day without entering any attractions, if necessary.

You’re going to have a great time! Looks like a great trip that you have planned with a lot of diversity in the places you’ll visit, between the pueblo blanco and the day trips on top of the cities!

Thanks for the reply, Em! Do you have any suggestions our tour guides/companies who do the group tours for out of Madrid, as also the sights to see in the city? As always, any help appreciated tons.

If you prefer to buy them in advance, you can check popular tour sites like Viator and GetYourGuide. But once in Madrid, there are tons of tourist kiosks throughout the center (especially Gran Via) all selling the same day trip tours to these places for the same prices, so you shouldn’t have much issue to book one of these once there. The prices for these tours are typically not much more than the price of DIY transport, so they’re not a bad option.

If you want something like a hop-on-hop-off bus tour for Madrid city, you can book that in advance from the hop-on-hop-off website. There are also options for private tours where the guide cycles you around, which you can also arrange once there, or try to find in advance on the two sites I mentioned above. But as I mention in this guide, assuming everyone in your group is able to walk, which may not be the case, the sites in Madrid are quite compactly located.

Thanks tons, Em! Cheers till next time! If you’re ever in India, drop me a line. Would be glad to help. Will try to drop a line when I’m in Madrid!

Ooo I’ll definitely take you up on that! I was in India for a month for work and loved it. It’s such a huge country, and I want to return to see more!

This is a great itinerary, thank you so much for all the info! My family and I are planning to fly into Madrid and landing in the morning. We will then have 7 full days and then fly out from Madrid in the afternoon on the 8th day. What do you think is the best way to tweak this itinerary to fit our schedule? We ideally would still like to visit every city if possible.

Thanks for the kind feedback on the itinerary!

I’d say that 7 days is really not enough time to see every place I’ve recommended in this itinerary and do them all justice/not waste a lot of time moving around.

But if just checking them each off your bucket list and feeling like you at least got a taste is more of a priority to you and your fam than having enough time to truly “see everything” in each place, I guess I’d recommend: Madrid (1 day) > train to Barcelona (2 days) > flight to Granada (1.5 days days) > train to Seville (1.5 days) > train to Cordoba (day trip and find luggage storage near train station) > train back to Madrid evening of same day to flight out the next day.

Mala Naamdhew

What a comprehensive, well explained itinerary for first-timers to Spain. Thank you! We are looking at coming through 9-10 nights end November to December. We aware of the cooler temperatures. Is there any other reason most people on this thread are NOT travelling to Spain at this time of year?

Nope! There’s really no downside to doing this Spain itinerary at that time of year except for the colder temps. (The upside is lesser crowds and lower prices!) If you don’t mind colder weather (I recommend googling the monthly average for each city and checking the low), just pack accordingly and have a great trip! 🙂

Hi! Thank you for this detailed Itinerary. My husband and I are planning to go to Europe to spend Christmas together and Spain is one of the countries we’ve been eyeing to go to. Can we still use the same itinerary late December?

Yes, if you are OK with cold weather, then you can totally do this same itinerary in late December. The attractions on this itinerary are all cultural and not really nature-based. Barcelona is of course on the coast, which is part of its appeal, but its beach isn’t one I’d particularly recommend going out of your way to swim at, so you’re not loosing anything itinerary-wise. I would just do a google search of “[city name] monthly weather” for each stop on this itinerary and double check you are fine with the avg temps (lows too, for evenings) and avg rainy days in December.

The other thing to consider is attraction closures on Christmas Day and New Years. So I would click through the links I have in this guide for each attraction, head to their pages on hours, and make sure the date you plan to see them doesn’t fall on a date the attraction is closed.

I hope that helps!

Hi Em..I have the utmost respect for you in answering all these questions. Thank you so much. My hubby and I plan on visiting Spain maybe Sept/Oct. One of the main places I want to visit is the Rock Of Gibraltar. We are thinking about coming for 9 days and would like to fly in and out of one airport since it’s more cost effective for us. If we fly into Madrid or Barcelona how can we get to the Rock of Gibraltar and can this be a day trip. Also if we are interested in doing Day Trips to Seville and other cities should our Base be Madrid or Barcelona. Thank you so much and I thoroughly enjoy your articles. Best of luck to you !

I’m glad to know you enjoy my articles!

I’ve never been to Gibraltar, but I understand Malaga to be the entry point many visitors use to day trip in. Madrid and especially Barcelona are quite far from this southernmost part of Spain. So if your main destination is Gibraltar, I would suggest focusing on the region of Andalusia and leaving Madrid and Barcelona for another visit. You could teeeeeeechnically day trip from Madrid to Seville (the train is 3 hours), but that would mean a very short amount of time in Seville, and it deserves more than one full day anyways, let alone less than one full day.

Off the top of my head, I would personally recommend moving around at least between Malaga, Seville, and Granada as bases in Andalusia. From Seville, you can day trip to Cordoba (as I suggest in this itinerary), as well as to Cadiz, Jerez de la Frontera, etc. From Malaga, you can day trip to Gibraltar, Nerja and Frigiliana (as a combined day trip), Ronda, etc. Depending on whether you are flying from within Europe or not, you could try to fly into Malaga or Seville. If you need to fly into either Madrid or Barcelona, you can fly into Madrid, spend 1-2 days there, and then train south to Andalusia, coming back via train to Madrid to fly back out.

Hope some of those suggestions help!

Thank you for all the tips Em ! We are considering delaying our Trip for now since we’re seeing so much coverage of tourists not being welcome in Spain and I can respect that. I know i’s not everywhere in Spain but we just need to do some more research. You’re the best !

That’s really awesome of you and your party to consider the opinion of residents when planning your trip!

Whenever you do decide to visit Spain, I know that the main dislike is of AirBnb stays and touristic rentals in general, as opposed to hotel stays, which don’t spill over into the local housing markets around Spain and price locals out of their homes while mostly only pumping money into the hands of a small group. The other issue in cities with reputations for partying is the noise, drunkenness, and trash from tourists partying. Tourists who avoid contributing to those two issues seem, at least to me, to still be happily received.

Happy travels wherever you go!

Hi! Thank you so much for this itinerary! It’s very detailed and will help me with planning for my 9-10 day trip this October. How would you adjust the itinerary given that I am flying in and out of Barcelona? Would you recommend just taking a flight from Seville back to Barcelona? Or other ideas? Thanks!

I’m glad this itinerary has been helpful! And, yep, that’s exactly what I’d suggest to do – a short domestic flight from Seville to Barcelona. (Or from Granada to Barcelona, which is also an option, in case you like those flights better. In that case, you would go from Madrid > Seville > Granada instead of Madrid > Granada > Seville.) 🙂

Hi Travelista, This was quite a good read, & we’re planning our trip on similar lines, just a quick question? We’re a bunch of friends visitng the country during Aug end/Sept 1st week & are planning on visitng Ibiza, how is it to best fit in the above itinerary? We plan on staying for 3 nights in Ibiza, however our overall stay in spain is for 12 days, so if you had to which of the above place would you crop depending on logistics issues? Thanks in advance.

Based on logistics, I would cut out Cordoba, because it sounds like you only need 1 less day, and Cordoba on this itinerary only occupies 1 day. Also, this allows you to keep Madrid and Barcelona as your airports of entry/departure, which is logistically easiest. So I would do something like fly into Barcelona > fly to Ibiza > fly to Granada/Seville > train to Seville/Granada (whichever you didn’t fly into) > train to Madrid > fly out of Madrid OR the exact reverse.

Hi Em, Your itinerary is perfect for the amount of time we have to explore the country. Can I ask if you know anything about trains over the Pyrenees from France? I was hoping to enter Spain by train from Toulouse and wanted to try to line up a trip on the Little Yellow Train as well. However, although it looks possible to go from Toulouse to Latour de Carol by train, then hop on the Little Yellow Train to Villefranch-de- Conflent and then change to a commuter train to Barcelona. I cant actually find any connecting trains. The other problem I’m having is trying to book trains for October 2024, seems to be too far in advance as zero information shows for the dates I enter into the booking system. I’d be very appreciative if you’re able to shed any light on this

I unfortunately don’t know too much about the Pyrenees, though I would love to explore them someday!

As for the train tickets, I usually try to see the furthest out day from today that I am able to view tickets for the journey I want to purchase. That lets me know how far out in advance I can purchase them and also gives me an idea of what might later be available on my travel date. Then, I set an alarm for that number of days out before my travel dates, reminding me to go check tickets, now that they should be available. So if I can see tickets for, let’s say, 60 days out from today, but starting at 61 days out from today, I can’t, I’ll plan to check tickets again 60 days prior to the date I want to travel on.

I hope that makes sense!

Hi! My boyfriend and I were thinking about planning a trip at the end of January 2024. Do you think January is a time that would be worth visiting Spain still? We are planning for 8 or 9 nights. Is there anything you would modify with your itinerary for January?

If you are OK with cold weather, then you can totally do this itinerary in late January without modifying it. The attractions on this itinerary are all cultural and not really nature-based. Barcelona is of course on the coast, which is part of its appeal, but its beach isn’t one I’d particularly recommend going out of your way to swim at, so you’re not loosing anything itinerary-wise. I would just do a google search of “[city name] monthly weather” for each stop on this itinerary and double check you are fine with the avg temps (lows too, for evenings) and avg rainy days.

Wow, this itinerary is so well detailed and thought out. Thank you for taking the time to put all of this together. We are planning a trip to Spain and Portugal towards the end of June. 10 days in Spain and a few days in Portugal. Portugal will either be at the beginning or the end of the trip. We haven’t decided on that yet. We’ve left things a bit late and your itinerary has helped SOOOO much.

Thanks for taking the time to let me know how helpful for you it’s been! I’m glad to know that. 🙂 Portugal + Spain together is a great idea!

Have a nice trip!

Ayie Melendez

Thank you so much for sharing this! I was just wondering what would you suggest if we wanted to squeeze Donostia? We are willing to forego Granada or even Madrid if we have to. We are also look at about 12 days in September and will be flying all the way from Hawaii. Thank you for any insight you can share!

Since my itinerary is 10 days and you have 12, you could just add two days minus the travel time to Donostia. If you need more time there, which I’d probably recommend, I’d recommend having Madrid as first on the chopping block. I am saying this as someone who has voluntarily been living in Madrid for two years now. It’s a very nice city to live in, but I think the other spots on my itinerary offer more touristically. (I would put Cordoba as second on the chopping block.)

So, if removing Madrid, I would recommend something like Barcelona > fly to Donostia > fly to Granada > train to Seville (1 day trip to Cordoba).

That would give you 4 nights in Donostia. If you’re willing to just have 3 nights there, you could squeeze in some Madrid and also make things easier for your flights from the US. You could do Barcelona > fly to Donostia > fly to Grandada > train to Seville (1 day trip to Cordoba) > train to Madrid in the morning before final night in Spain, and fly out of Madrid.

I loved reading your 10 day trip to Spain. We are going in July – we are flying into Madrid and out of Barcelona. So I was thinking of doing it in the order – Madrid, Seville, Granada and then Barcelona. Do you think that works well? Also – any hotel suggestions? we are traveling with two adult children (ages 20 and 24) – will need two room every night. would love suggestions and restaurants too.

Thanks for letting me know you love the itinerary! I’m glad it’s been helpful.

The way I have it laid out in this itinerary (or the exact reverse) is the most ideal in terms of efficiency and not requiring any additional flights, but you can just fly from Granada (or Seville) to Barcelona to make your itinerary work.

I don’t have hotel suggestions, as I tend to just book the most reasonably priced thing that is walking distance to the train station available at the time I am booking, especially since I tend to travel solo. As for restaurants, if you like history and meat, Botin in Madrid is the oldest consecutively running restaurant in the world. It will require reservations in advance online. San Gines in Madrid is accredited with being where churros *con chocolate* was first sold. I didn’t enter El Rinconcillo in Seville and just passed by, but it’s supposed to be the oldest tapas bar in Spain.

I hope some of that helps!

You’re welcome! 🙂

I will finish the Camino Frances on September 15 and spend two nights in Santiago de Compostela. My husband and I are then planning to travel in Spain until our flight out of Madrid on September 25. We love culture, art, history and nature and tend toward smaller towns instead of really big cities. How would you recommend doing your itinerary if we have September 17-25 to see parts of Spain? We can travel via train, bus, plane or car during that time. By the way, I love your information on Spain!

If you don’t prefer really big cities and are fine passing on seeing Barcelona and Madrid, you might consider just doing the Andalusia part of my itinerary, and then adding some more day trips! I always tell people that I don’t understand why this region isn’t the main touristic draw in the country instead of Barcelona and Madrid.

The north of Spain isn’t as well connected on the high speed train network, so I would recommend flying into Seville from there. You can do some day trips from there in addition to the one I recommend in this itinerary to Cordoba. By public transport, you could see Cadiz, and also Jerez de la Frontera which is part of the sherry triangle and home to the famous Tío Pepe bodegas, if sherry tastings interest you. If you rent a car, you could visit a couple of the famous pueblos blancos in a day (I’m sure you could also find a group tour, if you don’t want to rent the car). Then, continue the itinerary through to Granada. If you want to fly out of Madrid, you can take the train there on your final evening.

There is also the option to add on Malaga instead of Cadiz/Jerez. I haven’t been because the timing’s not worked out for me yet, but it’s high on my list! In that case, you could then also fly into Malaga. You could do a pueblos blancos day trip from there, too (Ronda + Sentenil de las Bodegas is a popular one you can book as a group tour). You could also day trip to Nerja and Frigiliana, or do the Caminito del Rey hike. Then, from Malaga, you can take the train to Granada and follow the rest of my itinerary from that point on. OR do the exact reverse (start in Seville and end in Malaga). You can fly out of Seville/Malaga with a likely connection in MAD or BCN, or train to Madrid on your final evening for a flight out of MAD the next morn.

I hope some of those ideas help! September is a great time to visit Spain, and I know you’ll have a great time!

Such an excellent, detailed guide!! I’m wondering if you have a suggestions for accommodations while in each of these locations? Specific hotels would be welcome or even suggestions for good locations within each city. Thanks so much!!

Hi Kristin,

Thanks for letting me know that you like my guide!

I unfortunately don’t have specific recommendations, but I can add that to my to-do list and let you know when the post is live, if your trip isn’t for some time. Otherwise, I can say that I usually use Booking.com to search, because I like that their interface allows you to filter criteria and then move to a map view, which allows me to see where the accommodation is relative to the train and attractions. I’m not currently affiliated with Booking.com.

As far as location, it’ll depend on if you’re prioritizing walkability from the train stations, or if you plan to take cabs/the metro to reach your accommodation once arriving in the city via train to get to the trendiest area, or most historical area, or most upscale area, or whatever your preference would be. For Madrid, where I currently live, you don’t lose much by booking near Atocha station, because it’s just on the border of the city center, and the center is quite compact. In the other cities on this itinerary, there’s a bit more walking distance between the stations and the center, so you’ll have to decide if you prefer to be close to the train or in the historical center, or the trendy neighborhood, etc.

Sorry to not be of more help!!

Hello!! I’m looking to book a 10-day trip to Barcelona for my parents and I (I am 24, my parents are in their 60s) in July. I read online, as well as your other comments, that some parts of Spain are unbearably hot in July, do you think that includes Barcelona? Which parts should we stick to that time of year? Perhaps 10 days would be too long if we can only really enjoy Barcelona at that time? I would greatly appreciate any insights.

I’ve never visited Barcelona in summer, just in spring and winter. But due to it being on the coast, I think it should be the only stop in my 10 itinerary that will be hot but bearable! And based off Barcelona’s recorded temps from last July , that seems to have been the case last year.

If you want to stick within Spain, you could add more stops along the Costa Brava. There are day trip-able places, like Stiges, Tarragona, etc. or you could stay overnight in a place like Tossa de Mar, Cadaqués, etc. They could also fly to the Balearic islands or the north of Spain, if they are willing to leave the greater Barcelona area.

I hope some of those suggestions help!

I am in my early 20s and going to Spain/Europe for the first time. I am going for 11 days in late May.

We are wanting a balance of nice beach days and cool architect and cultural sightseeing. I really like your 10 day plan but want to add more beach days. Do you recommend any specific beaches off of Seville and Granada? Also would you say it is worth it to go out to the Baleric Islands as first timers? Or are the beaches on the mainland comparable?

Thank you in advance! Jay

I haven’t been to any Spanish islands yet (the train system on the mainland is just so convenient! A car rental seems necessary to get to the best beaches on the islands), but from what I’ve experienced on the mainland coast and what I see online of the Balearic Islands, I think you will find more large sand beaches on the mainland, but not as many of those cliff/stone beaches you see in pictures of the islands. From Seville, you could day trip to Cadiz (or other beach towns), and Barcelona has some day-trip-able beach towns too, like Stiges.

I’ve of course made this itinerary with what I think are the best things to visit in Spain, but if your interests are different, you can definitely fly to an island instead of seeing everything I suggest. 🙂

Hope that helps! You’re going to love your trip!

I’m planning a trip for my mom and I (34 and 62) in Sept or October of 2024. We’ll only have about 8 days and we want to do some relaxing on a beach/tropical location while we are there. How do you recommend we tweak your itinerary?

Barcelona is the only place on this itinerary that is on the coast. But the city beaches aren’t too special in my opinion. Maybe you could just focus on Madrid and Barcelona for the 8 days, and take day trips from each (Toledo, Segovia , and/or Avila from Madrid, and some nicer beach towns like Stiges from Barcelona).

Hello, thanks for all the detailed information! I just wanted to clear up how I would switch it around if I was starting and leaving from Barcelona instead. Thanks! ☺️

I’m glad you’ve found the information helpful!

You can follow this itinerary and then take a domestic flight from Seville to Barcelona at the end. 🙂

First time to Spain in mid june. We’re cuban Americans and our parents & grandparents were born in spain. we have 10 days Starting in Madrid for 3 days of business then 7 days of vacation. what do you recommend for first timers? Father & daughter trip. We’re in our early 40s & 60s we love art, architecture & nature.

How cool to be visiting your family’s homeland for the first time soon! 🙂

Will you be returning to Spain in the future? If so, I’d consider using the 7 days to do a day trip or two from Madrid (Toledo, Avila , or Segovia ) and then visit Granada, Seville, and Cordoba via train (basically this itinerary from Madrid onwards). And save Barcelona for a return trip to Spain. I say that because Barcelona only connects conveniently to Madrid via train. So you would need to take a domestic flight or double-back through Madrid to see anything else besides Barcelona and Madrid.

The other option would be to just stick to Madrid and Barcelona as bases and do day trips from there. So 2 – 3 days as day trips to Toledo, Avila , and/or Segovia . And then the remaining 4 – 5 days for Barcelona and a day trip or two from there (maybe Montserrat, Stiges, or Girona).

You will get fine art museums in Madrid and Seville. You have the Picasso museum in Barcelona, and all the Gaudi architecture around the city. You will have really amazing Moorish architecture in Andalusia. And you will have nice medieval architecture in the 3 day trip options from Madrid. Granada is at the seat of a mountain range. Barcelona is on the coast. Montserrat is in cool-shaped mountains and you take a funicular to get up. But I wouldn’t really rank any of the locations particularly high for nature seekers.

Hi, thank you so much for sharing your detailed itinerary, it’s super helpful.

We are going to have the first part of our trip in Ireland (October). Considering flying into Seville from Dublin, and then following your itinerary in reverse from there. We’d love to stay in an agriturismo at some point in Spain. Any ideas where that could fit in?

We will be flying back home to Australia from Barcelona.

Thanks so much!

Hi Veronica,

I’m glad this itinerary has been super helpful for you!

I haven’t done agriturismo, but from what I’ve learned about Spain while living here, it seems like a lot of agriculture is in Andalusia. So just off of that, I would think you might want to squeeze it in from either Seville or Granada (both in Andalusia)?

Sorry to not be of more concrete help!!

That really helps, thank you for the tip!

Hi, I have 10 days in spain. Would it easier if i drive for the 10 days? I would need to get back to barcelona on the last day of my drive for my flight out?

You can typically drop off your rental car in a different city than you picked it up, usually for an additional fee.

However, if you are seeing the spots I’ve listed on this itinerary, the train is going to save you several hours. Spain’s trains are very fast and cover what would be 6 hours in the car in under 3 hours, for example.

If you want, you can rent a car for day trips (for example the pueblos blancos in Andalusia, or driving around a particular coast). But if you are sticking to the mains spots (the spots on this itinerary), the train is best in my opinion.

Hi Em! Thank you for sharing all of this insight. Can you elaborate on what the day to day temperature might be for June, July, August? I hear you saying unbearable; can you share the actual temperature/ avg temp for those months. Thank you ☺️

Hi Jennifer,

You can Google the monthly average by month by city (just type “Madrid monthly weather”) and you will get the average high and low by month. However, in the few summers I’ve spent in Spain so far, the temperature has surpassed what I see online as the average (I assume because it’s recently getting worse).

But just to give you an idea of last summer, which I spent entirely in Madrid, the first half of June in Madrid was pouring, so not hot but also not nice lol. From there it was about 100-104 F degrees half the time and 94-100 F the other half until early September, with a day of 89-92 F sprinkled in once in greeeat while. The thing about Spain though is that the hottest part of the day is around 6 pm. So it feels like that “high” temperature all day, because in the late morning, the temp is not yet at its peak, but the sun is, so it makes it “feel like” the peak temp for that day already. Then, as the sun sets, you no longer have the heat from the BUT but now the temp itself has actually hit its peak. So you’re feeling that “high” temp for a good 9–10 hours straight. (Unlike where I am from, where a forecast of 100F would mean about 4-5 hours around that peak temp around 11am – 2pm). I hope I make sense lol.

I’ve never spent the summer in the south (and never plan to), but I hear it’s worse there if not on the coast.

Muhammad Amin

Good Evening, Hope you will enjoy your good days, I am from Pakistan, interested to visit Spain in the month of September 2024 or October 2024, I need an itinerary for submitting in embassy with my Visa application. Thank you

Hi Muhammad!

How long does your itinerary need to be, and what details does it need to include?

Thank you so much for such an amazing detailed itinerary, it’s my family’s first time going and I’m super stressed about the travel plans. What is your opinion on doing Barcelona > Valencia > Seville > Granada? then last day taking a train back to Barcelona from Seville ? we found a good flight round trip from Barcelona to ewr to we are trying to leave from BCN.

I’m glad you like the itinerary!

The reason I have the itinerary laid out the way it is is due to the high-speed train routes between the cities. It will take 4.5 hours minimum by train from Valencia to Seville, and you’ll detour through Madrid rather than going in a straight line from point A to point B. And the same is true of the train between Barcelona and Seville; it’s 5.5 hours minimum and goes through Madrid. If you are OK with those travel times, then you can definitely do the itinerary you’ve laid out!

Hi! We are going 8 nights in/out of Barcelona in April. I saw that you recommend skipping madrid if only one week in Spain. Any suggestions? Two adult travelers one has visited Barcelona a long time ago!

If Madrid piques your interest, by all means follow my itinerary through there and just cut out two days from what interests you least in the rest of the itinerary! 🙂

Just for me personally, who has been living in Madrid for 2 years now by choice (so I definitely like the city!), Madrid doesn’t offer things as touristically impressive as the 3 cities in Andalusia do. And that statement about skipping Madrid if you only have one week is more directed at people who might only be making one trip to mainland Spain in their lifetimes and trying to see the best of the best in that one week. But if you’ve already been and might return, you can just see Barcelona, Madrid, and do day trips from both on this trip, and then visit Andalusia on its own in the future (it definitely has more than enough to see!).

Madrid is the transfer point that connects Barcelona to Andalusia via train in my 10 day itinerary. So to do my 10 day itinerary in 8 days by removing Madrid, you’d need to take a domestic flight from Barcelona to Granada, then train to Sevilla like in my itinerary, and then a domestic flight back to Barcelona from Seville at the end (also already baked into my itinerary. That would be my suggestion if you were wanting to see as much of my 10 day itinerary with two less days.

Hello! Such a helpful itinerary! My husband and I are looking to visit in September. Do you have any advice on luggage? If traveling in the morning, do you just leave the luggage at hotels before check in ? What other options do we have?

Hi Eugenia,

I’m glad my itinerary is helpful!

Yes, I just leave my luggage with reception if I arrive earlier than check-in time, which I usually do. If I’m not leaving til the afternoon, I leave my luggage with reception after I check-out. This is pretty common in hotels and hostels, but I would double check with airbnbs or anything similar.

Other options include luggage storage. You can google “luggage storage [insert city name here]” and see what options you like. They tend to be around (or even inside) train stations.

Hello, I want to make sure I understand this itinerary. Am I sleeping in Barcelona 2 nights, Madrid and Granada 1 night each and Seville 2 nights?

You’re sleeping 3 nights in Barcelona, 2 nights in Madrid, 2 nights in Granada, and 3 nights in Sevilla. So 10 nights total.

Hope that clears it up!

This is great information! We are planning a November 4-12 stay in Spain and would love your input on how to tackle or modify our plans. I have been before, but my husband and adult daughter have not. We would fly into Madrid from the US and were thinking of visiting Barcelona, Segovia, possibly Toledo, and Seville. What are your thoughts? Thanks in advance!

Hi Melissa,

I’m glad the post is helpful!

Is your flight roundtrip from Madrid? If so, I would suggest something like:

Madrid (3-4 days: 1-2 days Madrid, 1 day Segovia day trip, 1 day Toledo day trip) > train to Barcelona (2-3 days)/Seville (2 days) > flight to Seville (2 days)/Barcelona (2-3 days) > train to Madrid for flight

If your flight isn’t round trip and you can fly out of Barcelona, I would suggest something like:

Madrid (3-4 days: 1-2 days Madrid, 1 day Segovia day trip, 1 day Toledo day trip) > train to Seville (2 days) > flight to Barcelona (2-3 days)

There are tour groups to Toledo and Segovia individually, or you can DIY your own day trip to Toledo by train and day trip to Segovia by bus . But if you end up short on time in the itinerary and don’t mind rushing through the two places, there are options to combine both into one tour group day trip. You can purchase the tours in person in Madrid. There are lots of kiosks all over the center that advertise them for the same price.

I hope that helps and that you love Spain!!

I loved reading this. I used to live in Spain about 20 years ago and am going back with my family for the first time. I have a question if you don’t mind helping me. I’m planning a 11 day trip to Spain early July with the family (including 3 boys ages 5-14). I am arriving in Madrid where we stay for 5 nights. I need help planning the remaining days. We definitely want to go by the water for at least a few days. I was thinking of doing Sevilla then Marbella/malaga. But now I think Sevilla will be too hot and need advice for different cities. I’d like to stay in the south. We love happening cities with nightlife, restaurant scene, (water) activities for kids, shopping (if possible), etc. Maybe a total of 3-4 cities for the 11 days, with Madrid being the first 5 nights. Any advice would be appreciated. I have been to Marbella about 20 years ago and loved it. Not sure what it’s like now. And not looking to going to the islands. Thank you.

I’m glad that my post was enjoyable to read! 🙂 And that you’re going to be able to go back to Spain after such a long time! I’m sure it will have changed a lot.

Seville will be unbearable in July, so good call on removing that. Even Madrid is very uncomfortable in summer (I hear it’s been getting worse over the years, so maybe it was more bearable back when you lived in Spain. But I can attest personally that last July was horrible lol), so do come prepared for that (hats, sunscreen, clothes, water spray bottles, etc.).

These might not be considered south, but they are on the Mediterranean coast, so you might consider Valencia and Alicante. Valencia is the 3rd largest city in Spain, so no shortage of nightlife there. And I haven’t been to Alicante yet (I’m going in a few days!), but it’s also in the community of Valencia and is the 8th largest metropolitan area in Spain. There are a lot of nice beach towns between the two cities, so you could do a lot of nice day trips to nice beaches. Valencia has an aquarium that people seem to like (I didn’t enter), so the kids might like that.

I haven’t been to the Malaga area yet, but there is the day trip of Nerja (on the coast) from there, and Marbella is not too far either, as you know.

Cádiz might potentially also fit the bill as one of your cities. It’s in Andalusia, on the coast, and is a fan favorite. It’s also day-trip distance from Seville, so if there’s a random day where the weather is bearable for some strange reason, you could go up for a day from there. It might not have nightlife in the way that large cities do (I only went on a day trip, so I can’t say), but I find that almost any place in Spain has people out and about at night. I find that to be even more true in summer, because the middle of the day is so hot that many people hide lol (*raises hand*).

There’s a 3.5 hour Avanzabus between Cádiz Station and Marbella. So assuming no car rental, an itinerary with all the above could look something like:

Madrid > train to Valencia > bus to Alicante > fly to Cadiz > bus to Marbella > train to Malaga > train back to Madrid

or excluding Cadiz, it could be:

Madrid > train to Valencia > bus to Alicante > fly to Malaga (day trip to Marbella one day) > train back to Madrid

Valencia and Alicante both have airports, so either one can be excluded, if you just want to use one as the base while in the community of Valencia. And you could also do the exact reverse directions of what I’ve outlined above, too.

I hope some of that helps, at least as a jumping off point!! Let me know what you think. 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Segovia Day Trip from Madrid: One Day Itinerary

How to travel with acne-prone skin, that travelista.

10 Days In Spain Itinerary [First-Timers Guide]

When I first arrived in Spain, I thought I could quickly tick off all the main sights, but I soon realised just how vast and varied this country really is!

There’s so much to explore—from buzzing cities to quiet coastal towns—that planning your first visit can be a bit overwhelming.

After years of living here and exploring Spain’s highlights, I’ve learned what’s truly worth seeing, especially if you’ve got limited time. That’s why I’ve put together this 10 Days In Spain Itinerary, packed with the must-visit spots from Madrid to Seville, Cordoba, Valencia, and Barcelona.

In this Spain in 10 days itinerary, I’ll share the key places to visit and some insider tips to help you make the most of your adventure. Whether you’re into history, culture, or food, this guide will get you started on an unforgettable Spanish journey!

Some of the links on Meet Me In Departures are affiliate links. If you click through and make a purchase, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you for your support!

Table of Contents

The Best 10 Day Spain Itinerary

This article covers some of the best places to visit in Spain in 10 days. This packed itinerary starts in Madrid and finishes in Barcelona .

If you’re starting from a different location then tweak my guide to suit you.

Spain Travel Planning Mini Guide

No time to read the whole article? Here’s a quick guide to help you start planning your trip to Spain

Accommodation In Spain

• Find the best places to stay in Spain on Booking.com

Flights To Spain

• Check and compare the best flight deals using Skyscanner

Tours and Experiences in Spain

• I book my tours through either GetYourGuide or Viator
• Get the tickets sent straight to your phone

Travel Insurance for Spain

• I use True Traveller (Europeans only), they have excellent customer support if something goes wrong
• For Worldwide medical cover, I recommend Safetywing

Top Experiences in Spain

• Gaudi’s Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
• Real Alcazar, Seville
• Nazrid Palaces at the Alhambra, Granada

10 Days in Spain Itinerary: Day-By-Day Breakdown

• Day 1 & 2: Madrid
• Day 3 & 4: Seville 

Day 5: Cordoba

• Day 6: Granada
• Day 7 & 8: Valencia
• Day 9 & 10: Barcelona

👉 Note: If you’re looking for something more relaxed, then you might be interested in this 7 day trip around Andalucia instead.

Spain Travel Itinerary Map

The map below shows the main locations included in this 10 day Spain itinerary.

Click on the map for the interactive version .

Highlights of This 10 Days in Spain Itinerary

• Parc Guell to Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
• Moorish influence in Real Alcazar, Seville
• The Nasrid Palaces and Alhambra, in Granada
• Mezquita Mosque and Cathedral, Cordoba
• City of Arts and Sciences, Valencia
• The culture and bustling streets of Madrid
• Beaches of Barcelona
• Indulge in the local cuisine
• Watch a live flamenco show

Planning Your Trip To Spain: Know Before You Go

Best way to get to spain.

This itinerary starts in Barcelona and ends in Madrid – but there’s no reason why you can’t do it in reverse.

• The most convenient way to do this itinerary is by flying.
• Opt for Madrid (MAD) or Barcelona (BCN) , both are major airports.
• European travellers benefit from low-cost airlines allowing budget-friendly air travel
• Compare flight prices using Skyscanner .

Getting Around Spain

All the destinations in this guide are well connected by public transport, or you could opt to self-drive.

• Buses and trains are affordable – especially if you book in advance. Check routes and prices on Omio and get tickets sent straight to your phone.
• You could also opt to rent a car and drive which gives you more flexibility. Roads in Spain are well maintained, however driving in cities can be frustrating.

Best Season To Visit Spain

• The best season to visit Spain is spring (April to June) or autumn (September to October) .
• Summer (July and August) can be instantly hot – especially in the south of Spain. It’s also very busy.
• Winters (November – February) can be chilly, although there is plenty of sun. There are also higher chances of rain at this time of year.

👉 If navigating on your own feels a bit overwhelming then I recommend joining a small group tour. They take care of all the logistics, and you’ll travel in a comfortable minivan.

Check out these two great options:

• Discover Moorish Spain – 8 Days from Madrid to Seville small group tour
• Best of Southern Spain – 8 Days from Madrid to Barcelona small group tour

Best Spain in 10 Days Itinerary

Day 1 & 2: madrid .

Starting this 10 days Spain itinerary in Madrid , the vibrant Spanish capital. You’ll have plenty of time here to explore the culture, art, and history on offer.

I suggest spending two days in Madrid .

Things To See In Madrid

• Museo Nacional del Prado and Arte Reina Sofía
• Parque El Retiro
• Palacio Real de Madrid

The city is fairly spread out, so make use of the Metro network to get around.

Start in the centre of Spain at Point 0 – look out for the plaque on the ground – if you’re visiting during the Madrid winter season, this square is where the largest New Year’s Eve celebration happens in Spain.

Walk along Gran Via, and head towards Callao Metro Station and look up and this is where you’ll find the iconic Schweppes Building.

Madrid is home to some of the most iconic museums in Europe, including the world-renowned Museo Nacional del Prado and Museo Nacional Centro de Arte Reina Sofía , allow at least an afternoon to visit these.

Other places worth exploring in Madrid are the Palacio Real de Madrid (the Royal Palace) as well as the historical Plaza Mayor which dates back to the late 1500s. Escape the bustle of the city and hire a bike or segway to go around Retiro Park .

To find out more, it’s worth joining a walking tour of Madrid .

👉 Insider Tip: The Prado and Reina Sofia are up there with the likes of the Louvre, in Paris and the Uffizi in Florence. Because of their international acclaim, they can get insanely busy, so I recommend booking tickets in advance to skip the lines.

• Book Prado Skip the Line Tickets
• Book Reina Sofia Skip the Line Tickets

Getting to Madrid from Madrid Airport

• Taxi: Available outside arrivals, takes 30-40 minutes to Madrid City.
• Private Transfer: Book a meet and greet transfer service .
• Airport Shuttle Bus : Takes around 45 minutes, and stops at O’Donell, Plaza de Cibeles, and Atocha.
• Metro: Line 8 from T2 or T4 to Nuevos Ministerios Metro station (12 minutes), then walk or catch another Metro to your hotel.

Where to stay in Madrid

5* Gran Hotel Ingles, Madrid

✅ On-site spa & fitness centre

✅ Central Location

✅ 24-hour front desk

Ok! Hostel, Madrid

✅ Private or Dorm Room Option

✅ Central location

✅ Wifi in all rooms and on-site bar

Day 3 & 4: Seville

The next leg of your Spain itinerary 10 days trip takes you to the stunning capital of Andalusia, Seville .

The city is bursting with beautiful architecture, landmarks like UNESCO Heritage sites, and home to flamenco.

Top 3 Things To Do In Seville

• Visit the UNESCO-listed Alcazar, Seville Cathedral & Giralda
• Wander the historical Barrio Santa Cruz and Plaza de Espana
• Watch a flamenco show

In 2 days, you’ll be able to see the best of Seville .

👉 Good To Know: Seville is just an hour from the Portuguese border, so instead, you have the option here, of doing 10 days in Spain and Portugal itinerary instead and heading up to Lisbon and Porto.

Start your day at the Real Alcazar. This gorgeous UNESCO Heritage palace is filled with intricate carvings and plasterwork in Mudejar style – a mix of Arabic and Christan styles. Two of my favourite spaces inside the Alcazar are the Salón de Embajadores and Patio de las Doncellas.

After head to the Cathedral de Seville and Giralda – this is the world’s largest Gothic Cathedral another UNESCO Heritage landmark. At Seville Cathedral don’t miss the tomb of Christopher Colombus!

Both attractions get insanely busy, so I recommend booking tickets in advance .

From here spend some time exploring the photogenic Barrio Santa Cruz – the old Jewish District.

Spend the evening eating tapas and watching a flamenco show .

On the second day visit the iconic Plaza de Espana and neighbouring Parque Maria Luisa before heading to some of the city’s other gorgeous buildings – Casa de Pilatos and Palacio de las Dueñas are two of my favourites, I highly recommend both.

Alternative Option: If you want a little rest and relaxation on this itinerary, then you could trade one of your days in Seville for some beach time instead at one of the nearest beaches to Seville or you could explore more of the region around Seville .

👉 Insider Tips: The Alcazar has a daily limit of 750 visitors and can sell out quickly during peak season. I highly recommend booking advanced tickets for Seville Cathedral and Alcazar as soon as you know your visit dates.

To enjoy the Alcazar without the crowds, I highly recommend the exclusive Alone in the Alcazar tour . You’ll get to enter the palace before the gates open, so will have the space pretty much to yourself.

Getting to Seville from Madrid

• Train: The fastest journey takes just over 2.5 hours on the AVE train. Depart from either Atocha or Chamartin station in Madrid, it arrives at Seville’s Santa Justa station. Book train tickets here .
• Bus : Several buses leave a day from Madrid’s Estacion Sur. Takes around 4 hours.
• Driving: Driving from Madrid to Seville takes about 4.5 hours.

Where to stay in Seville

5* Hotel Alfonso XIII

✅ Rooftop swimming pool

✅ Centrally located in a historic building

✅ Variety of onsite bars and restaurants

Petit Palace Vargas, Seville

✅ Modern and clean decor

✅ Centrally located

✅ Excellent breakfast

The next destination brings you to the stunning city of Cordoba .

The city is packed with historical sites, including the incredible Mosque-Cathedral of Cordoba. You could easily spend more than a day in Cordoba , getting lost in the ancient streets.

Top 3 Things To Do In Cordoba

• Visit the UNESCO Heritage-listed Cordoba’s Mosque-Cathedral
• Lose yourself in the Historical Centre and Jewish Quarter.
• Discover the Alcazar de los Reyes Cristianos

Start with Cordoba’s Mosque-Cathedral or Mezquita as it’s also known. Book skip-the-line tickets for the Mosque-Cathedral so that you can avoid long lines.

You’ll enter through the Patio de Los Naranjos, one of the oldest parts of the Mosque-Cathedral.

The Mezquita used to be a mosque and then became a church but the building combines elements of both Arabic and Christian design. I spend a couple of hours here simply taking it all in – there are so many intricate details.

One thing I did notice is that signage is a bit limited, so if you want to know more about the history it’s worth booking a guided tour .

After visiting the Mezquita, spend some time exploring the streets of the historic centre and Jewish Quarter. You’ll find plenty of gorgeous cobblestone alleyways and courtyards.

If you have time, the Alcazar de los Reyes Cristianos is also worth seeing. This beautiful building once served as both a fortress and then a palace.

In the evening, for a picturesque sunset view of the city, cross over the Roman Bridge of Cordoba – take a photo of the city as it starts to light up at night. Then head up to Plaza del Potro and indulge in some tapas or a glass of wine to round off your day.

👉 Insider Tip: If you’re lucky enough to visit Cordoba in May, you’ll get to experience the vibrant Los Patios festival. During this time, hundreds of patios and courtyards throughout the city are adorned with colourful flowers. They are mostly free to enter but will have a donation pot for local charities.

Tips for Visiting the Mosque-Cathedral of Cordoba

The Mezquita Cathedral de Cordoba is the most popular tourist attraction in the city, so I recommend booking your entry tickets in advance . If possible, try to arrive early to dodge the crowds.

You can explore inside by yourself. Just wander freely around the 856 columned arches. Don’t miss the Capilla Mayor with its gigantic central dome and the intricate Marsura Dome.

There isn’t much information inside, so book a guided tour or hire an audio guide to find out more about the building. Also, because this is still an active place of worship, check opening times as it’s closed to the public during religious ceremonies.

Getting to Cordoba from Seville

• Train: Regularly throughout the day from Santa Justa Station, the journey takes just 45 minutes. Book tickets in advance .
• Car: Driving to Cordoba from Seville takes around 1.5 hours.

Where to stay in Cordoba

For this itinerary, I would suggest heading straight to Granada after spending the day in Cordoba.

However, if you do want to stay the night in Cordoba, then here are two options.

Balcón de Córdoba

✅ Located in the historic centre

✅ Rooftop terrace with Mezquita views

✅ Three secluded patios for guests to relax in

Eurostars Patios de Cordoba

✅ Set in the 12th century architectural remains

✅ Views over the Mezquita

Day 6: Granada 

From Cordoba, you’ll be carrying on with a trip to Granada .

I love this city, and you could easily spend more than a day in Granada , but on this intense itinerary, you’ll at least get to see one of Spain’s most spectacular attractions; the Alhambra.

The Alhambra is a listed UNESCO World Heritage Site and attracts thousands of visitors per year and worthy spot on most people’s Spain bucket list .

Top 3 Things To Do In Granada

• Explore the Alhambra complex including the Nasrid Palaces and Generalife
• Watch the sunset from one of the Miradors (Mirador San Nicolas, San Miguel, San Cristobal)
• Wander the pretty cobbled streets of the autonomous district of Albaicín

It will take you most of the day to see the Alhambra complex. It’s divided into different areas including the Generalife, the Alcazaba and the Nasrid Palaces. Your ticket will give you one entry to each area – although there is a timed entry for the Nasrid Palace.

The city of Granada is packed with plenty of great things to see. If souvenirs or delicious street food are on your list, then head to the Alcaiceria Bazar and Albaicín district.

The autonomous district of Albaicín is packed with ancient winding cobbled streets where you’ll find the best miradors – my favourite one was Mirador San Nicolas,

Also, as a vegetarian, I loved the abundance of Middle Eastern-influenced foods on offer in Albaicin. Falafels, stuffed vine leaves, hummus…you’ll find it all in copious amounts here.

For some relaxation, enjoy some pampering at the Arab Baths .

👉 Insider Tips for Visiting The Alhambra: As soon as you know your travel dates, book your tickets for the Alhambra early. They sell out quickly due to the site’s limited capacity.

Also, the Complex sits on top of a hill, if you’re feeling energetic, it’s a steep 30-minute uphill walk from Granada’s town centre or take via shuttle bus – although I enjoyed the walk up it’s an absolute killer on the legs and lungs.

If you can, I recommend arriving early to enjoy the stunning Generalife gardens and the impressive Palace of Charles V without the crowds.

Getting to Granada from Cordoba

• Train: The journey from Cordoba to Granada takes about 2.5 hours. Book train tickets in advance .
• Bus : Takes around 3 hours
• Car: Takes just over 2 hours

Where to stay in Granada

5* Haxaris Casa Boutique

✅ Full living facilities

✅ Panoramic city views

TOC Hostel, Granada

✅ Onsite bar and social areas

✅ Great location close to attractions

👉 Insider Tip: If you’re a fan of this gorgeous Moorish-style architecture that you’ve seen in Seville, Cordoba and Granada – then you could tag on a day trip to Morocco. You can actually see Morocco from the south coast of Spain .

To get there, pick up the ferry from Tarifa and take the 90-minute ride to Tangier to explore the ancient hilltop medina.

Day 7 & 8 – Valencia

For days 7 and 8 of your Spain itinerary, you’ll be leaving the region of Andalucia and heading to the vibrant city of Valencia.

Valencia is a stunning coastal city located in the eastern part of Spain. It’s packed with loads of iconic landmarks and delicious cuisine – it’s the home of paella!

Top 3 Things To Do In Valencia

• Explore the city’s historic old town
• Visit the City of Arts and Sciences
• Enjoy time on the beaches or mountains

The most famous attraction in Valencia is the grandiose City of Arts and Sciences. On your first day in Valencia , dedicate a big chunk of time to explore this.

Valencia is also a great place for shopping, it’s filled with a mix of colourful markets where you can find fresh produce and handmade goods.

On the second day, take time to explore the old town and Valencia’s iconic monuments such as the Plaza de la Virgen or the Cathedral of Valencia.

Then in the second afternoon head out along one of its many beaches or if you’re after something more active, then into one of its nearby mountains for hiking .

👉 Good to Know: The City of Arts and Sciences isn’t just one attraction. It’s a complex of buildings made to reflect the city’s commitment to science, culture, education and technology and covers an area of 350,000 square meters.

The most iconic structure is probably the impressive Hemispheric IMAX dome theatre , with its curved roof symbolizing a giant eye looking up at the sky.

Other attractions include the interactive Príncipe Felipe Science Museum , and El Palau de les Arts Reina Sofía opera house – one of Europe’s largest and most modern opera houses.

Getting to Valencia from Granada

• Train: Takes about 6.5 hours. Book in advance for best prices
• Bus: Slowest option, takes about 8 hours – I don’t recommend this, you’ll lose the whole day.
• Car: Quickest option, takes about 5 hours. Stop at Murcia or Alicante along the way.

Where to stay in Valencia

5* Hospes Palau de La Mar, Valencia

✅ Onsite spa, gym and hot tubs

✅ Stunning decor in a historical building

Home Youth Hostel by Feetup Hostels

✅ 24-hour reception and plenty of social areas

Day 9 & 10 – Barcelona 

The final destination on your 10 day itinerary Spain trip is the incredible city of Barcelona .

Top 3 Things To Do In Barcelona

• See the beautiful Gaudi architecture; La Sagrada Familia, Casa Milà, Casa Batlló and Park Güell
• Wander along La Ramblas and visit Mercado de La Boqueria
• Explore the Gothic Quarter and historical centre

There’s a ton of stuff to do in Barcelona, topping the list is Antoni Gaudi’s iconic La Sagrada Familia – Spain’s most visited attraction!

Sagrada Familia is a UNESCO World Heritage Site designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí in 1882. Its intricate blend of Gothic and Art Nouveau styles is laced with hidden messages within its decorations.

Only a quarter of construction was completed when Gaudi died in 1926.

Also visit some of Gaudi’s other famous buildings such as Casa Milà , Casa Batlló and Park Güell .

For all of these, I recommend buying tickets in advance to avoid long queues; this is especially important for Park Güell – I arrived before the gates opened and there was already a queue of people!

Another place I adored in Barcelona was the Gothic Quarter . While you’re in that part of town call in at La Ramblas – a bustling and vibrant tree-lined pedestrian street – as well as Mercado de La Boqueria.

If you’re looking for something more relaxed, then visit one of Barcelona’s many beaches or if you’ve got more energy to burn then hike (or catch the cable car) up Montjuïc Hill for some of the most beautiful panoramic views of the city.

👉 Insider Tip: La Sagrada Familia gets insanely busy, so I definitely recommend booking a ticket in advance to skip the queues. To appreciate the basilica’s architectural feats, book tickets ahead of time and consider a tour with access to the roof .

Or spend a whole day visiting different Gaudi Sites, with this Complete Gaudi Tour with Sagrada Familia, House Visit & Park Guell

Getting to Barcelona from Valencia

• By Train: Take a train from Valencia Nord Station to Barcelona Sants station. Journey time is around 2 hr 40. Book train ticket in advance .
• By Bus: Multiple bus companies connect Valencia and Barcelona. The bus journey usually takes between 3.5 to 4 hours.
• By Car: Driving from Valencia to Barcelona takes roughly 3 hours and 40 minutes. I recommend taking a break in Tarragona to break up the drive.

Where to stay in Barcelona

5* Monument Hotel, Barcelona

✅ Swimming Pool

✅ Sauna and Fitness Room

Primavera Hostel, Barcelona

✅ 8 minutes from La Sagrada Familia

✅ Wide range of facilities

have longer than 10 days in Spain?

Here are some options if you want to extend this itinerary and explore more of Spain.

• Barcelona, head north into Basque Country going via Zaragoza
• Spend more days in Madrid and explore the gorgeous UNESCO-listed cities of Toledo , Segovia and Avilla.
• Alternatively, you could travel to Portugal (Seville is just an hour from the border) and make this into a full Spain and Portugal itinerary .

10 Days In Spain: FAQs

When is the best time to visit spain.

The best time to visit Spain is during spring (March-May) or autumn (September-November). Summer can be very hot as well as busy. Winters can be cold, although sunny. However, rainfall is also highest between November to January.

Is 10 Days Enough For Spain?

This Spain trip itinerary gives you a good all-round experience of what the country has to offer and see some of the country’s main attractions.

Is Spain Good For Families?

Yes, Spain is a great destination for families. Spain is an incredibly family-friendly destination, and children are well cared for. If you’re thinking of doing 10 days in Spain with family you might want to cut out some of the destinations so there’s less travel time.

What To Pack For Your Trip To Spain?

For your trip to Spain, pack comfy shoes for lots of walking, lightweight clothes for warm days, and a jacket for cooler evenings. Don’t forget sun protection like a hat, sunglasses, and sunscreen. A power adapter for European outlets is essential, and pack a reusable water bottle to stay hydrated. if you’re planning to visit Europe in winter , then bring a warm jacket.

What Are The Entry Requirements For Spain?

For most travellers, including those from the UK, US, and EU, you just need a valid passport to enter Spain for up to 90 days. No visa is required for short stays. Rules are changing soon (early 2025), and you might need to have the ETIAS to travel to Europe .

What’s The Travel Cost For 10 Days In Spain?

The budget will vary a lot depending on your travel style. On average, a mid-range budget might be around €1,500-€2,000 per person. This covers accommodation, meals, transport, and activities. You can save by using public transport and opting for local eateries.

Use my trip cost calculator to work out how much it will cost.

I hope this 10 days in Spain itinerary gives you a decent introduction to the country. As you’ve just read, this packed itinerary scratches the surface of what the country has to offer. Whether you’re seeking vibrant cities, beautiful architecture and diverse landscapes all topped off with delicious food and welcoming people, this best places to visit in Spain for first timers guide will leave you wanting to come back for more.

Have a question? then don’t forget to join our free Facebook Group and ask the community.

Want to discover more about Spain? then check out these other great articles to find out more.

General Spain Travel

• Ultimate 10 Days In Spain Itinerary
• 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary
• How Many Days Should I Spend in Spain and Portugal?
• 50+ Best Experiences for Your Spanish Bucket List
• 38 Most Famous Landmarks in Spain
• Can You See Morocco From Spain?

Andalucia and South Spain

• Southern Spain Itinerary: Best 7 Days in Andalucia
• Local’s Guide To Seville in 3 Days
• 35+ Top Things To Do In Seville
• 23 Best Day Trips From Seville, Spain
• How to Do A Seville to Cordoba Day Trip
• Where Is the Nearest Beach to Seville?
• How To Spend One Day in Granada
• Best 2 Days in Granada Itinerary
• The Best Cordoba in One Day Itinerary
• 5 Places for the Best Glamping in Spain’s Southern Coast

Madrid And Surrounding Area

• Is Madrid Worth Visiting?
• 28 Best Things to Do in Madrid, Spain
• Best Madrid 2 Day Itinerary By A Local!
• 30 Things to Do In Winter in Madrid
• Madrid vs Lisbon Comparison Guide
• How to Visit Segovia From Madrid in a Day
• A Day Trip to Toledo from Madrid

Basque Country and North Spain

• An Epic 5 Days Road Trip in Aragón Itinerary
• 15 Best Things to Do in Aragon, Spain
• Is Zaragoza Worth Visiting? Everything You Need To Know
• The Best Things to See in Zaragoza, Spain
• Is San Sebastian Worth Visiting? The Pros and Cons
• San Sebastian Food Tour Review With Devour Tours
• Is Bilbao Worth Visiting? 12 Reasons To Visit Bilbao

Hey, I'm Becki......and I'm a self-confessed DIY travel addict and experience connoisseur!

In other words, I’m a solo traveller on a mission to experience the best adventures our fabulous little planet offers. I love creating my own itineraries that focus on unforgettable experiences, from climbing mountains and scuba diving to spotting wildlife and exploring ancient ruins.

When I'm not on an adventure, you'll probably find me sipping coffee or with a glass of wine in hand, planning my next journey.

Best Of Spain Itinerary: 14 Days In Spain [2024]

• Post author: Nicoletta
• Reading time: 144 mins read
• Post last modified: February 25, 2024
• Post comments: 10 Comments

Spain is a very diverse country. It’s  culturally & historically rich , has  beautiful nature , and  delicious food  in every corner. I lived in Spain for 2 years and traveled extensively through the whole country. Thanks to my experiences , I’ve compiled this ultimate itinerary showing you the highlights.

I’ll take you to the  cities  reflecting many  cultures and rich histories . You’ll have a chance to relax on  beautiful beaches , see stunning nature, taste the  delicious Spanish cuisine , and experience  an authentic tapas crawl .

Ready for the exciting Spanish journey? Come and  explore Spanish culture  with me on this Spain itinerary for 8, 10, and 14 days.

✈ Travel Resources For Your Trip ✈

Here are some of my favorite travel resources I use for my travel adventures.

Overview Of The Spain Itinerary 14 Days & Map

Here is an overview of what you can expect from this Spanish itinerary each day:

How Many Days Are Enough To Explore Spain?

Spain is a huge country; you need at least 10 days to explore it. However, it all depends on what you want to see and what you want to do in Spain.

If you only want to explore major cities such as Barcelona, Madrid, Valencia, Bilbao, and Sevilla, 10 days would be enough to visit Spain.

In case you want to do more activities such as hiking, wine-tasting, cooking class, olive oil farm, surfing, or immersing into Spanish culture, I suggest spending at least 14 days in Spain .

✅ This itinerary is ideal for those who want to explore the highlights of Spain . With this itinerary, you can be sure to see it all and get the perfect overview of Spanish history and culture , do a cooking class, and enjoy its beaches and natural wonders.

How To Get To Spain

You can get to Spain by plane, train, or bus .

Flying to Spain is the most convenient, fastest, and often the cheapest. Just be aware of the luggage charges, especially if you book your flight with budget airlines such as Ryanair and Wizzair.

Taking a train is also great, and it takes less time to get to Spain than by bus. But you’ll have to change trains at least once.

Taking a bus is great as there are direct bus connections from other major cities. If you’re a budget traveler , you can also save up on accommodation for a night as you’ll travel overnight.

Flying To Spain

If you’re traveling from overseas , the best way is to fly to major Spanish cities like Barcelona, Madrid, Seville, or Bilbao. For this itinerary, you’ll fly to El-Prat Airport in Barcelona .

Also, if you’re in Europe, take advantage of cheap flights from other major cities such as Milan, Paris, Vienna, or Budapest.

You can fly with Ryanair or Wizzair , which always have great flight deals . However, be aware of the luggage allowance (with cheap flights, there are huge charges for extra baggage).

➡ Check out Skyscanner for the best flight deals to Barcelona here.

Getting To Spain By Train

You can take a train if you’re visiting Spain from nearby countries such as France and Switzerland . For any longer distances, it’ll be cheaper and faster to fly.

RENFE (Spanish railways) and SNCF (French railways) are the companies that run these routes.

You can get to Barcelona by train from the following cities:

• Marseille – 5 hours & 10 minutes to Barcelona (1 change)
• Nice – 8 hours to Barcelona (1 change)
• Paris – 7 hours to Barcelona (1 change)
• Geneva – 9 hours & 20 minutes to Barcelona (2 changes)

➡ Get the best train tickets via Trainline by clicking this link.

Getting To Spain By Bus

Alternatively, you can also get to Spain by bus. I recommend booking a bus with Flixbus or OUI companies . They have the best and fastest connections.

The advantage of taking a train and a bus is that there are no restrictions on how much luggage you can take.

You can take a bus to Barcelona, Spain, from the following cities:

• Paris – 15 hours to Barcelona (direct)
• Marseille – 7 hours & 30 minutes to Barcelona (direct)
• Geneva – 12 hours & 40 minutes to Barcelona (direct)

➡ Search the best bus connections via Busbud here.

How To Get Around Spain & Make This Itinerary

As for transportation, for each day, I provide how many hours it takes to get from one city or place to another. For this itinerary, half of it you’ll travel by train and you’ll rent a car for the rest in Andalusia .

Traveling By Train In Spain

I recommend you stick to  train travel  for longer journeys between cities like Barcelona, Valencia, and Madrid. So,  travel by train  on this itinerary  from day 2. until day 5. when you get to Madrid . You’ll take the following 2 train connections on this itinerary:

🚇 Barcelona – Valencia (day 3.) 🚇 Valencia – Madrid (day 5.)

Look for train connections on Trainline . It’ll show you the fastest and best train deals for these three trains you’ll take.

PRO TIP:  Make sure to buy the tickets in advance as Spain gets crowded and trains, especially during the summer (July and August).

Trains In Spain

The national railway company in Spain is called RENFE . For this itinerary, you’ll mainly travel on the high-speed trains called AVE . Trains in Spain are awesome. They’re reliable, you can get almost everywhere by train, and the journey is comfortable.

So I’m sure you’ll love traveling by Spanish train on this itinerary.

➡ Check out Trainline website and buy your tickets for AVE trains here.

Traveling By Bus In Spain

Bus connections are perfect in Spain. You’ll get by bus pretty much anywhere. The only disadvantage is that getting to a destination takes a lot of time .

You’ll only take a bus on this itinerary on day 7. for a day trip to Toledo and on day 8. when traveling from Madrid to Granada . There is no train connection from Madrid to Granada, so you must take a bus. Or you can rent a car already in Toledo if you want to.

Buses In Spain

The national bus company is called Alsa . You’ll take the Alsa bus for all your travels in Spain. Alternatively, you can also take Flixbus if it covers the route.

➡ Check out Busbud website and buy your tickets for Alsa bus here.

Renting A Car

It’ll be best to rent a car for the rest of this itinerary as it’ll give you much flexibility. Plus, train and bus connections in Andalusia (southern Spain) are not the best. I recommend renting a car in Granada on day 10 and returning it to Sevilla on day 13 of this itinerary.

So book a rental car for 4 days via Discover Cars . They have great deals:

RENT A CAR FOR YOUR ITINERARY

Rent A Car Via Discover Cars – best prices and big selection of car rentals. PRO TIP: Check ratings of the company you choose before booking ( ratings can be off ). Go on Google, see ratings of the car rental company, then book on Discover Cars.

Where To Start & Finish Your 14-Day Spain Itinerary

We’ll start this trip in Barcelona. So first, fly to Barcelona, which has 2 airports: El Prat or the Girona Costa Brava airport.

All international flights will get you to El Prat Airport in Barcelona .

How To Get From El Prat Airport To Barcelona City Center

Once you land at EL Prat Airport in Barcelona, you have 4 options to get to the city center of Barcelona:

• RENFE train

You can take the  Aerobus , a blue bus shuttle from El Prat, directly to the city center ( Plaza Catalunya ). The bus will take you to the city center in 35 minutes.

You can also  take a metro L9  every 7 minutes between El Prat airport and Zona Universitaria. Get off at Torassa (with a connection to the L1 metro line). It takes about 30 minutes to get to the center.

Or take a  RENFE train  that stops at Barcelona Sans, Passeig de Gràcia, and Clot. The train ride takes about 25 minutes.

A  taxi ride  from El Prat to Barcelona center can cost anywhere between 30 EUR and 35 EUR. It’ll take you to the city center between 25 and 40 minutes.

End Of Your Itinerary

We’ll  finish our route in Sevilla . The city also has excellent international connections. So you can fly away from Spain from Sevilla easily.

Alternatively, you can take a train to  Portugal  and explore another country.

Travel Itinerary Planning Services

1. day: barcelona.

Our itinerary starts in the second-biggest Spanish city, Barcelona. Let yourself sort things out once you arrive. Go to your accommodation and get some snacks or a late breakfast because we’ll be exploring this lively city today.

We’ll start the sightseeing right in the center,  Plaza de Catalunya . These are the sights I suggest you see today.

Sightseeing In Barcelona

🔅 La Rambla 🔅 La Boqueria Market 🔅 Plaza Espa ñ a 🔅 National Palace 🔅 Poble Espa ñ ol 🔅 Olympic Stadium 🔅 Montju ï c Castle 🔅 Magical Fountain Performance ( Plaza Espa ñ a )

🔅 Plaza De Catalunya

Plaza de Catalunya is the main square in central Barcelona. It divides  Gracia  and the  old town of Barcelona . The square is the perfect  start for our walking tour  today.

You can easily  reach it by metro or walk  from your hotel.

If you need a  coffee boost  at the beginning of your walk tour, there are several coffee-stop options: Cafe Zurich, Hard Rock Cafe, or Starbucks at the corner.

🔅 La Rambla

La Rambla is the  main shopping and touristy street  in the city. Walking through the street, you’ll experience various artists, souvenir shops, and historical buildings.

Some of the most important  historical buildings  are Gran Theatre de Liceu, Casa Bruno Cuadros, and Principal Theatre.

🔅 La Boqueria Market

La Boqueria Market is one of my favorite places in the city . It’s a bustling food market in the middle of La Rambla. You can buy fruit juices and pieces and taste delicious Spanish products such as tapas, fresh fish, seafood, bread with delicacies, and sweets.

Go in and get lost in the market. Then, buy some treats for the rest of your walking tour of Barcelona. Entrance is free of charge .

🔅 Plaza España

Plaza España is hands-down the  most beautiful square in Barcelona . It prides itself on a stunning fountain and a street leading up to the National Palace with a  magical fountain  in the middle.

It also has an  arena  that used to serve  bullfighting  until the activity was banned in Catalonia in 2012. Nowadays, it’s a shopping center.

🔅 National Palace

When you walk from Plaza España towards the magical fountain, the beautiful National Palace will spread in front of you. Nowadays, it hosts the Catalan Museum of Archaeology. You can go inside if that’s something you’re interested in. The walk is stunning, with beautiful views and fountains, so enjoy it.

➡ Click here to get the skip-the-line tickets for National Palace (discounted).

🔅 Poble Español

What I highly recommend is visiting Poble Español nearby. It’s a  small Spanish village  featuring  regions of Spain  with their  points of interest ,  architecture ,  typical food , and  sights .

This village has a  unique atmosphere  and will give you the perfect  introduction to the Spanish culture and cities  we’ll visit on our 14-day Spanish trip. It’s my one of my favorite sights in Barcelona.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Poble Español by clicking here and don’t waste time in the crowd.

🔅 Olympic Stadium

After, walk further up and check out the impressive Olympic Stadium in Barcelona. It was built in 1927 for the International Exhibition in the city, and authorities wanted it to be the stadium for the Summer Olympic Games in 1936. But, unfortunately, the award got Berlin. So after, they renovated the stadium in Barcelona, and it eventually hosted the Summer Olympic Games in 1992 .

🔅 Montj uïc Castle

Montjuïc Castle is a unique fortress that is used to protect the city from invaders. During the Spanish Civil War , it served as a prison .

The translation of this name is literally ‘ Jewish mountain ,’ and you’ll see a Jewish cemetery inside the fortress.

➡ Book this guided tour of Montjuïc and visit it on an E-Bike with local guide here.

🔅 Magical Fountain Performance

In the evening, I highly recommend seeing the performance of the magical fountain near Plaza España. It  starts at 7 pm or 8 pm , depending on the time of the year. It’s a  free 20-minute show  with waterfalls, colors, and dramatic music.

Check their  official website   for updated information about the magical fountain and its performance, as it changes yearly.

How To Get To Montjuïc Castle

If you don’t want to walk all the way up from Plaza España to Montju ï c Castle, you have other 2 options:

Montjuïc Funicular

When you take the metro at Drassens station , you’ll get off at Parar-lel station . There is a connecting funicular , which takes you to the Montju ï c hill (close to the Olympic stadium).

So you’ll still have to walk 20 minutes from the Olympic stadium to Montju ï c Castle or take the bus n. 150 . You don’t have to pay anything extra for the funicular, you can use your regular metro ticket for it.

Teleferic De Montjuïc

It’s a cable car that will take you straight up to the Montjuïc Castle. You’ll also get off at Parar-lel metro station , where the cable car station is located. However, this option is quite pricy and touris ty. If you walk, you’ll get to enjoy it more and see more things.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Montjuïc cable car here (round-trip).

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Barcelona Itinerary 3 Days

Where To Stay In Barcelona: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

If you want to stay in the Old City (Ciutat Vella):

PARK HOTEL MERCER HOTEL BARCELONA

If you want to stay in Barcelonetta (next to the beach and port):

BARCELONA PORT RAMBLAS W BARCELONA

If you want to stay on Las Ramblas (main tourist street leading to the main square):

HOSTAL OPERARAMBLAS HOTEL BAGUES (SMALL LUXURY HOTEL)

If you want to stay at the Plaza Catalunya (main square):

H10 METROPOLITAN 4* SUP OLIVIA PLAZA HOTEL

If you want to stay at the Passeo de Gracia (main shopping street), in the heart of Barcelona close to all attractions:

UMA SUITES PASSEIG DE GRACIA ME Barcelona

If you want to stay close to Sagrada Família:

ABSOLUTE SAGRADA FAMILIA RADISSON BLUE 1882 HOTEL

2. DAY: BARCELONA

Good morning to Barcelona. I hope you slept well because we’ll see as much of Barcelona as possible before departing to another wonderful part of Spain.

Get a good breakfast at your hotel if you don’t have it included even better. Head to a  local bakery  (they are everywhere) and grab some fresh bread or pastry with coffee.

Our sightseeing starts again at  Plaza Catalunya  and goes through the  old city of Barcelona .

🔅 Basilica de Santa Maria del Pi 🔅 Plaza de Sant Felip Neri 🔅 Plaza de Sant Jaume 🔅 Barcelona Cathedral 🔅 Sagrada Familia 🔅 Arc de Triomphe 🔅 Parc de la Ciutadella 🔅 Port Olimpic 🔅 Barceloneta

Barcelona Guided Tour On Segway

Book this guided tour of Barcelona on a segway and see all the sights within 3 hours with a local guide.

🔅 Basilica De Santa Maria Del Pi

Today, we’ll explore the old town of Barcelona and its Gothic Quarter. First, admire the basilica and its beautiful Gothic Catalan architecture . It was built in 1391 and is one of the oldest buildings in the city.

🔅 Plaza De Sant Felip Neri

This square reflects Barcelona in the Spanish Civil War when it was bombed by a fascist plane. 42 people lost their lives here. Nowadays, you can see the buildings damaged by the bombing in this square .

🔅 Plaza De Sant Jaume

Plaza de Jaume is one of my favorite little squares in Barcelona. It hosts a tourism office, tiny shops with local goods, cute souvenirs, and cafes. So spend time here, shop for souvenirs , or make a coffee stop .

🔅 Barcelona Cathedral

Barcelona Cathedral is the most impressive building in the city’s old town that you can’t miss. You can see the crypt of St. Eulalia . She was a significant saint as she didn’t want to renounce Christianity and was persecuted , tortured , and murdered by the Roman soldiers.

Besides, you must check out its gardens and the 13 geese walking around , which is pretty special for it being a cathedral.

➡ Book skip-the-line entrance tickets for Barcelona Cathedral here.

🔅 Sagrada Familia

After visiting the Barcelona Cathedral, walk to the Plaza Catalunya . From there, take a metro to Sagrada Familia (purple line).

Welcome to Sagrada Familia, one of the most impressive architectural buildings ever. Antonio Gaudi , the famous Spanish architect, designed it. The construction started back in 1882, and imagine, it is still not finished . So, unfortunately, its maestro didn’t get to see his masterpiece in its full beauty.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket with audioguide for Sagrada Familia and secure your spot.

🔅 Arc De Triomphe

Once you finish visiting the Sagrada Familia,  take a metro to Placa de Tetuan . Then, walk to the next monument, Arc de Triomphe. Alternatively,  take a taxi or an Uber.

This stunning monument was built in 1888 for the  World Exhibition  and was an entrance to the  World’s Fair . It has the  typical architecture  in southern Spain ( Andalusia ). Walk through until you reach Parc de la Ciutadella.

🔅 Parc de la Ciutadella

I absolutely love this park. You can have a picnic or just walk through and enjoy its special atmosphere.

🔅 Port Olimpic

Now, we’re coming to the party sight of Barcelona with many clubs , restaurants , cafes , and a beautiful promenade .

Take your time to walk alongside the beaches on the promenade and enjoy the breeze in Barcelona. You can stop by some restaurants and grab some food. Walk until you reach Barcelona.

🔅 Barceloneta

Barcelona is one of the most popular parts of Barcelona, where people come to socialize , enjoy food and drinks , and swim in the sea. So in the evening, come here and enjoy a delicious dinner , have some drinks, and reflect on your Barcelona walking tour.

Top Experiences In Barcelona

Between the old town walking tour, I also highly recommend visiting the top sights such as Park Guell and Gaudi’s Casa Batllo.

You can visit Casa Batllo after Barcelona Cathedral. Then visit Sagrada Familia and make your way up to Park Guell . After, continue the walking tour from Arc de Triomphe.

For these 2 sights, getting skip-the-line tickets is essential ; otherwise, you won’t get in. Click on the names below and book your tickets asap.

➡ PARK GUELL – get tickets here ➡ GAUDI’S CASA BATTLO – get tickets here

👉 READ ALSO: Top 8 Road Trips From Barcelona

3. DAY: BARCELONA ⇒ VALENCIA

Today, we’re going to take a train from Barcelona to Valencia, the birthplace of Paella .

Distance Barcelona ⇒ Valencia: Train ride takes about 3 hours (operated by RENFE) ➡ Book your train tickets here.

Once you arrive in Valencia, take some time to  get to your accommodation . We can start the tour once you are ready.

Sighseeing In Valencia

🔅 Central Market 🔅 Valencia Old Town 🔅 Plaza de la Reine 🔅 Valencia Cathedral 🔅 Miguelete Bell Tower

🔅 Central Market

At the beginning of our exploration of Valencia, let’s try some Spanish specialties. At the Central Market, you’ll feel the  laid-back style of the Spaniards , enjoying their tapas and talking. One drink you can try is called  horchata . It’s a typical drink of Valencia.

🔅 Valencia Old Town

From the Central Market, we’ll head to explore the rest of  the sights in Valencia’s old town . These are mainly the Cathedral of Valencia and its stunning Miguelete Bell Tower.

🔅 Plaza De La Reina

Plaza de la Reina is my favorite square in Valencia. It has many cafes and restaurants , from which you can admire its impressive cathedral and the bell tower. So make a coffee stop here, admire its surroundings, and take some photos .

🔅 Valencia Cathedral

Interestingly, this cathedral was  built on the mosque . Nowadays, it’s a  Gothic cathedral  featuring different architectural styles such as Renaissance, Baroque, and even some Neoclassical elements. It’s dedicated to Saint Mary.

🔅 Miguelete Bell Tower

Head up to the Cathedral’s Bell Tower and admire the stunning views of the city. It’s 50.58 meters high and offers the best views of Valencia .

Traditional Valencian Paella & Beach Walks

For the evening, we’ll let ourselves have a peaceful walk alongside the beach and try the local Paella. Believe it or not, you can get a good Paella on the beach. Head to the  Platja de la Marva-rosa  to get a traditional Paella Valenciana or much more.

Casa Carmela Restaurant

The restaurant I recommend you to go to is on Platja de la Marva-rosa, called Casa Carmela. They have many kinds of Paella, including the traditional one – Paella Valenciana . You can’t leave Valencia without eating Paella.

Where To Stay In Valencia: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

VENECIA PLAZA CENTRO – budget-friendly (city center) HOTEL VALENCIA ALAMEDA – mid-range hotel (close to the City of Arts & Science) ANKA BEACH APARTMENT – luxury apartment (at the beach)

4. DAY: VALENCIA

Today is all about Valencia and science, as we are heading to the famous City of Arts and Science .

City Of Arts & Sciences

The City of Arts and Sciences is a complex museum in Valencia. Depending on your interests, you can visit only a few parts and buy tickets separately (or visit it all). It consists of 6 parts :

• L’Hemisferic – It was designed to remind you of a giant human eye and has a 3D cinema. You’ll get 3D glasses with a speaker, enabling you to watch whatever is on in your own language.
• L’Oceanographic – Experience the largest glass water tunnel in Europe, see dolphins and the Sea Life.
• Science Museum of Principe Philip – The musem hosts various exhibitions, which are also great for children, as it offers many activities.
• L’Umbracle – This part of a complex is free to enter. It’s a walk packed with local plants.
• Palace Of Reina Sofia Arts – The Palace of Reina Sofia Arts is an opera house and a theatre that you can visit inside the City of Arts & Sciences.
• L’Agora – An exhibition space, hosting many sports events.

What To Visit In City Of Arts & Sciences

You can choose to visit whatever part of the complex interests you. It may just be the L’Oceanografic or the L’Hemisferic . Or maybe you don’t want to pay and will only go through the L’Umbracle.

Sometimes, there are also some  food markets  to get some food. If not, there are  restaurants  and a  supermarket  in the  shopping center  across the street, where you can get lunch.

Valencia City Of Arts & Science Tickets

Get 3 in 1 access to the City of Arts & Sciences in Valencia and visit the highlights of it with this skip-the-line ticket .

Afternoon & Shopping In Valencia

Have a lovely free afternoon if you’ve managed to see what you wanted in the City of Arts and Science. Walk through Valencia, or maybe shop if it fulfills your soul. There are many shopping spots in the center.

Relax On Beaches In Valencia

Another option is to have a beach afternoon. Relax on one of the great Valencian beaches –  Platja de la Marva-rosa  or  Platja de las Arenas .

Have some more Paella if you become slightly addicted as I did :D. Tomorrow, we’re leaving this great city to see more Spanish highlights.

Spanish Festivals Near Valencia

Valencia also hosts two famous Spanish festivals , and I highly recommend you to be part of it. It’s the  Las Fallas festival , annually held in March.

Another Spanish festival,  La Tomatina , takes place in the small town of Buñol, located just 30 minutes by car (1 hour by train) from Valencia. It takes place in August every year.

So, if you’re in Valencia in March or August , plan your visit and participate in these celebrations.

Read about these 2 festivals by clicking on the image below:

5. DAY: VALENCIA ⇒ MADRID

We’re now heading to the capital of Spain, Madrid. As the largest Spanish city, Madrid has also been declared the  European cultural capital .

It has plenty of famous museums to explore, so don’t wait any longer. Let’s travel to the center of Spain by train.

Distance Valencia ⇒ Madrid: Train ride takes about 2 hours (operated by AVE) ➡ Book your train tickets here.

We can start our Madrid city tour after you check in to your accommodation.

Below, I suggest the  top places you can see in Madrid . Many museums are included, so choose one or two based on your interest.

Tomorrow, you’ll have an entire day  in Madrid, so you can also do some sightseeing for the next day.

First, I recommend visiting some museums. Choose from the  3 museums  I listed below. If you aren’t so much into the museum , enjoy Madrid’s atmosphere. Admire the stunning old buildings and have some churros.

Sightseeing In Madrid

🔅 Prado Museum 🔅 Reina Sofia Museum 🔅 National Archaeological Museum 🔅 Royal Palace 🔅 El Retiro Park 🔅 Puerta del Sol 🔅 Churrería San Ginés 🔅 Plaza Mayor 🔅 Mercado San Miguel

🔅 The Prado Museum

If you’re unsure which museum to visit but want to see at least one, opt for the Prado Museum. It has a full  collection of Spanish  and European art from the  12th to the early 20th century .

You can explore the masterpieces of many artists from the  Baroque  and  Renaissance  epochs.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Prado Museum by clicking this link. ➡ Book a guided tour of El Prado incl. tickets here.

🔅 Reina Sofia Museum

Inside the Reina Sofia Museum, you’ll find Spanish art masterpieces from authors such as Miro , Dali , and Juan Grid . It displays the most famous Spanish pieces in the world.

If you love art and want to see more Spanish art, visit this museum.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Reina Sofia Museum here. ➡ Book a guided tour of Reina Sofia Museum by clicking this link.

🔅 National Archaeological Museum

The museum was  founded by Isabel II of Spain  back in 1867. You can learn a lot of history about Spain, the  Spanish Reconquista , and how the Spanish Kings Ferdinand and Isabell II.  fought against the Moors  and saw many artifacts from the period.

So, if you’re a history lover , this museum is for you.

➡ Book tickets for National Archaeological Museum incl. audio guide here.

🔅 Royal Palace

The Royal Palace in Madrid is the largest palace in Western Europe and one of the biggest in the world. It was home to all Spanish Kings .

This is the best place to learn about Spanish history , the life of Kings, and famous historical battles . For me, Spanish history is one of the most interesting after the French one, and I absolutely loved visiting the palace.

➡ Get skip-the-line ticket for Royal Palace Madrid here. ➡ Book a guided tour of Royal Palace and learn about the history with a local here.

🔅 El Retiro Park

El Retiro Park is my favorite place in Madrid. It’s a nice place to relax after your sightseeing . You can walk around, have a picnic , or even ride a boat on a lake . Take some time to chill inside the park before you continue to the main square.

🔅 Puerta del Sol

Puerta de Sol is one of the most beautiful squares in Madrid . It links many important streets and has some cafes and shops. In the middle, you can admire the statue of King Charles III .

Pay attention to the main post office building . It was built in 1786, and its huge clock plays a special role in the city. It always rings during special occasions and announces New Year during Spanish celebrations. Try to find the Kilometer Zero Plaque , which marks the center of Spain.

This square is also perfect for a coffee stop and eating traditional churros .

🔅 Churrería San Ginés

Something you can’t miss when you’re in Puerta del Sol is traditional  Churrería San Ginés . It’s a  churro and chocolate store  where they serve  traditional churros with chocolate .

This is  the best place  (perhaps in the country)  to try churros . So take some time, order churros with chocolate, and enjoy the sun. 

🔅 Plaza Mayor

Plaza de Mayor is the main square in Madrid, built between the 16th and 17th centuries during the  reign of King Philip II.  Unfortunately, local buildings were  destroyed several times by fire . And so what you see nowadays is a renovated version.

In the past, the square was  used for many purposes , including royal celebrations, bullfighting competitions, soccer games, and crowning ceremonies. On Sundays, it  hosted traditional markets .

Nowadays, you can  enjoy cafes and restaurants , where you can also experience beautiful Christmas Markets in December .

🔅 Mercado San Miguel

If you want to eat tapas or  enjoy Spanish cuisine , I highly recommend ending your walking tour at the San Miguel Market. It’s located near Plaza Mayor and is  Madrid’s first gourmet market .

Many locals come here to eat and drink with their friends and socialize. The building is stunning, and the atmosphere inside the market is amazing. So even if you don’t want to eat, it’s  worth visiting  it and  seeing local specialties .

👉 READ ALSO: Christmas In Spain: Complete Guide With Traditions & Best Places

Madrid Nightlife & Best Clubs

Madrid has excellent nightlife , so head to the streets in the evening and enjoy your time here.

Here are some of the best night clubs in Madrid:

• Teatro Kapital
• Goya Social Club
• LAB theClub

If you want to learn more about the city and its history, check out some guided walking tours below:

Madrid Guided Tour

Book this guided tour and learn more about the history and culture of Spain’s capital with a local guide.

Where To Stay In Madrid: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

HOSTAL PALACIO LUNA – budget-friendly hotel HOTEL LIABENY – mid-range hotel ORIENTE PALACE APARTMENTS – luxury apartments

6. DAY: MADRID

Take your time to enjoy another day in Madrid. You have the entire day to explore what you didn’t manage yesterday.

May it be your museum’s round day or just chilling in Retiro Park , get the most out of Spain’s capital.

I also highly recommend doing a cooking class in Madrid . Experience the cuisine hands-on with a local. Learn how to prepare Spanish dishes and eat them afterward. It’s a lot of fun:

Cooking Class In Madrid

Book this cooking class in Madrid and learn how to prepare paella or Spanish tapas. The Paella class is in the morning with a market visit. The Tapas class is in the evening.

7. DAY: TOLEDO DAY TRIP

Let’s explore another charming Spanish city. Today, we’ll make a  day trip from Madrid to Toledo . It’s  my second favorite city in Spain  (right after Seville). I’m sure  you’ll love it , too.

You can choose to  visit Toledo by yourself  from Madrid (by bus) or  join an organized day trip from Madrid  to Toledo, which I recommend at the end of this day.

Distance Madrid ⇒ Toledo: Bus ride takes 1 hour (operated by Alsa Bus) ➡ Book your return bus tickets here.

Sightseeing In Toledo

Toledo features a mixture of cultures,  Christian ,  Jewish , and  Moorish sites , and their architecture will surely capture you. You can explore the following sites in this enchanting town.

🔅 Toledo Cathedral 🔅 Alcázar de Toledo 🔅 Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes 🔅 Mirador del Vale

🔅 Toledo Cathedral

This Gothic-style cathedral is the main church in Toledo, dating back to the 13th century . For over 370 years , Toledo was mainly occupied by Muslims. So the cathedral used to be a mosque in the past. Only when Alfonso IV., King of Castile and Leon (a region in the north of Spain) peacefully reclaimed this city the church became the main cathedral in the city.

🔅 Alcázar De Toledo

As you already know, Spain was occupied by Muslims called Moors . These Moors came from Africa and settled in southern Spain (Granada). After, they wanted to claim more of the Spanish territory and started going north.

They also captured Toledo , and so that’s why you can explore the Jewish, Catholic, as well as Moorish cultures in many cities in Spain. Toledo hosts one of the most impressive Alcazar, a fortress that protected the city.

Nowadays, it’s a military museum displaying various weapons .

🔅 Monasterio De San Juan De Los Reyes

The monastery was built as a celebration of the victory in the Battle of Toro . The Catholic Monarchs, Isabel II. and Ferdinand commissioned the construction in the Jewish quarter in Toledo. It commemorates the victory of Spanish Kings against Portuguese King Alfonso V, who wanted to take over the Castille region in Spain.

🔅 Mirador Del Vale

If you want some beautiful photos of Toledo , head to the Mirador del Vale for the views and photo shooting.

Best Views In Toledo

Except for the Mirador del Vale viewing point, there is one more interesting spot for views of Toledo. Go up to the library and  Cafeteria in Alcazar . You can get the best views of the entire city from this spot.

Walk around and get lost in the thousands of tiny streets and admire the architecture of the buildings. Toledo will take you back to medieval times .

PRO TIP: Try the Suckling pig at a restaurant, which is the local specialty of Toledo .

Organized Tour To Toledo (From Madrid)

Join this organized guided tour to Toledo from Madrid. You won’t have to plan anything and can visit it with a guide.

8. DAY: MADRID ⇒ GRANADA

Our itinerary continues to the south of Spain . Today, another travel adventure awaits us, traveling to a brand-new autonomous community. Indeed, the biggest one is where we stay and explore its hidden germs until the end of our trip.

In the morning, travel from Madrid to Granada,  the birthplace of Spanish flamenco . There are only buses runing to Granada, no trains .

Alternatively, you can already rent a car in Toledo , if you don’t want to take a bus.

Distance Madrid ⇒ Granada: Bus ride takes about 4 hours & 30 minutes (operated by Alsa) ➡ Book your bus tickets here.

Welcome to Andalusia (southern Spain), the largest Spanish region (autonomous community). You have now arrived in Granada, an important city in Spanish history. Don’t wait any longer; check in to your accommodation, and prepare to explore.

Like Toledo and other Andalusian cities we’ll visit on this trip, Granada reflects the culture and  co-living  of three cultural and religious groups –  Christians ,  Jews , and  Moors .

Under the Moorish rule, many Andalusian cities, including Granada, achieved social, ethical, and spiritual  integration  of these three groups in one place.

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Southern Spain Itinerary For 10 Days

Sightseeing In Granada

🔅 Alcaicería 🔅 Granada Cathedral 🔅 Royal Chapel 🔅 Corral del Carbón 🔅 Albaicín 🔅 San Nicolás Square 🔅 Sacromonte

🔅 Alcaicer í a

We’ll start our walking tour visiting this historical Moorish bazaar in the heart of the city (close to the cathedral). It used to be a silk market during the Moorish times.

Nowadays, it’s a typical Arabic market with traditional products , clothes, and souvenirs. I love the atmosphere of this market, so check it out even if you don’t want to buy anything.

🔅 Granada Cathedral

The cathedral was built on the small mosque constructed here during the Moorish times.

Once the  Catholic Monarchs  from Castile and Leon finally fought back the Moors and  took back the territory of Granada  and Andalusia, they  undertook strict measures .

All  Moors had to convert to Catholicism  or were  expelled from the city .

The  cathedral symbolized Catholic reign  in Andalusia and remains so until now.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket for the Cathedral & Royal Chapel. ➡ Join this guided tour of Cathedral and learn about the Spanish Monarchs & Inquisition

🔅 Royal Chapel

As a memory of the victory over the Moors, the Royal Chapel is the  burial place of the Spanish Monarchs , Queen Isabell I. and King Ferdinand. You can see the crypt inside the chapel.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket for the Cathedral & Royal Chapel. ➡ Join this guided tour of Royal Chapel and learn about the Spanish Monarchs & Inquisition

🔅 Corral Del Carbón

Corral del Carbón is the  oldest traditional Andalusi building,  dating back to 1336. It served as a Coal yard, a  warehouse of goods , and a  shelter for merchants  coming to Granada.

After exploring the Catholic parts of the city, it’s time to see  Granada’s Arab Quarter , where you can explore beautiful  Moorish architecture . It’s the one side of Granada that makes the city so special. It’s also the  oldest neighborhood of Granada . Stop by  Taberna 22  for the  best tapas  in the city.

After, head up to  San Nicolas Square  for the best views of Granada.

🔅 San Nicolás Square

San Nicolas is my favorite place in Granada . It offers the best views of Alhambra and the spectacular Sierra Nevada mountain behind it. So take some time for great photos, sit in a local cafe, and enjoy the views.

🔅 Sacromonte

Sacromonte is a traditional neighborhood of Granada, which became home for gypsies after the Moors were expelled.

This is the spot to go to if you want to see an authentic flamenco performance. Scroll down to see the flamenco performance I recommend seeing today in the evening .

Granada Walking Tour

Book this walking tour of Granada and explore Albaicin with Sacromonte with a local guide.

Tapas Culture In Granada

Granada is the perfect place for  tapas hunting . Once you go to a bar, order a drink, and in most places in Granada, you’ll  get small tapas for free .

Tapas can be anything from pimiento (peppers), Spanish tortilla, patatas bravas (baked potatoes with salsa),  deep-fried eggplant   (Granada’s specialty) , or calamari, croquettes, or olives with Jamón (Spanish dry-cured ham).

Best Tapas Bars In Granada

• La Botilleria
• Bodegas Castañeda
• Bar Casa Julio (seafood tapas)
• La Riviera (surprise tapas)

Flamenco Show In Granada In The Evening

Andalusia is the  birthplace of Flamenco,  a Spanish traditional dance. There is no better spot than experiencing the Flamenco show here in Granada. The best spot for it is the Sacromonte .

I recommend the following Flamenco show in a unique cave setting.

Where To Stay In Granada: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

FLORENTIA HOMES – budget-friendly U-SENSE GRANADA CATHEDRAL – mid-range hotel ALHAMBRA PALACE HOTEL – luxury hotel

9. DAY: GRANADA & ALHAMBRA

Good morning to Granada. Today, we’ll explore the impressive Alhambra ; your afternoon will be free.

Alhambra is a town alone within Granada. Take  at least half a day  to see it. It has many statuses, from fortress to palace, castle, and summer retreat.

Alhambra complex was  built back in the 1200s  during the  Muslim reign in Andalusia . The  Nasrid dynasty  lived in Alhambra for many years until the Spanish Monarchs conquered and  expelled Moors from Andalusia  and Spain.

Alhambra then became the  royal residence  of the  Spanish Catholic Monarchs . Nowadays, it’s a top attraction to visit in Europe and serves mainly as a museum.

Skip-the-line Tickets Necessary For Alhambra

Tickets for Alhambra tend to be booked way in advance (more than 3 months before the visit) . I highly recommend you plan the visit ahead of time and reserve the tickets for Alhambra at least 3 months before . But you might be lucky even later on.

I also highly recommend booking a guided tour , it’ll give you a much better experience than just walking around by yourself.

Get the tickets below and book in advance:

Alhambra Tickets & Guided Tour

Alhambra free of charge.

If you’ve missed booking your ticket in advance and can’t go inside the Alhambra complex, or don’t want to pay for it, don’t worry. There are many areas to explore within the complex free of charge .

Just enter the main gate, walk through the beautiful Generalife gardens  with fountains, and admire Alhambra’s surroundings.

Free Afternoon In Granada

Enjoy your free afternoon exploring the rest of the places, walk through Granada’s Great Bazaar , Alcaiceria , and don’t forget to go tapas hunting .

For best sunset views, go up to the Plaza San Nicolás and its viewing point.

👉 READ ALSO: Do You Need Spanish To Travel To Spain? My Experience

10. DAY: GRANADA ⇒ MÁLAGA

Today, we’re going further south to the famous  Costa del Sol . We’ll rest from sightseeing and enjoy the small towns with great beaches for you to relax.

Now it’s also the time to rent a car for 4 days. So in the morning, rent a car in Granada and drive to Málaga,  the birthplace of Picasso .

RENTAL CAR:  You’ll  rent a car for 4 days  (and return it in Sevilla on day 13. of this itinerary).

Distance Granada ⇒ Málaga by car: approx. 1 hour 40 minutes (132km/82 miles).

I’ve taken you to Málaga, a  great central point  on the  Costa del Sol , from where you have connections to get to the lovely places around. You can  unpack your suitcases  for a while, as  we’ll stay 3 days here . It’ll serve as the  base for our daily excursions .

Check in to your accommodation and have an excellent free day in Málaga . You can go to the beach to relax or stroll through the city.

Sightseeing In Málaga

🔅 Picasso Museum 🔅 Picasso’s House 🔅 Alcazaba 🔅 Roman Theatre 🔅 Málaga Cathedral 🔅 Castilo De Gibralfaro 🔅 Ataranzas Market

Málaga is the  birthplace of Picasso , so if you like his art, check out the Picasso Museum and see the collections of his paintings. You can also visit  Picacco’s House  at the  Plaza de la Merced .

Don’t forget to check out the  Ataranzas Market  to see how locals hang out and try local specialties.

Best Beaches In Málaga

You can spend your afternoon chilling on one of Málaga’s beaches.  Playa la Malagueta  is directly in front of the city (walking from the city center). Or you can go to a smaller  Playa de la Misericordia . But it’s further from the city center (30 minutes by bus).

• Playa la Malagueta
• Playa de la Misericordia

Málaga Guided Walking Tour

Book this guided tour of Málaga to learn about the stories from Piccaso and the history of this part of Spain.

Where To Stay In Málaga: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

We are here on the southern coastline of Spain with great beaches, and it’s time to treat ourselves a bit.

Since we are also staying in Málaga for 3 nights, I recommend you stay in one of these beautiful boutique resorts and enjoy the atmosphere of la Costa del Sol :

BEACHFRONT VILLA TORROX COSTA HOTEL BOUTIQUE VILLA LORENA BY CHARMING STAY

If you still want to stay in the centre of Málaga, here are my recommendations and top accommodation tips:

HOTEL PALACETE DE ALAMOS ROOM MATE VALERIA

11. DAY: Day Trip To NERJA BEACH/GIBRALTAR

Today, you have two options for a day trip from Málaga.

You can go to  Nerja  and enjoy its beautiful beach (one of the most beautiful beaches in Costa del Sol). Or you can go south and visit  Gibraltar , the only spot to see  monkeys in Europe .

Day Trip To Nerja

In the morning, drive from Málaga to  Nerja . This seaside town has a few beaches where you can relax.

Playa Burriana  is the most touristy, but there are also smaller, very nice beaches such as  Playa de Carabeillo  or  Playa del Carabeo  (these 2 are amazing).

Besides, it is famous for its  Balcon de Europa  viewing point with the sights of the Mediterranean Sea.

There are some nice restaurants along the beach, too. Rest and reflect on your trip and the sites you have seen so far. Enjoy the Spanish atmosphere.

Day Trip To Gibraltar

If you aren’t a beach person, there is something for you as well. Visit Gibraltar, the last British territory in mainland Europe. It’s also the only place in the entire Europe where you can see monkeys.

Take a passport with you as there are controls on the border when you come to Gibraltar.

How To Get To Gibraltar

There is no train running to Gibraltar. You can only get there by bus or by car. However, I don’t recommend you go by car . It can be a struggle driving within Gibraltar as it’s quite tiny.

With the regular bus from Málaga, it takes relatively a lot of time to get to Gibraltar. So the best option for you is to go to Gibraltar with an organized guided tour .

PRO TIP:  When you decide to drive from Málaga , you can get furthest to  La Linea de la Concepcion , a small city before the  Gibraltar border . Leave the car there, then cross the border on foot (which is not a problem).

Sightseeing In Gibraltar

Go to the famous Rock of Gibraltar for stunning views and monkey watching. Hopefully, you won’t get too annoyed by them…

In the past, Gibraltar belonged to Moors. You can also visit the  Moorish Castle  and  Mosque  at the end of the peninsula.

PRO TIP: As a British territory , in Gibraltar, you have to pay using British pounds . Some shops accept euros, too, but the exchange rates are not really good. But you can pay by card , it’s just that you know :).

Dolphin Watching In Gibraltar

Another great activity you can do in Gibraltar is dolphin watching . You’ll be watching them from a catamaran with comments from local guides. Check it out and book your dolphin-watching excursion to guarantee your spot.

➡ Join this dolphin watching cruise in Gibraltar by clicking here.

Organized Tour To Gibraltar

Join this organized excursion to Gibraltar from Malaga if you don’t want to plan. A local guide will take you there on a transfer and care for everything. It includes dolphin watching , too.

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Southern Spain Itinerary 10 Days – for more day trip ideas from Málaga

12. DAY: Day Trip To CAMINITO DEL REY

Today, we’ll visit an incredible  Gorge Desfiladero  with its  thrilling pathway , located 40 minutes from Málaga.

The Gorge is about 3km/1.8 miles long and only 10meters wide. The wooden path was constructed on the side of the Gorge to provide access to the hydroelectric plant . King Alfonso XIII walked through this pathway to officially open the reservoir.

As a result, it was named the  Caminito del Rey  – The little pathway of a king.

Let’s enjoy the walk alongside the Gorge with stunning views of the  River Guadalhorce  and its reservoir.

How To Get To Caminito Del Rey

In the morning, drive from Málaga to Caminito del Rey (North Access). There is a car park just 10 minutes from the official starting point of the Caminito.

Then you have to walk about 10 minutes through a forest path until you reach the start of El Caminito.

Enjoy your Caminito. It is  7.7km/4.7 miles long , and the whole walk will take  2 to 3 hours , depending on your stops. Stroll through slowly and admire the stunning nature around you.

In the afternoon, head back to Málaga. Enjoy the  free afternoon  in this city, or relax at the beach. Tomorrow, we have another travel day to the capital of Andalusia.

How To Book Tickets In Advance For Caminito Del Rey

You’ll have to book the tickets in advance as the Caminito del Rey has become very popular over the past years. You have to choose a  specific time slot  for walking through the pathway.

This way, they regulate the number of visitors entering the Caminito. So don’t go here without having a  pre-booked ticket . You’ll most likely not be accepted for the walk as it’ll be fully booked for the day.

➡ Book skip-the-line tickets for Caminito del Rey here.

Organized Tour To Caminito Del Rey

Join this organized tour to Caminito del Rey from Málaga if you don’t want to plan and want to have fun in a group with a local guide. It includes entrance tickets , too.

13. DAY: MÁLAGA ⇒ SEVILLA

Are you ready for our last destination of this trip? Pack your bags and head to your rental car. Drive from Málaga to Sevilla, the birthplace of tapas .

Distance Málaga ⇒ Sevilla by car: approx 2 hours 20 minutes (210km/130miles)

Welcome to Sevilla , the  center of trade and exploration  of the Americas in the 1500s. At the time, it was also  the wealthiest Spanish city . We’ll spend the rest of our Spanish trip in this fantastic city.

Check in to your accommodation and head to the center to explore it.

Interesting Fact About Tapas

Maybe you might want to go straight into a bar for some  tapas for your lunch ? Right at the beginning, I have an interesting fact for you:

For this afternoon, check my  suggestion on day 14  for what to see and do in Sevilla. Plan your stay accordingly. You might do some sightseeing today and cover the majority tomorrow.

Tapas Crawl In The Evening

Today is the day for a real TAPAS EXPERIENCE. Join a Tapas Crawl and enjoy the best bars and evening atmosphere of Sevilla. Where else should you do a tapas tour if not in the birthplace of this Spanish tradition?

➡ Join this Tapas Crawl in Sevilla with a local guide and have fun!

Where To Stay In Sevilla: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

atLUMBRERAS 16 UMA SUITES PARADA DEL MARQUES HOTEL ALFONZO XIII LUXURY COLLECTION

14. DAY: SEVILLA

This city will let you finish your itinerary in the best way possible. It hosts sights of diverse cultures such as Moorish, Christian, and Jewish.

Sevilla is also the  burial place of Christoph Colombus . Besides, it’s the  birthplace of tapas .

If you still haven’t bought some memories to take back home, you can do so here. Sevilla is also famous for its  azulejos tiles  – ceramics with colorful tiles.

Today, you’ll get the chance to explore this fantastic city. It’s one of my top 3 favorite cities in Europe .

Sightseeing In Sevilla

🔅 Sevilla Cathedral 🔅 La Giralda 🔅 Barrio Santa Cruz – Jewish quarter 🔅 Real Alcazar 🔅 Plaza de España 🔅 Maria Luisa Park 🔅 Triana

NOTE: For some sights (Sevilla Cathedral, La Giralda, and Real Alcazar), it’s necessary to book skip-the-line tickets in advance . Otherwise, they’ll be fully booked.

🔅 Sevilla Cathedral

Welcome to the  largest cathedral in the world . It has 80 chapels, which is like, wow, I can’t image how they fit into this building. One of the highlights is the  tomb of Christoph Colombus . You can explore it inside the cathedral.

Afterward, you can also  head up to the Giralda  and get the city’s best views.

➡ Book this skip-the-line ticket for Sevilla Cathedral + La Giralda

🔅 La Giralda

Get the  best views of Sevilla  from the top of the bell tower. Under the Moorish reign, it used to serve as a  minaret , from where  Muezzin was calling inhabitants for the prayer .

For the cathedral and Giralda, it’s necessary to  get skip-the-line tickets , as it’s always super crowded.

🔅 Barrio Santa Cruz – Jewish Quarter

Seville used to have the  largest community of Jews . However, in the 14th century, they were  forced to convert to Christianity . If they resisted, they were forced to leave the city under the threat of death.

Nowadays, it is a  charming neighborhood  with tiny streets, cafes, and restaurants.

🔅 Real Alcazar

Real Alcazar is located in the Jewish quarter . It’s the original Moorish palace and was built to protect the Muslim authorities in the past. Admire its Mudejar architecture (Moorish architecture style) and its stunning green courtyard. Nowadays, it’s used by the Spanish Royal family.

➡ Get this skip-the-line tickets for Real Alcazar .

🔅 Plaza De España

It’s one of the  prettiest squares  in the entire Spain. Plaza España was built for the World Exposition in 1929. Its  tile illustrations  (made by typical Sevilla’s azulejos) depict many Spanish places, food, and autonomous communities.

So hop on a  little Spain tour  around this Spanish square in Sevilla. It’s one of my favorite places in Sevilla.

🔅 Maria Luisa Park

After, have a nice walk through this green park next to Plaza España and a little rest from the sightseeing.

Opposite the old city and  across the River Guadalquivir  is the  neighborhood  Triana. See  Flamenco’s monument  at the Plaza de Altozano and shop  for ceramics  with tiles  azulejos , famous for Sevilla.

Sevilla Guided Tour

Book this guided tour of Sevilla and visit the Cathedral, La Giralda, and Real Alcazar with a local guide. Hear interesting stories and get further tips.

Practical Tips For Your Spain Itinerary

I’ve got some travel tips for you to help you plan your itinerary even more in detail. So check the best time to make this itinerary, what to pack, how to communicate with locals, and what you could do if you have less time for Spain.

Best Time To Visit Span & Make This Itinerary

The best time to visit Spain is May, early June, late September, and October . December is also a great time to visit Spain as you can enjoy fewer crowds, lower prices, and some of the beautiful Christmas Markets and traditions.

These months are less crowded so you’ll enjoy the places more. Prices also drop as it’s the shoulder season. In particular, accommodation will be cheaper than during the summertime.

You’ll still benefit from great weather as temperatures range between  20°C/70°F  and  27°C / 80°F . Southern Spain (Sevilla, Granada, Malaga) will be hotter than Barcelona in Madrid, but it’ll still be pleasant even for swimming .

What To Pack For Your Spain Itinerary

I recommend you pack the following necessary clothes for this itinerary in Spain. Pack everything else essential for you, but these are the basics you should have in your backpack/suitcase:

• swimming suit
• mat/blanket for beach
• skirt and dresses
• sportsclothes
• light jumper/long-sleeve shirt
• good walking shoes
• waterproof jacket

Budget For Your 14-Day Spanish Itinerary

The budget for this itinerary for 14 days per person ( mid-range traveler ) is $2160 . This is a very realistic budget for mid-range travelers who want to stay in nice hotels, rent a car to travel conveniently, and enjoy each location’s activities.

Here is a breakdown of this itinerary budget for each travel category:

So the total budget for a 14-day trip to Spain , without restricting yourself too much and enjoying everything the country offers, is $2160 per person .

Budget Breakdwon For Each Traveler Type

Here is a quick overview of a budget for every type of traveler:

➡ 14-day itinerary budget for backpackers and travelers on the budget: $800 ➡ 14-day itinerary budget for mid-range travelers : $2160 ➡ 14-day itinerary budget for luxury travelers : up to $4500

NOTE: This is an approximate budget based on my calculations and spending during my 14-day trip to Spain. The budget will vary based on every traveler’s preferences .

Is Spain Safe?

Spain is a pretty safe country . I lived in Barcelona for 2 years and went for a run at night alone, but I never felt danger. When you use your common sense , you’ll be safe.

One thing you need to be aware of is pickpockets . They are especially in the metro and trains in Barcelona and Madrid. Or in any other bigger city .

So watch out for pickpockets. But if you keep your bags closed when walking around, you’ll be fine. Also, don’t walk around with too many valuables and avoid attracting the pickpockets.

What To Do With More Or Less Time In Spain

I’ve got a few more itineraries for Spain for you in case you have less time. Check out these itineraries for 10 days or 8 days and plan your trip accordingly.

Spain Itinerary 10 Days

Spain itinerary 8 days, how to speak spanish when traveling spain.

I love foreign languages, and learning them is a lot of fun. It can be easy to get to fluency if you have the right strategies .

Knowing a few Spanish words  will help you  connect with locals  and make your experiences on this itinerary  much more memorable . So I’ve also prepared a guide for you where you can learn how to order food and drinks when traveling in Spain.

Get my Spanish Food Guide here  or by clicking the link below and have fun learning Spanish words you can use while traveling to Spain.

I’ve also answered some of the most frequently asked questions to help you plan even more. So check them out below.

Is 14 Days In Spain Too Long?

No , 14 days in Spain is the perfect time to explore the country; it’s a short time. Spain is a huge country, so you need at least 2 weeks to enjoy the best spots and activities. So follow my itinerary and see the highlights of Spain in 14 days. It’s the best time.

How To See Spain In 2 Weeks?

Spain in 2 weeks offers a lot you can explore. You can see Barcelona , Valencia and Madrid as the big and interesting cities. After, you can make a day trip to Toledo and travel south to Andalusia.

Then, spend a few days in southern Spain , visiting the most beautiful cities like Granada , Cordoba , Sevilla , and Malaga . Make day trips to Caminito del Rey , Nerja Beach , or Gibraltar .

What Month Is Best To Visit Spain?

The best month to visit Spain is October . Prices drop significantly, and there are fewer crowds, too. Temperatures are still pleasant, and the weather is great, around 20°C/68°F . So you’ll enjoy the places with fewer tourists around for better prices , and mild weather, not too hot.

How Much Cash Do I Need For 2 Weeks In Spain?

As a budget traveler , you’ll need around $800 for 2 weeks in Spain.

As a mid-range traveler , you’ll need around $2000 for 2 weeks in Spain.

And as a luxury traveler , you can spend anywhere up to $4000 in 2 weeks in Spain, depending on what you want to do and where you’ll stay.

Should I Go To Madrid Or Barcelona?

If you want to enjoy more sightseeing , go to Barcelona and if you want to enjoy more Spanish culture and nightlife , go to Madrid .

Overall, I think Barcelona is better than Madrid because it has more to offer and the city is so much fun. But you’ll experience more authentic Spanish culture in Madrid than in Barcelona because Barcelona is in Catalonia, and the culture is slightly different.

WRAP-UP: Spain Itinerary 14 Days

This is my Spanish itinerary 14, 10 or 8 days for you. I hope you’ll get the most out of Spain , see its highlights, and enjoy your life. Spain is one of my favorite European countries (top 4), and I’m sure you’ll fall in love , too.

If you have any questions or need further travel tips, contact me at info(at)voicesoftravel.com. I’ll gladly help you or design a customized travel itinerary for your needs and preferences.

Happy Travels!

More Tips For Spain Travel

Looking to visit more places in Spain? Check out my related articles:

Best Of Barcelona Itinerary For 3 Days

Best Of Southern Spain Road Trip Itinerary 10 Days

Top 8 Road Trips From Barcelona

6 Best Spanish Festivals You Need To Experience

Is Seville Worth Visiting? 14 Reasons To Visit & Tips

How Far Is Morocco From Spain? Complete Guide

How Far Is Barcelona From Paris? Complete Guide

Spain In December: Best Things To Do & See

Christmas In Spain: Complete Guide With Traditions & Best Places

27 Best Places To Visit In Europe In November

Is Portugal In Spain? Ultimate Guide

Do You Need Spanish To Travel To Spain? My Experience

About the author: Nicoletta  is a travel enthusiast and passionate language learner. While traveling, she loves to connect with locals using her language skills to learn about new cultures. Look for her skiing, hiking in the mountains, or exploring new destinations as she designs travel itineraries for her clients.

SPAIN : Interested in more articles about Spain? Check out my Spain Travel Page :

You Might Also Like

Jungfrau Travel Pass Or Swiss Travel Pass: Which One Is Better [2024]?

Slovakia And Slovenia: How To Tell The Difference & Which Is Better To Visit In 2024

Magical European Christmas Markets By Train [2024]: Full Itinerary

This post has 10 comments.

Some of my favourite spots in Spain on your itinerary. We have been to Spain many times but know there are still many spots we need to visit. Valencia and Toledo definitely need to be on a return visit plan. The beaches are always a big draw. But the history and architecture draws us to the cities. We went by train on most trips. So maybe a car would let us get out in the country more.

I am glad that the itinerary consists of some of your favourite places, Linda :). I think travelling Spain by train is still a great choice. Only in Andalusia, I would suggest everybody to rent a car to get around.

Wow this a very ambitious list! I think it took me twice as long to hit these spots because I spent so many days just eating churros ;p

Hahaha, Nina, love your comment. You’re right; it is quite ambitious. I’ve tried to pack the most amazing places together, and you can see that the itinerary will be pretty intense. But I believe you’ll come from Spain with so many memories, feeling like you’ve seen pretty much the most important parts of the country :). And of course, churros have to be on program every day 😀 :D.

This is a complete and detailed guide; I don’t think you missed a thing. Great travel tips. I’m saving this one for future travels!

Hi Lorry, I am glad you like it. Hope it will be useful for you once you visit Spain :). Let me know how the travel is with this itinerary.

I have only visited Barcelona so far in Spain, and I loved it! You should add Parc Guell to your list, it’s amazing! Gaudi has a lot of incredible architecture throughout the city to see. I hope to go back again.

Hi, Kat. Many thanks for the tip. Yes, you’re completely right. Parc Guell should be on the list. However, it is quite difficult to put all the beautiful sites in Barcelona together in 2 days. So that’s why I’ve created a 3-day itinerary with everything to see and do in Barcelona, which also contains Parc Guell. You can check it out. You guys can then decide how many days you want to spend in Barcelona and what you want to see based on this 3-day Barcelona itinerary .

This post comes just in time. I’m currently planning a trip to Spain – which I might postpone due to the current covid situation. Nevertheless, this gives me even more time for extensive planning so I don’t miss out on any important landmark. Your post is the perfect base to start my itinerary 🙂

Hi Renata. Awesome, I am happy it comes in handy for you. Hope it will give you a lot of inspiration, and you’ll have a perfect time in Spain. Let me know which destinations you’ve visited.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

You must be logged in to post a comment.

9 Unmissable Things To Do In Miami

The 12 Best UK Beaches To Visit In 2023

The Best Areas To Stay When Visiting Warsaw, Poland

The Ultimate 2 Week Queensland Roadtrip: 2023 Guide

• Yucatan Peninsula
• Winter in Europe
• Whitsundays
• Where you should stay
• where to stay in porto
• Where to stay in Bali
• where to stay cyprus

14 Days In Spain: The Ultimate Itinerary

Editorial Note: Earth Curious contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, we will earn a commission at no extra cost to you. Thanks!

Every year Spain welcomes a staggering 75 million international tourists, making it one of the leading tourist destinations anywhere in the world. The majority of these tourists, however, will pick one, maybe two different places in the country, depending on the length of their holiday.

Spain is a huge and incredibly diverse country. though. Each region has its own very distinct identity offering something a little different. You might not be able to see everything that Spain has to offer in just 14 days.

However, with the right itinerary, you should be able to visit some truly incredible places. This will give you a more rounded feel for Spain and the incredible Spanish people. 

Before we get to our ultimate itinerary, you may be wondering how you might get around the country during your stay. After all, you’ll want to make the most of your time there. Spain has a very good public transport system. Not only are there high-speed trains connecting all of the major cities that actually make the journey faster than it would be by car or bus. There are also plenty of local flights – there are 59 airports within Spain – that can make traveling around very quick. Some of the plane tickets you can buy for domestic flights are cheaper than train tickets. 

• 14 Days In Spain – Where Should You Go First?

Table of Contents

Plaza de cataluña – take in the catalan culture, architectural beauty at its best, on to figueres, the old town – a gastronomical delight, get ready for busy days and nights, day 8 – toledo, seville culture, food, and flamenco, a day of r&r, day 13 – cordoba, plan visits to attractions in advance, final words on spending 14 days in spain, day 1 & 2 – barcelona.

Barcelona is a must on any trip to Spain. As a result of its superb transport network, and of course, international air links with countries all over the world, it really is the best place to start off any tour of the country. 

There are plenty of daily flights, so aim to arrive early and drop your luggage at your chosen accommodation. Then, you can spend your first day in the city simply getting lost in the sights. As the second most populous municipality in Spain, Barcelona has plenty to offer. You will not be able to see everything, but you will be amazed by how much you can pack into a couple of days. 

The Plaza de Cataluña makes a great starting place. Why not immerse yourself in the local Catalan culture? You can do so with a stroll around La Rambla, the city’s main street. The Jamon Museum and the Boqueria Market offer a great taste of typical regional food and lead you nicely to the Barceloneta beach. Here, you can relax and capture the sun. This area is a great place to sample some of the incredible Barcelona nightlife too.

No visit to Barcelona is complete without a visit to one of the most important buildings associated with Gaudi. So, head to the awe-inspiring Sagrada Familia Temple as a great way to start your second day. This incredible building and its stunning architecture will have you lost for words. Casa Milà and Casa Batllò are also well worth a visit. Head on over to the Gothic Quarter and explore its narrow streets and “La Seu”, the Cathedral of Barcelona. This will offer even more stunning architecture. Another Gaudi gem, Park Güell, with its vibrant and strange shapes, offers some of the best views over the city. This is a great way to end your time in Barcelona. 

Day 3 – Girona & Figueres

After two rather hectic days in the hustle and bustle of a big city, give yourself a complete change of pace with a stop in Girona. As you cross the city walls, you will be completely transported. You’ll find yourself in a different time with medieval architecture surrounding you. 

Girona is just 38 minutes away from Barcelona on the high-speed train. Yet, offers something completely different. The main attraction here is the Girona Cathedral, a stunning stone building with a huge, pointed tower and square main sanctuary. 

From Girona, the train to Figueres will take you on another short journey of 37 minutes. This is a great opportunity to admire the glorious Spanish countryside. 

Figueres is home to the number one tourist attraction in the region, the Teatre Museu Dali. Dali was born in Figueres and left much of his work here. After the Pardo museum, this is the most visited museum in Spain. Immerse yourself in the weird and unusual world that Dali’s paintings portray. There are plenty of places to stay in Figueres, and you will be sure to find a restaurant serving local delicacies to complete your day. 

Days 4 & 5 – Valencia

Whilst the train journey from Figueres to Valencia will take you a few hours, it will be very cheap. So, to make the most of your time in Valencia, it is worth an early start. You could always catch up on some sleep on the train! 

The first stop in Valencia should be the City of Arts and Science. Designed by Santiago Calatrava, this futuristic set of buildings is incredible. The Science Museum is interactive, and L’Oceanografic, the largest oceanographic aquarium in Europe, is not to be missed. Valencia is known for its Paella, so complete day 4 of your trip with some authentic Paella in one of the many eateries you will find here. 

A trip to Valencia’s old town is a great way to start day 5 of your holiday. Here you will find the central food market, where plenty of local specialties will be on offer, so why not grab something for lunch once you have finished exploring? The Turia Gardens, where the Royal Palace once stood, are a botanical dream and a great escape from the hubbub of the city. 

If a trip to the beach is what you prefer, then the Las Arenas beach is close to the centre of Valencia, or you could take the short journey to the Albufera National Park. 

Days 6 & 7 – Madrid

The high-speed train makes short work of the journey from Valencia to Madrid and will take you a little over 90 minutes of travel time. You will be treated to some stunning views of the mountainous countryside along the way. If you set off early enough, a great way to start your time in Madrid would be with some churros for breakfast in the city centre. 

As you would expect from Spain’s capital city, there is plenty to see and do here, so a busy two days are ahead of you. Whilst you are in the city centre, you may want to consider visiting La Puerta del Sol, and take a walk in the Sabatini Gardens and the Royal Palace. For a bit of hustle and bustle, the Gran Via area, and the Broadway of Madrid should certainly be on your list.

Madrid is teeming with places to eat and is home to the oldest restaurant in the world (according to the Guinness Book of World Records). Sobrino de Botin is famous for its suckling pig and is even mentioned in a Hemmingway novel. For a great photo opportunity, check out the sunset from Debod Temple, a second-century Egyptian temple that was donated to Spain. 

Make your second day in Madrid museum day. It goes without saying that El Prado Museum should be top of your list. Widely considered to be the home of the finest collection of European art, this is the main Spanish art museum. Reina Sofia Museum, where you will find plenty of modern Spanish art, should also be on your list. Here you will find work by Dali and Picasso. Don’t forget to check out Guernica, Picasso’s most famous masterpiece. Museo Thyssen completed the “golden triangle” of art museums in Madrid. 

Another short journey on the high-speed train will have you in Toledo in just over half an hour. There is plenty to see here, so a Toledo City Card can be a great investment – not only will you get three guided tours, but you will also be able to see all the top monuments. Toledo is to history what Madrid is to culture. 

Toledo is a UNESCO World Heritage Site which was once known as the Town of Three Cultures, being home to a thriving population of Muslims, Catholics and Jews during the middle ages. The architecture is a real reflection of these three cultures. 

Days 9 & 10 – Seville

The quickest way to get to Seville is to return to Madrid and catch a domestic flight to Seville. Spend your first day in the stunning region of Andalucía, visiting the stunning sites of Seville itself. Christopher Columbus was buried in the city’s Cathedral, and the nearby Alcazar palace is not to be missed. Both are UNESCO World Heritage Sites. If you have time during your first day in Seville, be sure to visit the Palace of the Countess de Lebrija and the stunning Plaza Espana. 

Having spent a day immersing yourself in the history of Seville, why not dedicate your second day here to the culture of the city? The narrow alleys of Seville are full of tapas bars to delight your taste buds, and Flamenco shows to enthrall you. Flamenco has been declared by UNESCO to be a “Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity.”

Days 11 & 12 – Malaga

Once again, the high-speed train will make short work of the journey from Seville to Malaga. 

Whilst in Malaga, El Caminito del Rey is an absolute must. This narrow walkway is located along the steep walls of the El Chorro gorge near Ardales. Meaning King’s Pathway, the path was once considered to be the most dangerous walkway in the world. However, a careful restoration project has earned it a recent Europa Nostra Award for conservation of heritage. This is a truly unique experience and one not to be missed. Due to the popularity of the walkway and its narrowness, there are limited tickets available, so you need to plan a couple of months in advance for this. 

In contrast to your first day of adrenalin-fuelled adventure, why not take your second day in Malaga for rest and relaxation? You could hit one of the many fantastic urban beaches. The closest one to the old town is La Malagueta. The Picasso Museum is close by and well worth an hour of anyone’s time. Malaga also offers plenty of opportunities for some fantastic tours. Why not look out for something that combines wine and tapas and offers you the opportunity to taste some of the sweet wine the region is famous for? 

Once again, head inland on the high-speed train, and in under 2 hours, you will have arrived in the gorgeous city of Cordoba. With a small-town feel, this is certainly a location you can explore in 24 hours. 

Mezquita is one of the most incredible examples of Moorish architecture you will find in Spain. The site was once home to a Roman temple and a Visigoth church. The Great Mosque was then converted into a Catholic church. UNESCO has deemed it a World Heritage Site thanks to its 856 candy cane striped columns. The old quarter streets are a gorgeous place to wander, and the white walls and contrasting blue flowerpots that you will see everywhere in the courtyards are a spectacular sight. 

Day 14 – Granada

All great things must come to an end, and what better way to end your 14-day tour of Spain than with a stop in Granada? The average train time for the journey is a very reasonable 90 minutes, again crossing some spectacular countryside. With its mountainous surroundings and medieval vibe Granada is another other of those Andalusian cities that will offer you some incredible sights. 

The Alhambra Palace is one of Spain’s most visited monuments and the centerpiece of Granada. Build over 700 years ago; this giant fortress is another of the country’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites and an incredible example of Arab architecture in Spain. Don’t forget to visit the Alcazaba, Generalife, and The Nasrid Palaces as you wander around the city. These are things that you will need to buy tickets for well in advance, so make that you do this a couple of months before you plan to visit. 

Finish your incredible exploration of Spain with a meal in one of the many eateries you will find here serving incredible local dishes. 

With so much to pack in and so much to see in 14 days in Spain, make sure to take a camera and your comfiest walking shoes – and perhaps a notebook to write down those places you’d like to see on your next visit to this incredible country.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Related Posts

5 Incredible Day Trips You Can Take From Barcelona

• Itineraries

The Ultimate Singapore Itinerary: 2-5 Days

Two Week Sri Lanka Itinerary For First Timers

• Philippines

Ultimate 10 Day Philippines Itinerary – Updated For 2023

The Perfect 10-Day Malaysia Itinerary

The Best 3 Day Itinerary for Rio De Janeiro

3 Days In Ottowa – For First-Time Visitors

• South Africa

The Ultimate 2 Week South Africa Itinerary

7 Days in Spain Itinerary

By: Author Hannah Cooper

Posted on Last updated: June 11, 2024

Wondering how to spend 7 days in Spain?

The destinations on your Spanish itinerary will be somewhat dictated by the weather and season.

Northern Spain is a joy in the high season when southern resorts are swamped. Mediterranean seaside towns are nicer in early summer and early fall. Some inland cities are best avoided during the peak of summer when temperatures soar.

This one-week Spain itinerary is designed for first-time visitors traveling by train and seeking a mix of culture, food, and nature. As it’s your first trip to Spain , you’ll definitely want to visit Madrid and/or Barcelona; this itinerary incorporates both.

The slick train system means you can cover a decent amount of ground over one week in Spain.

Where to start a 1 week Spain itinerary

You will want to start your 7 days in Spain based on which city is the easiest and cheapest to fly into.

Madrid Barajas Airport and Barcelona El Prat Airport are the natural first-choice contenders. Both are served by international carriers and low-fare European airlines and tend to have the most connections.

Seville, Valencia, Alicante, and Málaga all have excellent connections too, especially if you’re traveling from the UK or another European country.

Ideally, you will fly into one airport and leave via another. This itinerary is based on spending 7 days in Spain starting in Barcelona and departing from Seville.

If you have roundtrip flights from one of the airports, you can always fly back there with budget airlines like Vueling. Internal flights in Spain are very affordable and quick.

If you are happy to take it slow, you can simply spend one week split between Madrid and Barcelona. Or if you are a true slow traveler, pick one of those cities and spend the entire 7 days exploring each neighborhood in Barcelona or the different fun areas in Madrid .

Both cities have so much to offer in terms of food, culture, history, and day trips. However, if you want to pack 7 days full of different Spain adventures and think you have the energy to move between cities every few days, this is a fun itinerary that will help you make the most of your week in Spain.

Exploring Madrid’s Retiro Park is a fun thing to do on a sunny summer day during your 7 days in Spain.

7 days in Spain starting in Barcelona

Let’s assume you landed on “Day Zero” and are ready to start your 7 days in Spain on “Day One”.

This is a summary of how to spend your 7 days in Spain starting in Barcelona:

• Day 1: Full day in Barcelona
• Day 2: Full day in Barcelona + evening train to Madrid
• Day 3: Full day in Madrid
• Day 4: Morning train to Córdoba + day in Córdoba
• Day 5: Morning train to Seville + time in Seville
• Day 6: Day trip from Seville (optional)
• Day 7: Seville + evening departure from Spain

If this looks a little full-on, you can skip the day in Córdoba and/or the day trip from Seville.

7 days in Spain starting in Madrid

For 7 days in Spain starting in Madrid, you have two choices.

Option 1) Save Barcelona for another time and spend longer in Madrid, Córdoba, and Seville.

Option 2) Adapt this 10 days in Spain itinerary starting in Madrid and visit Zaragoza and Valencia in place of Córdoba and Seville.

This guide is also helpful if you’re spending longer than one week in Spain.

Spain travel itinerary for 7 days

This one-week Spain itinerary involves using the Spanish train system to get around. Book tickets in advance using Omio or Trainline to get the cheapest fare.

And now, over to what to do in Spain for a week, ¡vamos!

It’s worth spending a day or two in Barcelona just to come to the Sagrada Familia.

Days 1 and 2: Two days in Barcelona

Beautiful Barcelona sits at the top of any Spain bucket list. This sprawling Catalan city has buzzing neighborhoods, gorgeous beaches, historic landmarks, great food, and incredible nightlife.

The snag? Barcelona is pretty pricey these days and will eat into your accommodation and sightseeing costs.

Two days in Barcelona is sufficient for seeing the main sights although you’ll need to be ruthless about which spots make the final cut.

Barcelona is easy to get around via metro. Save costs by purchasing a 48-hour Hola Barcelona travel card – it gives you unlimited travel.

Things to do in Barcelona

These are the key sights of interest to help whittle down your own shortlist.

• Go for a stroll down La Rambla and Rambla de Mar.
• Visit the churches, synagogues, plazas of the Gothic Quarter.
• See street art and contemporary galleries in El Raval.
• Eat Catalan food at La Boqueria Market and the tapas taverns in El Born.
• Die-hard foodie? Book a food tour in Barcelona .
• Trace Gaudí’s heritage at La Sagrada Família, Park Güell, Palau Güell, Casa Batlló, Casa Mila (La Pedrera), and the Church of Colònia Güell.
• Dip into Cubism art at the Picasso Museum.
• Swing by the Design Museum.
• Relax in Ciutadella Park.
• Visit the underrated former hospital-turned-museum, Recinte Modernista de Sant Pau.
• Explore Montjuïc’s museums, parks, and viewpoints.
• Swim or sunbathe in La Barceloneta’s beaches.
• Make time for a cocktail at one of Barcelona’s rooftop bars .

Where to stay in Barcelona

These hotels are close to Plaça de Catalunya. This location is handy for La Rambla, the Gothic Quarter, and jumping on the metro.

ME Barcelona : This is your splurge option! The hotel has posh rooms with contemporary decor and coffee makers and there’s a rooftop pool with killer views.

Hostal Lausanne : This is a no-frills guest house with private bedrooms and the option to save money with a shared bathroom or upgrade to a room with a balcony.

Explore some of the unique Gaudi architecture during your time in Barcelona.

Day 3: One day in Madrid

Travel information: The fastest trains between Barcelona Sants and Madrid Puerta de Atocha take 2 hours and 30/45 minutes. You can travel on the evening of Day 2 (recommended) or early the morning of Day 3.

Spain’s capital is a powerhouse for the arts. The three institutions that form the “Golden Triangle” put Madrid on the map for art but there are offbeat galleries and street murals to add to your schedule.

If you’re not too fussed about art galleries, you can immerse yourself in street art, royal history, tapas culture, footie, and glorious urban parks.

One day in Madrid is a little tight but it’s enough to scratch the surface. If you prefer to spend two days in Madrid then you can either skip Córdoba or reduce your time in Seville.

You’ll want to pick up a rechargeable multi card to cover any metro or bus rides. They cost €2.50 and are sold at most stations.

Things to do in Madrid

Madrid has fewer sights than Barcelona, especially if art museums aren’t high on your agenda. One of the nicest activities is simply to meander your way through Madrid’s distinct barrios.

• Explore the gardens and monuments of Retiro Park.
• Tour the Royal Palace and Madrid Cathedral. Definitely opt for fast-track entry to maximize time.
• Dip into Madrid’s Art Walk institutions: Prado Museum, Thyssen-Bornemisza Museum, and Reina Sofía Art Center.
• Go behind the scenes of Real Madrid with a Bernabéu Stadium tour .
• Hunt for street art in Lavapiés/Embajadores.
• Catch the sunset at the Temple of Debod.
• Cruise the tapas bars of Calle de la Cava Baja in La Latina.
• Enjoy Spanish snacking culture – la merienda – at Madrid’s countless chocolatería (chocolate shop cafes) and churrería (churro cafes and stalls).

The architecture in Madrid is absolutely breathtaking. Allow some time to just wander along the Gran Via and around the city center to discover it all.

Where to stay in Madrid

It’s best to stay close to Madri’s main train station. This spares you from lugging your bags around and makes coming and going easier.

Radisson RED : This 4-star hotel is 300 meters from Atocha Train Station. Luxurious rooms are accented with neutral hues and modern art, some have a city view.

Hostal la Estación Terrazas : Close to the train station and central areas, this budget-friendly hotel comprises recently refurbished rooms all with a private bathroom. It’s simple but safe and most rooms have a mini fridge and kettle.

Day 4: One day in Córdoba

Travel information: The fastest high-speed trains between Madrid Puerta de Atocha and Córdoba take 1 hour and 46 minutes. Again, you can either travel in the evening or early in the morning. Spending the night in Córdoba is recommended but not strictly necessary.

Welcome to Andalucía! Córdoba is both a city and province in this southern autonomous region.

This region first caught the attention of the Romans who were taken by the fertile valleys of the Sierra Morena. It later became pivotal in the Al-Andalus kingdom and contains one of Spain’s most fascinating landmarks, the Mosque-Cathedral of Córdoba.

It’s also known for its ornamental patios that look especially radiant in summer. Try and visit in May when private patios are temporarily opened to the public as part of the Córdoba Patio Festival.

Córdoba is a popular day trip from Málaga and Seville. It’s a large place but much more compact than other big cities. One day is sufficient for the main things to do in Córdoba .

Cordoba is one of the most magical towns to visit during any trip to Spain.

Things to do in Córdoba

Depending on your specific travel plans, expect visiting the Mosque-Cathedral plus two or three other main sights while exploring the Old Town.

• Tour the Mezquita Mosque-Cathedral of Córdoba. It’s worth booking a guided tour but not essential.
• Visit the palace, gardens, and baths at the Alcazar of the Christian Monarchs.
• Have a look at Córdoba’s Roman ruins including the bridge, city gates, and remains of the old Roman temple.
• Catch an Andalusian equestrian show at the Royal Stables (known as the Córdoba Ecuestre and Caballerizas Reales).
• Wander around the Jewish Quarter.
• See what’s in bloom at the postcard-pretty Calleja de las Flores.
• If you spend the night, splash out on a treatment at Hammam Al Andalus .

Where to stay in Córdoba

Córdoba is a lot smaller than Barcelona and Madrid, so you can choose accommodation anywhere in Centro. Prices are lower in case you’re looking to treat yourself during your one week in Spain.

Make sure you book a hotel in Córdoba, SPAIN, not Córdoba, Argentina!

Hospes Palacio del Bailio, a Member of Design Hotels : This designer hotel has swanky bedrooms, two pools, and a flower garden. The spa is incredible, it’s just a matter of squeezing a session into your 7 day Spain itinerary.

Eurostars Patios de Córdoba : Oozing old-fashioned charm and vintage style, this historic hotel is perfect for romantic souls. The rooms are modern but the architecture is like stepping back in time.

Madrid is a great central location in Spain. From here you can get the fast train almost anywhere in the country!

Days 5, 6, and 7: Three days in Seville + day trip

Travel information: Trains from Córdoba to Seville Santa Justa take 54 minutes. There are only a handful of services each day. You can either spend the night in Córdoba and leave the following morning or take an evening train to Seville. If necessary, you can use Luggage Hero or Radical Storage to store your bags in Córdoba for the day.

If you were spellbound by the first three cities, just wait until you alight the train in Seville.

Founded by the Romans, inhabited by the Moors, and a key player in the Golden Age, Seville offers a rich insight into Spanish history. It’s an architectural dreamboat bursting with grand plazas, Mudéjar buildings, and Andalucían courtyard residences.

As the supposed birthplace of flamenco, the city is awash with theaters where you can watch a performance.

Seville is another large city although like Madrid, the tourist areas are relatively compact. There’s a good balance of paid attractions and free things to see, particularly when it comes to plazas and towers.

You can conclude your 7 day Spain itinerary at Seville San Pablo Airport or connect to a different airport if necessary.

Things to do in Seville

Use this 2 days in Seville itinerary to map out how to spend your time in the city.

• Admire the spectacular Plaza de España, a monumental plaza with tiles and fountains. Follow up with a wander around Plaza del Cabildo.
• Learn about how the Royal Alcázar and Seville Cathedral were built atop Moorish foundations. A guided tour combining both sites is a wise use of time.
• Take in views from the Setas de Sevilla installation.
• See a flamenco performance. Of all the destinations featured in this one week Spain itinerary, Seville has the most variety.
• Cruise (or kayak) along the Guadalquivir River.
• Admire palatial architecture at such places as the Casa de Pilatos, Palacio de las Dueñas, or the Palacio de la Condesa de Lebrija.
• Spend a morning at the Museum of Fine Arts.
• Cross the river and explore Triana, the old tile-making district with a reputation for producing flamenco dancers and folk musicians.

Walk along the Guadalquivir River in Seville to discover some of the historical sites like this Torre del Oro.

Day trips from Seville

This 7 days in Spain itinerary makes time for a day trip to see more of Andalucía. Seville is well-positioned for visiting the coast, mountain towns, and national parks of southern Spain.

Here’s a flavor of the best day trips from Seville .

• Pueblos Blancos: These “White Towns” are scattered across the mountain ranges and coastline of Andalucía. The mountain towns are the most dramatic as the straddle ravines and are carved right into the rocks. Ronda, Olvera, Zahara de la Sierra, and Setenil de las Bodegas are just some of them. They’re best visited by renting a car or as part of an organized day trip .
• Cádiz: This ancient port city sits on a peninsula and has a fun mix of defensive structures, urban parks, and sandy beaches to explore. It’s possible to visit with public transport or on a tour.
• Doñana National Park: This protected wetland and dune reserve provides safe harbor to mammals and birdlife including Iberian lynxes and Spanish imperial eagles. It’s easier to navigate as part of an organized tour .

Where to stay in Seville

If you’re spending 7 days in Spain in summer, you might want to book a hotel with a pool in Seville. Spain’s summer weather is stifling in this southern, inland city.

Indulge en Sevilla Cuna : This luxury aparthotel comprises studios and family lofts with kitchenettes. All guests have use of the rooftop pool while select units come with a private plunge pool.

Catalonia Giralda : This modern hotel is right in the heart of Seville’s Old Town and has an indoor pool. Premium rooms have a terrace and a view of the Giralda. Breakfast is available if desired.

Spain Itinerary: 14 Days In The Mediterranean

Heading to Spain for two weeks? Good for you! It’s a beautiful country with exquisite architecture, stunning nature, and some of the best wines in Europe. Whether you’re looking to go on hikes , party day and night, or explore the historically important sites, this itinerary has got something for you!

Getting Around Spain

Spain is connected with public transport pretty well, and you can follow our entire itinerary without renting a car. In fact, it will be easier to follow without a car, since I have a few local flights in mind.

High-speed trains connect the major cities, and they’re much faster than driving on your own or taking a bus. Also, local flights are a great alternative to trains – a five-hour train journey is usually a 50-minute flight, and plane tickets are sometimes cheaper than train tickets.

Useful Information About Spain

Timezone : The timezone in Spain is CEST (Central European Standard Time). That’s about 8 hours ahead of PT, and six hours ahead of EST.

Currency : The official currency used in Spain is Euro. It’s unlikely you’ll be able to use any other currency, but ATMs do accept foreign cards.

Language : The official language of the country is Spanish/Castillian. Catalan is spoken in the Catalonia region, and it’s recognized as an entirely separate language – so not just a dialect. Basque is spoken in the Spanish Basque Country and Galician in Galicia. It’s estimated that some 30% of the people speak English, and it’s especially common among young people.   

Visa : US residents don’t need a visa for stays in Spain that are up to 90 days. Here’s a list of all the countries whose nationals are required to have a visa to enter Spain.

Credit Card Acceptanc e: Credit cards are widely accepted in Spain, with Visa and MasterCard being the most popular option. Discover cards are rarely accepted, and American Express cards are somewhere in the middle. You can pay with cash (Euros) almost anywhere in Spain.

Electricity : The standard voltage in Spain is 230V, just like in the rest of Europe. If you’re from the US, you will need adapters for all your electrical appliances and chargers.

Day 1: Arrival Barcelona

If you want to follow this itinerary, it’s best to plan your trip to Spain so that you arrive in Barcelona and depart from Madrid. Barcelona international airport is in the southwest part of the city, about a 20-minute drive from the Gothic Quarter. If you want to be in the center of action in Barcelona, it’s best to look for accommodation in that neighborhood.

Depending on when you land and just how tired you are when you arrive in the city, there are a few different things you can do. But even if it’s late and you just want to rest, don’t miss out on the chance to get some tapas – it’s the most popular dish in the country, and it’s something you’ll likely eat more than once on this trip. Follow it up with some Sangria and then you’re free to go get some rest.

Up for exploring Barcelona immediately upon your arrival? Even better! If you’re early enough to catch one of the walking tours, that’s a pretty nice way to kick off your stay in the city – but don’t do a Gaudi tour. That’s day two of this itinerary; for now, stick to the Gothic Quarter, La Rambla, the Raval, and the museums.

The Picasso Museum is one of the best in the city, with a generous collection of works by the famous artist. Go see the Columbus Monument, visit Mercado de La Boqueria (public market), and tour Camp Nou.

When you’re done with the initial tour of the city, you can head to one of the countless restaurants for drinks and some well-deserved carbs. And if you’d like even more entertainment, every night is Flamenco night in Spain! In any case, make sure you get a good night’s sleep since day two will have you roaming around the city the entire next day!

Day 2: Barcelona

It’s day two of your tip in Spain, and it’s a good time as any to go out on a proper Gaudi tour of Barcelona. Antoni Gaudi was a Catalan architect, known all over the world for his unique designs. The majority of his works are right there in Barcelona , and they’re so amazing that you absolutely must walk around the city and see all of them!

La Sagrada Familia is the most famous building designed by Gaudi, so let’s start there. Make your way to the spectacular Basilica and admire it in all its glory. Walk inside to see the intricate details on the ceiling and columns, as well as all the gorgeous stained glass that adorns the unfinished basilica. That’s right; La Sagrada Familia remains unfinished, more than a century and a half after its construction began.

Next on the Gaudi tour are Casa Milà and Casa Batlló. They’re just a few blocks apart from one another, on opposite sides of Passeig de Gràcia. Both buildings are considered historical landmarks, and they’re exquisite on the outside and the inside. Plus, they make one thing obvious about Antoni Gaudi – the man really did not like sharp corners, did he?

Head south towards the beaches to see two more examples of Gaudi’s architecture. Hotel Gaudi is representative of his early style, while the lampposts at Pla da Palau are much more extravagant. Go to the beach if you want, or stop by a café to grab something to eat, and then make your way to Park Güell.

Everything about this park is phenomenal, from the mosaic-covered buildings to the Gaudi House Museum, which happens to be the former residence of the famous architect.

Other buildings by Gaudi in Barcelona include the Güell Pavillions, Casa Vicens Gaudí, and Bellesguard Tower. They’re all worth a quick visit if you have enough time.

Day 3: Barcelona to Figueres

Your third day in Spain is a great time for a quick day trip to Figueres! The charming town is about an hour and a half outside Barcelona, and it’s easy to reach with trains and buses. It’s a great place for some cultural enrichment, thanks to all the excellent museums in the town.

Figueres is the birthplace of Salvador Dali and home to the Dali-Theater Museum , which was designed by Dali himself. The famous artist had a massive impact on the surrealist movement during his time and remains one of its largest exponents to this day. Although he moved to surrealism later on in his career, his earlier works were mostly influenced by Renaissance and Impressionism.

There’s also a Salvador Dali monument nearby that’s worth checking out, as well as several other museums. The Toy Museum of Catalonia is interesting even for adults, the Technical Museum of the Empordà is perfect for a #throwbackthursday, and Museu de l’Empordà features some more fascinating paintings and sculptures.

 If you’re up for spending some time in nature, there are several places worth checking out just outside Figueres. Butterfly Park Empuriabrava and Aiguamolls de l’Empordà nature preserve are both in the Gulf of Roses, with truly beautiful nature. Otherwise, just head back to Barcelona.

Day 4: Mallorca/Ibiza

Barcelona is very close to Spain’s Balearic Islands, and it would be a shame not to spend at least a day or two in one of these spectacular places. It’s up to you whether you want to go to Ibiza or Mallorca – in either case, it’s about an hour-long flight from Barcelona and to Valencia, where we’re heading after the islands. Ferry rides are not worth it because they take more than 7 hours.

Mallorca and Ibiza are both spectacular islands that feature beautiful beaches, luxurious resorts, and crystal clear sea. Ibiza is the better destination for younger people who are looking to party all night long since the nightlife there surpasses the nightlife pretty much everywhere else in Spain. Mallorca, on the other hand, is a much more well-rounded tourist destination and offers enough for at least a few days of activities .

With ample hiking opportunities, UNESCO World Heritage Sites, and some of Spain’s best wineries, you might just consider ditching the itinerary and spending the rest of your time in Spain on the island.

No matter which island you decide to visit, take day four to rest and relax. Spend your day on the beach, go swimming, maybe do some hiking, and book a winery tour in the afternoon!

Day 5: Mallorca/Ibiza

If you’re in Mallorca, I would highly recommend heading to Drach Caves early in the day. The underground caves are an astonishing place; they feature multiple interconnected paths that take you to the largest underground lake in the world.

There are quite a few stairs to climb, so I’d recommend wearing sneakers for this excursion. A tour of the caves can be completed in a couple of hours, so you still have the entire day to explore Palma and its surroundings!

Palma de Mallorca is the capital of the island, and it’s known for quite a few things. From the spectacular sandy beaches to ancient castles, there’s plenty of sights worth checking out in Palma. Bellver Castle is one of the first places to visit in the city – the circular castle is situated on a wooded hilltop, offering phenomenal panoramic views of Palma.

It’s also the home of the city’s history museum, and you can stop by if you’d like to learn more about the rich history of Palma de Mallorca. Other notable sights here include the Royal Palace of La Almudaina, Catedral-Basílica de Santa María de Mallorca, Banys Àrabs, Llotja de Palma, and the Tren Soller wooden train.

All of the attractions mentioned here are close to one another, and it’s possible to visit them all in a single afternoon.

If you opted to visit Ibiza instead of Mallorca, I won’t leave you hanging! The island is much smaller, so it’s possible to explore more of it in the same amount of time. The north side of the island features natural caves, a lighthouse, and the wonderful Cala Xarraca beach popular for snorkeling and natural mud baths.

As for the city of Ibiza, there’s a few places that are worth checking out. Puig des Molins is a museum and archaeological site that combines a Phoenician necropolis with exhibits that feature items found in the tombs, making it the perfect destination on the island for people interested in history and archaeology.

It’s also worth it to visit Castell d’Eivissa, Portal de ses Taules, and Museu Puget for a good mix of art, architecture, and history.

I would recommend a quick trip to the western side of the island in the evening. Head to San Antonio Sunset Strip for some of the best sunset views of your life. You can end the evening in one of the many clubs here, or just head back to Ibiza city. 

Day 6: Valencia

Valencia is the third-largest city in Spain and you get to spend a couple of days there! You can get to Valencia from both Ibiza and Mallorca with a short flight, and I’d recommend that over buses and ferries any time as it will save you at least 8-9 hours of travel. This is a big city with a lot to see and do in the area, so we’re spending two days here!

We’ll kick off the first day in Valencia with a thorough exploration of Ciutat Vella (Old Town), starting with Torres de Serranos. The massive Gothic towers are a part of the city walls, and you can climb them for some beautiful panoramic views of the city.

The next must-visit spot is Jardí del Túria, a big park with lots of greenery, flowers, a playground, and sports courts. When you’ve had enough of this oasis in the middle of a city, make your way back to the old town and go to Valencia Cathedral.

The Gothic-style cathedral dates back to the 13th century, and it’s said to be the home of the Holy Grail. You can climb to the top of the tower here if you’d like to enjoy some scenic views of Valencia. From there, start heading southwest towards the Valencia Central Market, but make one stop first.

La Lonja de la Seda is on the way to the market, and the imposing building is truly an astonishing sight. The details in the stonework are exceptional, the gardens are well-kept, and the building truly is one of the best examples of secular Gothic architecture.

Other notable sights close by are Torres de Quart, Bullring of Valencia, and the Valencian Museum of Ethnology. If you keep circling the Old Town, you’ll eventually pass by each of these. When you’re done exploring the old town, go grab dinner at one of the many restaurants in the area, or just head back to your accommodation.

READ: ONE DAY IN VALENCIA

Day 7: Valencia

Your second day in Valencia is a great opportunity to explore some of Spain’s spectacular nature. If you’re not into hiking, mountain biking, and rock climbing, you can just spend it on the beach soaking in the sun. And if you are into alpinism and everything it includes, head to Parc Natural de la Serra Calderona.

The easiest way to reach the nature preserve is a taxi ride – subway and buses will only get you so far, and you’ll still have to take a taxi to the park entrance.

The nature preserve features some of the best hiking trails in Spain, from easy walks to challenging ascents that will take up your entire day. This park also features multiple observation decks, a monastery, and ruins of a medieval Islamic castle.

Another option is Parc Natural e l’Albufera, just south of the city. It features a freshwater lagoon with plenty of opportunities for a picnic, boat tours, and scenic nature views. In any case, day seven is a great chance to relax and recharge while enjoying Spain’s extraordinary nature.

In the evening, you can catch a show at Valencia’s futuristic theater. The building alone is a spectacular sight, and what goes on inside is a real treat for lovers of performance art. Plus, the theater sits in a massive landscaped park right next to the aquarium where you can see sharks, dolphins, and even beluga whales.

It’s the largest aquarium in all of Spain, and a quick visit is definitely worth it if you can squeeze it into your itinerary.

When you’ve had enough of Valencia’s lovely sights, head back to your accommodation and pack – day eight is time to head to Seville, the largest city of Spain’s Andalusia region.

Day 8: Seville

Valencia and Seville are connected by flights and trains, so it’s your choice how you want to get from one city to another. The tickets cost the same, and in some cases, plane tickets are actually cheaper than train tickets. Not to mention that it will take you about an hour to get to Seville if you’re flying, compared to a six-hour train ride.

Seville is a city of phenomenal historic architecture that’s a mix of Moorish and Gothic styles. To see all the famous sights, it’s best to book a free walking tour. They’re two and a half hours on average, and they will take you to all the most popular places in the city. The best free walking tour of Seville starts at Plaza del Salvador and ends at Plaza de España.

Local guides will take you to see the Church of the divine Salvador, remains of the Roman Temple, and meet Saint Isadoro of Seville – the patron saint of the internet. The walking tour will also take you to see the City Hall, through the Santa Cruz neighborhood, to the Seville Cathedral, the Royal Tabacco Factory, Patio Banderas, and finally to  Plaza de España.

After the tour, feel free to do whatever you like. If you got to Seville early, you can walk around some more or just do some shopping. In any case, make sure to get plenty of rest for day nine.

Day 9: Seville

The walking tour of Seville was a great way to get acquainted with the city. Now it’s time to get serious about it – head to the Royal Alcázar of Seville first thing in the morning. The Moorish royal palace is utterly stunning, with the 16 th -century tiles, ornate arches, and all the fountains in its vast gardens. Don’t miss out on a proper tour of the place – the interior is even more beautiful than the exterior!

After a trip to the palace, head to Archivo de Indias. The museum inside has an archive of the Spanish Empire with quite a few sculptures, but there are very few explanations in English. You don’t have to go inside the museum, but just don’t miss out on the chance to see the beautiful Renaissance building that is now a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Next, go past the Seville Cathedral and to the La Giralda Bell Tower. The view from the top is perhaps the best panoramic vista of Seville, and it’s unskippable. Other notable attractions in the area feature Plaza del Cabildo, Hospital los Venerables, Casa de Murillo, Plaza de Santa Cruz, and Rosina’s Balcony.

That’s it for exploration of Seville. The next two days are reserved for some spectacular day trips, but it’s best to stay based in Seville for now.

Day 10: Seville to Granada

You can get to Granada by train, in some two hours and 30 minutes. It’s a lengthy journey, but the train is the best and quickest option.

Granada is an old Moorish city in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada mountains, and it’s best known for the Alhambra Palace. The Medieval complex is such a fascinating sight that you should absolutely go out of your way to see it in person. It will take about 3-4 hours to really explore the ancient palace, and consider that when purchasing the train tickets.  

The Alhambra was originally constructed as just one small fortress in 889 CE, and after that, it remained unchanged until the 13 th century. The Palace complex is still one of the best examples of Islamic architecture in Spain and wider, attracting millions of visitors on an annual basis.

Of course, since the Alhambra is no hidden gem , so be sure to book ahead and maybe come early in the morning to avoid the crowds.

Other worthwhile sights in the city are Catedral de Granada, San Jeronimo Monastery, Basilica de San Juan de Dios, and Mirador San Nicolas. There are also several observation decks and lookout points on the city hills, and if you have enough time definitely visit at least one of them – the views of Granada are outstanding.

Alternatively, you can stop by Parque de las Ciencias – the science park features a viewing tower with some equally stunning panoramic views.

Another worthwhile day trip if you have time is to the Costa Tropical, Spain , in the south, which is only an hour away from Granada.

Day 11: Seville to Córdoba

High-speed trains can get you to Córdoba in some 45 minutes from Seville, making it the perfect destination for a day trip.

The main attraction in the city is the Mosque-Cathedral of Córdoba. Everything about is fascinating, from the ornate pillars to the beautiful frescos, and a tour of the interior is a must. It functions as a catholic church nowadays, so women don’t have to cover their heads if they wish to enter.

Very close to the massive place of worship you will find the San Rafael de la Puerta del Puente monument and the Roman Bridge, both of which are worth checking out. A walk through the Jewish Quarter is also a must since it’s quite a stunning neighborhood.

Other notable attractions in Córdoba are Plaza de la Corredera, Templo Romano, Plaza de las Tendillas, Palacio de Viana, Casa de Sefarad, Patios Cordobeses, and Alcazar of the Christian Monarchs. Don’t go back to Seville until you’ve checked out at least half of the places mentioned here!

And before you grab the train back to Seville, consider visiting one of the countless olive oil plantations in the area. Córdoba is the olive oil capital of this country, with vast plantations just outside the main city area. Tour one of them and don’t skip on the local oil – it’s better than anything you can buy at your usual supermarket!

Head back to Seville when you’ve explored everything, and start packing – the next day we’re heading to Madrid, and we’re staying there until it’s time to fly back home.

Day 12: Madrid

We’re near the end of this two-week journey through Spain! Madrid is the final city in this itinerary, and three days is enough time for some of the city’s top sights. The museums, the manicured parks, hilltop fortresses, and spectacular architecture are just some of the wonderful sights waiting in Madrid.

It’s a good idea to get the 72-hour Madrid card if you can get your hands on one. You’ll get access to the hop-on-hop-off bus, free entrance to some of the city’s best museums, and discounted entrance to more than 30 different tourist attractions. If you want to visit the museums and tour the stadium, the city pass will save you some money for sure.

For your first day in Madrid, I would recommend a simple walking tour just to get you acquainted with the city. Go see Plaza Mayor, the Royal Palace of Madrid, Sabatini Gardens, the Temple of Debod, Plaza de España, El Oso y el Madroño, and the San Miguel Market. Don’t go to the museums or El Retiro Park – that’s what we’re doing the next day!

Something else you could do on your first day in Madrid is tour Santiago Bernabéu Stadium. Real Madrid’s home stadium is one of the most famous football venues in the world, and it’s truly spectacular. Tickets include a trip to the Real Madrid C.F. Museum, any temporary exhibitions, and panoramic views of the inside of the stadium. 

Day 13: Madrid

The penultimate day in Spain is reserved for a museum tour of Madrid. The capital of Spain is home to two extraordinary museums – the Prado Museum and Museo Nacional Centro de Arte Reina Sofía . Both feature a vast collection of works by famous artists from Spain and elsewhere, and you can see some of the most famous works of art ever made.

Prado houses Las Meninas, Christ Crucified , and Adam and Eve , to name just a few of the extraordinary paintings in the museum. As for the Reina Sofia museum, suffice it to say that it’s the home of Picasso’s Guernica . Plan at least two or three hours for these two museums – if you’re actually into the art, that’s more like two-three hours per museum.

Next, head to El Retiro Park – the vast 19 th -century park looks and feels like you’ve wandered out of Madrid and into Narnia. It features a boating lake, a rose garden, and countless statues and fountains. There’s even an artificial mountain in the park! And let’s not forget about Palacio de Velázquez – another museum featuring exhibits on contemporary art.

Additionally, there are quite a few bars and restaurants and the park, so feel free to sit down for drinks and enjoy the views. If it’s late enough you can even grab dinner here, before you head back to your place ahead of your last day in Spain!

Day 14: Madrid

How much time do you have before your flight home? If it’s just a couple of hours, go on a final walk around the city, grab something to eat, and head straight to the airport. It’s quite far from the city center, and it will take you a while to get there.

But if you have several hours to kill, I’d recommend visiting Casa de Campo. If you thought El Retiro Park was huge, wait until you see this one. Compared to Casa de Campo, El Retiro is nothing more than a tiny plot of land. To be perfectly honest, Casa de Campo is more of a national forest with several massive parks, a zoo, an aquarium, and a pretty expansive lake. There’s even an amusement park here with some really thrilling rides.

In addition to that, Casa de Campo is also home to several hiking trails. The most popular one is a loop hike around the southern park area, which can be done in about three hours. There are even a few hills to climb in the park, and doing so will reward you with some beautiful views of Madrid.

That’s one of the best ways to end your thrilling 14-day adventure in Spain, so that’s it for this itinerary! 

I would have loved to fit in Gibraltar, Malaga, and Toledo somehow, but 14 days is simply not enough to see all of Spain! But keep those in mind for your next trip to this magnificent European country!

Don’t forget to stock up on some of those fantastic Spanish souvenirs before you head home too!

About the Author Anna Timbrook

Anna is the co-owner of expert world travel and can't wait to share her travel experience with the world. With over 54 countries under her belt she has a lot to write about! Including those insane encounters with black bears in Canada.

Leave a Comment:

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Overview Guide
• 1 Week Itinerary
• Train Journeys
• Epic Drives
• Stunning Lakes
• Historic Castles
• Lauterbrunnen
• Grindelwald
• Chocolate Tours
• Swiss National Park
• Majestic Mountains
• Spectacular Waterfalls
• Famous Things
• Tasty Fondue
• 10 Day Itinerary
• Cherry Blossoms
• Tokyo Shrines
• Dos and Don’ts
• Osaka Guide
• Osaka Itinerary
• Osaka or Kyoto
• Kyoto Day Trips
• Matsumoto Castle
• Tokyo Luxury Hotels
• Island Hopping
• Best Campsites
• Driving Tips
• Beaune, France
• Barcelona Itinerary
• Spain Itinerary
• Greece Itinerary
• Italy Road Trips
• Berlin Day Trips
• Norway Northern Lights
• Netherlands National Parks
• Mostar, Bosnia
• Best Airlines
• Midwest Ski Resorts
• Florida RV Parks
• Washington RV Parks
• Oregon RV Parks
• Utah Camping
• Texas Camping
• Chicago National Parks
• East Coast National Parks
• Colorado National Parks
• Joshua Tree
• Yellowstone
• Alberta Hikes
• Flashlights
• Water Filters
• Sleeping Pads
• Solar Lanterns
• Tent Brands
• 4-Person Tents
• 4 Seasons Tents
• Backpacking Tents
• Beach Tents
• Cabin Tents
• Multi-room Tents
• Pop-up Tents
• Truck Bed Tents
• Underwear (Men)
• Backpacks Under $100
• Microspikes
• Boonie Hats
• In The World
• New Zealand
• Hardisde Luggage
• Lightweight Luggage
• Luggage Sets
• Spinner Luggage
• Durable Suitcases
• Duffel Bags
• Kids Luggage
• Teen Luggage
• Space Saving Luggage
• Business Carry-Ons
• Garment Carry-Ons
• Suitcases Under $50
• Travel Briefcase
• Zipperless Suitcases
• Rolling Briefcase
• Luggage Straps
• Luxury Brands
• American Tourister
• AmazonBasics
• Delsey Chatelet
• Anti-Theft Backpacks
• Backpacks Under $50
• Baby Carrier Backpacks
• Cooler Backpacks
• Backpacking Backpacks
• Climbing Backpacks
• Backpacks for Back Pain
• Beach Backpacks
• Hiking Backpacks
• Business Travel Backpacks
• Laptop Backpacks
• Backpacks for Tablets
• Commuter Backpacks
• Travel Backpacks (Men)
• Travel Backpacks (Women)
• Waterproof Backpacks
• Wheeled Backpacks
• Down Jackets
• Down Parkas
• Fleece Jackets
• Hardshell Jackets
• Rain Jackets
• Softshell Jackets
• Eco Friendly Jackets
• Gore Tex Alternatives
• Heated Jackets
• Lightweight Jackets
• 3-in-1 Waterproof Jackets
• Parajumper Jackets
• Rain Poncho
• Ski Jackets
• Travel Hoodies
• Travel Jackets
• Winter Coats
• Helly Hansen
• Mammut Jackets
• Patagonia Nanopuff
• Survival Jackets
• Flower Captions
• Waterfall Captions
• Tree Captions
• Sunset Captions
• Sunflower Captions
• Rainbow Captions
• Paddle Boarding Captions
• Hot Air Balloon Captions
• Kayaking Captions
• Airplane Captions For Instagram
• Forest Captions

3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

Popularly known as one of the most visited countries in Europe, Spain offers its annual 82 million tourists with all grace and satisfaction. Evidently, the number of tourist arrivals in Spain just keeps growing every year with people who are keen to visit beaches, go hiking, explore ancient towns, and try out local dishes.

So, what is your reason for visiting Spain? Is it to treat yourself to local Spanish cuisine? Or perhaps to experience its rich history and culture through its beautiful architecture? Or maybe you want to experience its natural beauty and the Mediterranean coastline? The good news is – Spain has all these.

Travelling to Spain for an extended time is recommended. There are so many things to see or do throughout your tour.

This itinerary for 3 weeks in Spain should be enough to cover the best that Spain has to offer, especially for first-time visitors. We have prepared this itinerary to plan your trip seamlessly and conveniently.

If you want to visit other countries in this region, check out our 3 weeks in South Europe itinerary or do a trio adventure and go to Italy, France, and Spain for 3 weeks .

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE GOING TO SPAIN

When you travel to Spain, it is important to learn basic Spanish phrases to make communication easier. Some can speak English, but some may not know the language at all. It is also important to know that drinking directly from the tap is safe. And tipping isn’t a big deal, so you are not required to leave a tip unless you are thrilled with the service. 

As with any major tourist destination, pickpocketing can be an issue. Make sure you keep an eye on your belongings at all times. If it’s your first time travelling alone, check out our article on how to stay safe if you are travelling solo .

Here are more tips so you can better plan and write your 3-week itinerary . These tips will help you visualise and start having clarity on what your vacation will look like.

When is the best time to go to Spain

Choosing the best time to visit Spain can be a challenge since it is a great year-round destination. You generally decide the best time to go according to what you want to see or do. Each season offers a uniquely enjoyable experience, so you need to plan accordingly. 

Spring (March to May) and fall (September to November) are the best times to go. This will provide you with good weather to enjoy the natural beauty and scenery of the country.

You can also expect fewer crowds (compared to winter and summer). And with fewer crowds, you can expect to find cheaper accommodations than when you book at other times of the year. 

• Peak/summer season: June to August
• Heavy rains between September to January
• Winter season: December to February

One major holiday to remember when deciding when to go to Spain is Holy Week. During La Semana Santa , not only many businesses are closed, and locals not working, but there are parades and events surrounding this public holiday.

Make sure to book your hotel and other arrangements in advance if you plan to go during the Holy Week because it’s a peak season and last-minute booking will be expensive and challenging.

Are 3 weeks enough for Spain

3 weeks in Spain is perfect. You can visit historical sites, the beach, and even go for a hike or two. The country is also well-connected with flights and buses or trains, making travelling between cities or islands much easier. 20 days is plenty, and you won’t run out of things to do or feel like you have to cram everything and are always on the go.

If you’ve ever been to Spain or if you’re travelling here with your family and looking for something unique place to go to and spend your three weeks, perhaps this list of the best Spanish islands for families can be helpful. You can choose between popular spots and a tranquil peninsula to enjoy a peaceful atmosphere.

Average cost of 20 days in Spain

Plan to spend around $2,000 for a 3-week trip in Spain if you prefer to stay in a mid-range hotel and eat often. Accommodation costs you the most during your trip, around $40-$60 a night for a decent double room. Eating out in a m id-range restaurant will be about $7 to $12 per meal .

For those who want to t ravel more budget-wise, $1,200 could do it by staying in dorm rooms and eating street food most of the time. If your hostel has a kitchen, that could also cut costs. For l uxury spenders, around $3,500 will be an excellent budget if you plan to book five-star hotels and fancier restaurants.

These numbers don’t include your flight to and from Spain and are calculated for one person. For couples or a pair of friends travelling, you could save some money by sharing a double room.

What to pack

Knowing what to pack for Spain will depend on what time of the year you want to go. The country enjoys a Mediterranean climate, meaning the winters are mild with some rain, while the summers are hot and dry. When you visit during the summer, opt for casual and lightweight clothes to keep you cool. 

It can get quite cold during winter in Spain, skiing is even possible here in the parts of the Pyrenees region. It is important to pack lightweight layering items such as cardigans and sweaters. The winters are not harsh, but it can get chilly at night. 

We have a series of packing lists. Check out our packing for a 3-week trip . We also have a summer trip packing list , and of course, a packing list for winter .

How to get around

Getting around Spain is relatively easy. The best way to travel from one Spanish city or town to another is by train, especially while you are on the mainland. The high-speed train is called AVE(Alta Velocidad), a convenient way to travel between cities.

You can also rent a car and drive on your own since Spain has a pretty straightforward policy regarding recognising international driver’s licenses. However, remember that most vehicles in Spain are programmed with a stick (aka manual gear). You can, of course, find automatic cars, but they get booked up quickly.

Buses are also easy and cheaper but can be slower, while traditional taxis are everywhere. The use of ride-hailing apps is also common, and domestic flights will come in handy when moving between islands.

Spain has the same visa policy in place as any other Schengen State member (EU). This means that visitors with passports from most parts of the Americas, Oceania, Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, Japan, and some parts of the Middle East can enter and travel around Europe for 90 days in every 180-day calendar.

US Citizens can travel to Spain for leisure or business purposes without a visa with a maximum stay of 90 days. The only requirement is that your passport must be valid for 6 months (during the time of travel). Also, it must have at least one blank page. 

In some cases, a return airline ticket and enough funds are required. Aside from US citizens, the following passport holders do NOT need a visa to travel to Spain: Members of the European Union, Switzerland, Iceland, Norway, Canada, most parts of Latin America, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, and some regions of the Gulf countries and Central Asia.

For others not mentioned, the visa must be applied in advance. You could submit your application as early as 6 months in advance.

Travellers with passports from EU-member or part of Schengen States have indefinitely freedom of movement in Spain. Other passport holders must arrange their travel visa for Schengen through the Spanish Embassy or Consulate near you.

Package tours

Sometimes planning is overwhelming, and you really want a vacation where you can simply show up at the airport, and the fun begins. In that situation, I love booking package tours. In such tours, the travel agency book and arrange everything for you. This includes accommodations, activities, restaurants, transportation, and a knowledgeable guide.

Below is a list of exciting tours for 15 to 22 days. Let’s say you have 20 days of vacation, and you want to be easy but leave you time to do your own thing. Go book the 15 days, then you have 5 days of exploring on your own.

Other travel tips

Booking your travel arrangements can be overwhelming. There are simply too many options, and comparing them to one another is a daunting and time-consuming task. I was planning my Central Europe itinerary last night, and it is just a few minutes to book the accommodation I want and the flights I need.

I was also able to make a decision quickly because I know that some of the travel sites I use offer a flexible cancellation policy. Here’s a list of the websites and tools I use for any travel-related services. Perhaps, you might find them helpful and easy to use as well.

MUST-SEE PLACES IN SPAIN (pinned map)

Click the enlarge button on the top right corner. Credit: map data: Google

3 WEEKS IN SPAIN ITINERARY

Spain is home to many beautiful cities and towns that are worth exploring for various reasons. Whether you want to enjoy culture, nature, or history, you will be spoiled for options. Use this guide, so you know what to see or do for each destination in Spain. 

If you enjoy your trip to Spain, perhaps you want to spend 3 weeks in Italy next time or a trip to France . For people on a budget, here’s our list of how to travel to Europe in 3 weeks on a budget .

Day-to-day overview

• Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona. Arrange a private transfer to your hotel or take the airport shuttle bus . Pick up your rental car here at the airport if you plan to drive yourself. Get yourself a local sim card with data and local currency.
• Day 2-3 : Explore Barcelona and plan some day trips, get the Hola card for public transport .
• Day 4: Travel from Barcelona to Valencia by bus , train , plane, or drive.
• Day 5-7 : Discover Valencia, and don’t forget to enjoy the beach.
• Day 8 : Travel from Valencia to Madrid by bus , drive, train , or plane .
• Day 9 to 11 : Explore Madrid and plan some day trips from here.
• Day 12 : Get to Seville from Madrid by train , plane, bus , or drive.
• Day 13 to 14 : Discover Seville, and make sure to go to a flamenco bar.
• Day 15 : Travel to Malaga or Granada, which is around 2 hours by driving or 2.5 hours by bus ( Malaga / Granada ).
• Day 15-17 : Explore Granada or Malaga.
• Day 18 : Fly to Tenerife or Gran Canaria or Ibiza.
• Day 18-21 : Enjoy the island life and plan some relaxing days.

Barcelona for 4 days

Barcelona is probably the most popular city visited by tourists in Spain. It is known for its iconic architecture and beautiful Mediterranean location. It is rich in culture with a wide array of the iconic architect Gaudi’s works to explore. Barcelona is an ideal destination to start your 3 weeks in Spain trip, especially if you want to kick it off by relaxing on the beach and soaking up in the Mediterranean Sea.

Getting to Spain is very easy, there are two main destinations you can plan to start your trip – Barcelona and Madrid. Barcelona is as famous as Madrid, with non-stop flights from various cities in the US and Canada to Barcelona via American Airlines, Delta Airlines, Lufthansa, or Air Canada. The Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat International Airport in Barcelona is the central hub of flights and the second busiest airport in Spain.

Things to do in Barcelona

• Get a public transport pass – look at the price
• Mount Tibidabo
• Barceloneta Beach
• Basilica de la Sagrada Familia – skip the online and explore with an audio guide or combine with Parc Guell
• Barcelona Aquarium – suitable for young children, buy your ticket in advance
• Palau de la Musica Catalana
• Park Güell- get your ticket in advance , there’s a limit per day ticket sold for Parc Guell
• Casa Batllo
• Enjoy tapas and wine – book a walking tour
• Bogatell Beach/Playa de Bogatell
• Magic Fountain of Montjuic – ride a round-trip cable car
• Museo Picasso de Barcelona
• Explore Montserrate – join a half-day tour
• Trio-day trip and cover Spain, France, and Andorra – check the itinerary
• Walk around Barri Gotic
• Go kayaking and snorkelling in Costa Brava – book an affordable tour

Accommodations in Barcelona

• Affordable: Unite Hostel or Factory Hostel
• Mid-range: Sixties Ramblas or Violeta Boutique
• Luxury: Vincci Gala or Ohla Barcelona or ME Barcelona

Valencia for 3 days

Best known as the home of paella, Valencia is the home of luscious Spanish dishes. But aside from introducing the world to this culinary delight, there are more reasons to visit Valencia in Spain. Valencia is another Spanish coastal town 348 km (216 miles) south of Barcelona.

Taking a stroll through its old town will enable you to marvel at the colonial architecture. But Valencia is also home to many futuristic architectural features, such as the world-famous Valencia City of Arts and Sciences. Spending 3 days in Valencia is plenty, although 2 days is possible if you want to add that one day to another city.

To get to Valencia from Barcelona, you can either drive your rented car for 3 hours and 40 minutes or take the train , the journey is around 3 hours or by bus is about 4 hours. You can also book a direct 1-hour flight.

The best way to get around Valencia is by using public transportation. You can also rent a bicycle or buy yourself this useful hop-on hop-off bus ticket which stops at major attractions in Valencia.

Things to do in Valencia

• La Lonja de la Seda
• Oceanografic – perfect for young children, get your entrance ticket
• Albufera Natural Park
• La Ciutat de les Artes i les Ciencies de Valencia
• Cuevas de San Jose – sign up for a half-day guide tour
• Mercado Central
• Plaza de la Virgen
• Hike and swim at Montanejos – book a group tour
• Bioparc Valencia
• Torres de Serranos
• Playa del Saler
• Sail on a Catamaran Cruise – check the tour price
• The medieval town of Requena
• Enjoy wine and tapas tasting in an 11th-century historical monument – check this trip
• Join a cooking class

Accommodations in Valencia

• Affordable: Hostal Antigua Morellana or Colors Rooms
• Mid-range: Ad Hoc Carmen or Venecia Plaza Centro
• Luxury: Vincci Lys or Petit Palace Plaza de la Reina

Madrid for 4 days

3 weeks in Spain without visiting its capital is incomplete especially if it’s your first time here. Madrid is the artistic centre of Spain. Proof of that is the concentration of art galleries located in various parts of the city that showcase the works of Picasso and Velazquez. It is also home to a wide range of vibrant neighbourhoods that offer the best tapas and pubs to check out at night. 

Madrid is located right in the centre of Spain, about 346 km (215 miles) northwest of Valencia. There are a few ways to get to Madrid from Valencia. You can book a direct 2-hour flight from Valencia Airport to Adolfo Suárez Madrid-Barajas Airport. You can also get to Madrid by train from Valencia with Avlo in 2 hours or by car, which takes nearly 4 hours.

Once you get to Madrid, you can easily move around on foot and use public transport. If you prefer a more convenient way to travel around, a push bike might be more suitable for you or you get a hop-on hop-off bus ticket with stops at the most popular attractions.

Things to do in Madrid

• Royal Palace – get your fast-access ticket
• Plaza Mayor
• Museo Nacional del Prado – purchase your ticket in advance
• Parque Natural de Peñalara and Sierra de Guadarrama National Park
• Visit Real Madrid’s Stadium (Santiago Bernabéu Stadium) – join a Bernabeu Stadium tour
• Buen Retiro Park and the Crystal Palace
• Puerta del Sol
• Fuente de Cibeles and Gran Via
• Temple of Debod
• Basilica de San Francisco el Grande
• Enjoy wine and tapas tasting – join a group tour
• Puerta de Alcala
• Watch a flamenco show with dinner
• National Museum of Romanticism
• Day trip to Avila and Segovia and visit historical sites or go to Toledo with a local guide

Accommodations in Madrid

• Affordable: Olblanc Plaza de Espana or Hostal Arrate
• Mid-range: II Castilla Madrid or Hotel Liabeny
• Luxury: Pestana CR7 Gran via Madrid or Palacio de Atocha

Seville for 3 days

Located within the province of Andalusia in Spain, Seville is best known for its flamenco culture. You can find plenty of flamenco bars in town. You can also visit many historical landmarks and museums to glimpse the town’s past.

The architectural landscape of Seville offers a mix of the old and the new, creating a beautiful contrast in the cityscape. If you prefer to see this region of Spain, perhaps a Southern Spain road trip would be an ideal adventure for you.

Seville is 532 km (330 miles) south of Madrid. You can book a direct train between Madrid and Seville called Renfre/AVE. The trip will take a little offer of 2.5 hours, you can also drive, which is about a little over 5 hours. A direct flight will take about an hour from Adolfo Suárez Madrid–Barajas Airport (MAD) to Seville Airport (SVQ).

Things to do in Seville

• Royal Alcazar of Seville
• Catedral de Seville
• Punta Umbria Beach
• Cascadas del Hueznar
• Real Alcazar
• Parque de Maria Luisa and Plaza de Espana
• Barrio de Santa Cruz
• Museo del Baile Flamenco
• Real Maestranza de Caballeria de Sevilla
• Palacio de la Condesa de Lebrija
• Metropol Parasol
• Torro del Oro

Accommodations in Seville

You can also check this list of best boutique hotels in Seville with swimming pools.

• Affordable: Hostel A2C or Pension Javier
• Mid-range: Hotel Casona de San Andreas or Cool Sevilla Hotel
• Luxury: Hotel Rey Alfonos X or Hotel Dona Maria

Granada or Malaga for 3 days

The city of Granada is like a Disney fairy tale that came to life. It is filled with cobblestone streets, snow-capped mountains, and enchanting fortresses. It is also notable for the abundance of Islamic art and architecture. 

Granada’s excellent and unique identity sets it apart from many other Spanish cities. For this reason, the destination makes it a worthy addition to your 3-week itinerary in Spain. This city is known for its “free tapas” culture if you love tapas. If you sit in any restaurant, bar, or visit someone’s home, there are free tapas for everyone.

On the other hand, Malaga is another seaside city in the south of Spain. There are spectacular beaches, historical monuments, and varied museums. Pablo Picasso was from Malaga, when you explore the city, you’ll definitely see how proud this city of him is through displaying his art.

Both Granada and Malaga are on the east of Seville. Malaga is 205 km (127 miles) southeast of Seville, while Granada is 250 km (155 miles) east of Seville. A car will only take 2.5 hours to reach Granada from Seville and 2 hours to Malaga. There are direct trains to both cities from Seville but no direct flights to both cities.

Things to do in Malaga and Granada

Since Granada and Malaga are not too far, you can easily plan day trips from both cities. You can also explore Malaga’s must-see spots on a 2-hour segway guided tour .

• Alhambra (G)
• Sacromonte (G)
• Alhambra (G) – check the tour price or do a day trip from Malaga
• Nasrid Palaces (G)
• Enjoy a flamenco show in a cave restaurant – book your table
• Salobreña Beach
• Sierra Nevada National Park
• Alcazaba de Malaga
• Torre Vigía De Cerro Gordo – sign up for a snorkelling and kayak tour
• Malaga Old Town/Marbella Urban Wall
• Boat trip to Paseo de Los Delfine – check the price
• Jardin Botanico-Historico la Concepcion
• Caminito del Rey – book a guided tour to cross the suspension bridge
• Playa de la Malagueta
• Museo Picasso Malaga – get your ticket with an audio guide tour
• Centre Pompidou Malaga
• Do tapas tasting – join a walking tour
• Festival de Malaga
• Day trip to Gibraltar – book a day trip including a St Michael Caves visit

Accommodations in Malaga

• Affordable: COEO Pod Hostel or Hotel Zeus
• Mid-range: Petit Palace Plaza Malaga or Be Mate Malaga Centro
• Luxury: Soho Boutique Castillo de Santa Catalina or Vincci Seleccion Posada del Patio

Accommodations in Granada

• Affordable: Urban Dream Nevada or Pension Venecia Gomerez
• Mid-range: Nest Flats Granada or Room Mate Leo
• Luxury: Candil Suite Origen or Hospes Palacio de Los Patos or Palacete (adults only)

Tenerife or Gran Canaria or Ibiza for 3 days

The best way to finish off your 3 weeks in Spain vacation is by visiting its most fabulous and beautiful islands in the northern part of Africa. West of the Sahara desert is the islands of Tenerife and Gran Canaria. Apart from magnificent beaches, these two islands also offer the best hikes in Spain and vibrant nightlife.

As one of the most popular destinations for holidaymakers in Spain, Tenerife is located in the Canary Islands. It is well-known for its natural beauty. The most notable feature of Tenerife is its volcanic peaks that create lunar landscapes and otherworldly natural features. It is also home to some of the country’s most unique geological gems. 

However, Tenerife is a big island for a limited time. So, it’s best to decide which part you prefer. Whether it’s Tenerife North or South, either should work since both have their own airport to get in and out back to mainland Europe.

Gran Canaria, on the other hand, is a fantastic location for water sports and exploring nature, and it’s one of the most LGBTQ+-friendly across all of Europe. Spend your day either doing active sports or simply lying on the beach, enjoying a book, and drinking fresh coconuts.

Ibiza is not in the Canary Islands; it’s located east of Valencia. It’s well-known that Ibiza is an exciting destination when it comes to nightlife and all-night rave parties. It’s very suitable for young travellers and everyone who enjoys parties and delicious cocktails. If you just want a quick peek at Ibiza, you can also simply book a trip when you are in Valencia.

Getting to Gran Canaria or Tenerife

Tenerife has 2 major airports, Tenerife North (TFN) and Tenerife South (TFS). You should be able to get on a direct flight from Malaga both to the north and south, if not, you might have to connect in Madrid. The travel time is between 3-7 hours, depending on the connection.

Gran Canaria only has one airport (LPA), to get here from Malaga, you can get on a direct flight which is about 2.5 hours.

Things to do in Gran Canaria

• Pico de las Nieves
• Reserva Natural Especial de las dunas de Maspalomas
• Go scuba diving – book a tour
• Playa Puerto Rico
• Drive an ATV – enjoy a tour
• Roque Nublo
• Enjoy a submarine tour – read the reviews
• Palmitos Park
• Sign up for a morning cruise – check the price

Accommodations in Gran Canaria

• Affordable: La Hoyilla Hostel or Mountain Hostel Finca La Isa
• Mid-range: La Cason Canaria or Hotel Rural Hacien del Buen Suceso
• Luxury: Hotel the Lumm or Hotel Cordial or Wavia Hotel (adults only)

Things to do in Tenerife

• Lago Martianez
• Playa de Las Teresitas
• Mount Teide National Park
• Siam Water Park – get your tickets
• Whale and dolphin watching
• Museum of Science and the Cosmos
• Fuerteventura – do a 4×4 tour
• Cueva del Viento
• Masca Village
• Tabaiba Shipwreck/Pecio de Tabaiba
• Bajamar Natural Pools/Piscina Natural de Bajamar Teneriffa
• Sign up for a whale and dolphin watching tour or do a kayak tour while looking for dolphins and turtles

Accommodations in Tenerife

• Affordable: Albergue San Jose de Los Llanos or Hotel Las Canadas
• Mid-range: Hotel Adonis Plaza or Alua Tenerife
• Luxury: Hotel Hacienda del Conde or Gran Melia Palacio de Isora Resort & Spa

Things to do in Ibiza

• Join an all-inclusive boat party
• Platja de Cala Xarraca – Paul
• Cala Salada
• Platja d’en Bossa
• Cala Benirras
• Cala Bassa – book a 6-hour boat trip around Ibiza
• Cala d’Hort
• Ses Salines
• Hike Camino Al Faro De Moscater
• Faro de Punta Grossa
• Tore de Companitx
• Castell d’Elvissa/Castle of Ibiza
• Book a snorkelling and SUP paddle tour

Accommodations in Ibiza

• Affordable/Mid-range: Hotel Florencio or Lux Isla
• Luxury: Aparthotel Duquesa Playa or THB Los Molinos (adults only)

MUST-TRY SPANISH DISHES AND DRINKS

During your trip for 3 weeks in Spain, make sure you try the local dishes. You can taste so much food and see which ones are your favourite. The best way to do this is either by joining an affordable food tour or visiting at least 2-3 restaurants in each city you explore.

Spain has a rich culinary history. Many of the tourists who come to Spain seek out one of its many culinary specialities to get a taste of its rich culture. The dishes reflect the natural produce of the region where they come from and its cultural tradition. Discover the best dishes that you need to try when in Spain. 

As the traditional and most popular dish in Spain, Paella is a rice dish cooked with various ingredients. It showcases local produce and fresh catch of the day. 

Arroz Negro (or paella made with squid ink) is one of the most sought-after kinds of Paella. But you can also find seafood paella or paella Valencia, among other varieties of this dish. 

Churros are fried, sugary sticks, probably Spain’s most notable dessert. This crunchy pastry is often dipped in hot chocolate or fudge. If you are looking for a dessert to cap off your meal, it is recommended that you order one. 

As a dish that is made with ripe tomatoes, garlic, olive oil, cucumbers, and peppers, Gazpacho stands as one of the best Spanish cuisines. All of these ingredients are blended to create a smoothie-like consistency. This dish is best served cold and is perfect for summer. It is also a great dish to try for vegans and vegetarians. 

Spanish Croquetas

The Spanish croquet is another must-try dish when you travel to Spain. This dish is Spain’s version of fried balls, but instead of meat, this can also be made with vegetables. 

When looking for vegan options in Spain, make sure to ask for the meatless croqueta. They are served in various restaurants in Spain and meat. It is replaced with mushrooms, pine nuts, spinach, or blue cheese. 

SUMMARY OF 3-WEEKS IN ITINERARY

Spain will spoil your senses with the most delicious food, best sights, and remarkable attractions you won’t find elsewhere. Spain is rich in history, medieval architecture, delicious dishes, fantastic beaches, and endless outdoor activities, you won’t run out of things to do in Spain.

If you are looking for a great beach destination for a 3-week vacation , make sure to consider Spain, and the destinations recommended here.  I hope that you found this 3 weeks in Spain itinerary helpful.

SAVE THIS TRAVEL ITINERARY ON YOUR PINTEREST:

Highlights of Spain: 3 great travel itineraries to make the most of your visit

Jul 21, 2022 • 9 min read

Be inspired to travel Spain with these great itineraries © Getty Images / iStockphoto

Seductive Spain attracts travelers to its diverse land, comprising 17 distinct regions. To help you decide where to start, here are three of our best itineraries to inspire you.  

See the highlights of Spain on this 14-day itinerary

To understand why many visitors fall in love with Spain and never want to leave, look no further than its vibrant, passionate, beautiful cities. This 14-day tour takes you through the best Spain has to offer. 

Days 1–3: Admire Modernista marvels in Barcelona

So many Spanish trails begin in  Barcelona , Spain’s second-biggest city and one of the coolest places on earth. You’ll need at least three days to explore the main attractions here, including nightlife and restaurants. From the standout Gaudí highlights – the incomparable  Sagrada Família and colorful  Casa Batlló – to its wonderful art museums of  Picasso and  Miró and the historic sights hidden among the narrow streets of the Gothic Quarter, there’s more than enough to keep you coming back for more. Dine on Catalan classics in the Ciutat Vella, tapas in hip El Born and international delights in the neighborhood of Gràcia.

Days 4–5: Eat your way through paella in Valencia

Catch the fast train down the coast to  Valencia in just three hours for a dose of paella, nightlife and the 21st-century wonders of the  Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias . Spend some time exploring the narrow winding streets and charming plazas of the Ciutat Vella, then hit the city’s fabulous modernist  Mercado Central for some local treats. Hire a bike to tour the lush  Turia Gardens set in an old riverbed, before relaxing on Malvarrosa Beach with a traditional paella valenciana at Casa Carmela . 

Days 6–7: Tour Madrid, the captivating capital

A fast train whisks you inland to the capital, mighty  Madrid , in just two hours where you will find irresistible street energy, pretty plazas and one of the richest concentrations of art museums on the planet. Soak up the atmosphere in the grand  Plaza Mayor with some chocolate-dipped churros from  Chocolatería San Ginés , then make your way to Madrid’s Golden Triangle to marvel at the collections of the  Reina Sofia ,  Prado or Thyssen-Bornemisza art museums. In the afternoon, relax in the vast  Parque del Buen Retiro  before hitting the stands at the Mercado de San Miguel or the famous bars on Calle Cava Baja.

Day 8: Admire the beauty of Córdoba's Mezquita

Yet another two-hour fast train takes you deep into Andalucía , with  Córdoba your entry point into this wonderful corner of Spain; the most obvious highlight is the city’s 8th-century  Mezquita . Local dishes to try include a traditional flamenquín (a breaded and deep-fried wrap filled with ham, cheese and pork) and  salmorejo (a thick cold gazpacho-like soup of tomato and garlic).

Days 9–11: Be spellbound by Seville

From Córdoba, it's a short hop (just 50 minutes by train) to fabulous  Seville . You’ll want at least two days in this most romantic of southern Spanish cities or even three, if you can spare it. Climb to the top of  La Giralda , the cathedral’s Moorish minaret for the incredible views, followed by more Moorish discoveries at the opulent  Real Alcázar . On your second day in the city, head to the gorgeous grand sweep of  Plaza de España and its exquisitely tiled pavilions, before hopping over the river to check out the atmospheric neighborhood of  La Triana , where most of Seville’s tiles were once created. Andalusia serves up some of the best tapas in the country and, as its capital, Seville’s offerings are second to none. Make your way around the old Jewish neighborhood of Santa Cruz to dine in its fountain-filled plazas.

Day 12: Get to know Málaga

Another short train ride takes you down to  Málaga , often merely a stopping point on the way to the beach resorts of the Costa del Sol, but definitely a city that warrants a little more exploration. Discover the palatial fortification of the  Alcazaba , visit the childhood home of  Pablo Picasso , then head to the chiringuito (beach bars) for some classic grilled fish, cooked right on the sand.

Days 13–14: Enjoy flamenco, food and palaces in Granada

We’ve saved the best until last:  Granada boasts the extraordinary  Alhambra , its soulful alter ego the Albayzín, and an eating and drinking scene that embraces Spanish culinary culture in all its glorious variety. Bar hop your way along Calle Navas for free tapas bites with each drink, then head up to the caves of the Sacromonte neighborhood for a traditional flamenco show.

Got just 10 days? Then you'll need this itinerary to Northern Spain

Is 10 days enough for Spain? Well, it might not be enough to see the whole country, but it’s plenty to explore a particular section in depth. Spain's Mediterranean coast may get the crowds, but the country's northern coastline from San Sebastián to Santiago is one of the most spectacular in Europe. Here’s how to see northern Spain in just 10 days.

Days 1–2: Have a food tour of San Sebastián

There is no finer introduction to the north of the country than  San Sebastián , with its dramatic setting and extraordinary food scene. Two nights is a minimum here. Begin with a stroll around the sweeping bay of La Concha to see the impressive  Peine del Viento sculptures by the famous Basque artist Eduardo Chillida, then learn all about Basque culture at the  Museo San Telmo . Later, make your way around the Old Town stopping for pintxos bites along the way, followed by the best baked Basque cheesecake for dessert at  La Viña .

Days 3–4: Discover the delights of the Guggenheim in Bilbao

West of San Sebastián, three hours by train,  Bilbao is best known as the home of the showpiece  Museo Guggenheim and warrants at least a night, preferably two. After visiting the masterpieces inside Frank Gehry’s titanium ship, there’s much more art and architecture to see, including Philippe Starck’s Azkuna Zentroa building and the city’s innovative street art. In the evening, go barhopping for tasty pintxos in the Casco Viejo. If you have two days in the city, spend your second day at nearby Arrigunaga Beach learning how to surf the waves.  

Day 5: Drive through coastal Cantabria

Leave Bilbao behind and head west through Cantabria and Asturias. To make the most of the coast, you'll need a car. Cantabria's cobblestone Santillana del Mar , the rock art at Altamira and the village of Ribadesella will fill one day. 

Day 6: Hike in the Picos de Europa national park

Drive south into the steep gorges and soaring peaks of the  Picos de Europa , one of Spain’s largest and best national parks . Spend your time here hiking through the verdant green valleys or up into the clouds and, if you’re lucky enough, you may spot golden eagles, wild boar and brown bears.

Day 7: See historic architecture and sample local cider in Oviedo

Head to irresistible  Oviedo , the capital of Asturias, known for its historic medieval old town and its Unesco World Heritage 9th-century stone churches. Make sure to take a break to visit a traditional sidrería for a glass of local Asturian cider.

Day 8: Explore the wild shores of Galicia

Tackle Galicia's coastline, one of Spain's great natural wonders, punctuated by secluded fishing villages and stunning cliffs. Don't miss Cabo Ortegal peninsula where the Bay of Biscay meets the Atlantic Ocean, the Glass City of  A Coruña with its gorgeous galerías and the dramatic Costa da Morte . Along the way, stop for a traditional plate of pulpo a feira (Galician-style octopus sprinkled with paprika).

Days 9–10: Meet with pilgrims in Santiago

For the last two nights, linger in the thoroughly Galician city of  Santiago de Compostela , a place of pilgrim footfalls, fine regional cuisine and a cathedral of power. There’s plenty to see here besides the cathedral however, including several impressive monasteries and convents. Feeling hungry? Make your way to  Bar La Tita for – dare we say it – the tastiest tortilla de patatas (potato omelette) in Spain.

This 14-day itinerary takes you from Valencia to the Balearics

This journey takes you from the shores of the Mediterranean in Valencia to Mallorca, Ibiza and their hip little cousin, Formentera, three of the most beautiful islands anywhere in the Med. You'll need a car to explore the two bigger islands.

Days 1–2: Tour futuristic architecture and scoff paella in Valencia

Begin in  Valencia , that most appealing of Mediterranean cities, which is worth staying in for a couple of nights. Spend your first day looking around the Old Town, the impressive Cathedral to search for the Holy Grail, the large Modernist food market and the exquisite Unesco  La Lonja de la Seda . On day two, marvel at the futuristic Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias (The City of Arts and Sciences). If the heat gets too much, cool down with a traditional glass of horchata (tiger nut milk) at the 200-year old  Horchatería Santa Catalina .

Days 3–4: Discover the best of Mallorca’s capital

Fly or catch a boat to  Palma de Mallorca , the capital of the Balearics and a dynamic city with stirring architecture and world-class food. It’s well worth a couple of nights here before you head to the countryside and the beaches. Visit the city’s landmark  La Seu Cathedral , explore the Casco Antiguo and tour the opulent  Palau de l’Amudaina . There are plenty of museums and great restaurants to occupy your time too. When you need a break, stop for a delicious powdered-sugar-covered ensaimada (a typical Mallorcan pastry swirl).

Days 5–6: Drive through the mountains and orange groves in central Mallorca

After a couple of nights, take two days to drive Mallorca's west coast and the  Serra de Tramuntana mountain range. Stop for one night in the charming mountain village of Valldemossa and the other in pretty Sóller , surrounded by orange groves and just a short hop to the coast.  

Days 7–8: Relax on the beaches of Port de Pollença

Base yourself in Port de  Pollença to explore the island's north for a couple more days, including the idyllic Cap de Formentor and the historic town of Alcúdia, surrounded by old medieval walls. Return to Palma to catch the ferry to Ibiza .

Days 9–10: Take in Ibiza’s Old Town

On arrival, take a couple of days to soak up the considerable charms of Ibiza Town's fortified old town of  Dalt Vila and its superb nightlife. Here it’s more chic outdoor cocktail bars and romantic candlelit restaurants than thumping discotheques.

Days 11–12: See the quiet side of Ibiza

Leave it all behind for Ibiza's quiet and natural north coast, stopping in Sant Llorenç de Balàfia, with its great restaurants where you can order the traditional bullit de peix (fish stew), remote little Sant Mateu d'Aubarca, and artsy Santa Gertrudis de Fruitera.

Day 13–14: Spot wildlife in Ses Salines Natural Park

When you can tear yourself away, head for the Parc Natural de Ses Salines, some of the wildest and most beautiful country in Mediterranean Spain. Comprising both sea and coastal ecosystems, these salt flats and wetlands are home to over 200 bird species including pink flamingos, cormorants and ospreys.

Day 13–14: Experience island life on Formentera

Head back to Ibiza Town to catch the ferry (35 minutes) over to the tiny former hippie island of  Formentera for your last two nights before heading home. It’s the perfect place to explore by bicycle, just 19km (12 miles) long and crisscrossed with many bike lanes and green routes.  

Explore related stories

Wildlife & Nature

Aug 1, 2024 • 8 min read

You’ll appreciate not just the sights and culture but also knowing that you’ve left this pristine region just as you found it

Jul 29, 2024 • 7 min read

Jul 24, 2024 • 7 min read

Jul 19, 2024 • 5 min read

Jul 18, 2024 • 8 min read

Jul 8, 2024 • 10 min read

Mar 25, 2024 • 6 min read

Mar 9, 2024 • 5 min read

Mar 7, 2024 • 10 min read

Feb 28, 2024 • 3 min read

• United Kingdom
• Curated Stays
• Wine Travel
• About Isabelle
• Work with Us

The Perfect Andalucia Itinerary for 7, 10, or 14 Days

• Isabelle Hoyne
• May 20, 2024

** Disclosure: some of the links on this site are affiliate links and should you make a purchase through these, I may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you for your support!**

Pulling together the perfect southern Spain itinerary can be testing – I remember feeling overwhelmed when first sitting down to plan my trip to Andalucia – and you might be feeling this way too. This is a long one, but stick with me and by the end, you’ll know how to craft the perfect Andalucia itinerary!

I close my eyes and I am back there – flashes of orange blossoms, dusty, white towns that teeter on the precipice of yawning gorges, the solitary echo of footsteps on ochre-hued streets at siesta time. 

I taste the salty tang of Manchego cheese as it hits my tongue and squint my eyes in the bleached light of the midday sun, as I am once again immersed in the kaleidoscope of experiences that make up a road trip in Andalucia . 

Andalucia is famous for its shoreline – along its fringes are the beaches of the Costa del Sol, firm-favourite of many a package holiday fan. 

Its gateway is the port city of Malaga, but to step inside the interior of this region is to discover its beating, cultural heart and the very best of Southern Spain.

Our route first took us from the coast to the sweeping arches of the Puente Nuevo at Ronda, and on then to cosmopolitan Seville , capital city of Andalusia.

From here we journeyed our way further through southern Spain to gawp at La Mezquita in Cordoba before finishing at the foot of the Sierra Nevada mountains, racking up our step count at Granada’s Alhambra .

Since initially writing this Andalucia itinerary guide, I’ve spent a number of months living in the marvellous metropolis that is Seville. I’ve fallen even further under Andalusia’s charms and hope to help you do the same through this comprehensive guide.

I understand that time constraints may be different for all readers of this post, and so below, I have outlined a variety of proposed itineraries depending on number of days you have available.

Further on in the post, I lay out my recommendations for each destination mentioned. Happy planning!

Essential links for booking your Andalucia trip

Search for and book flights via  Skyscanner Book your car rental via Rentalcars Make sure to book in advance: ☆ Make sure to book tickets to the Alhambra well in advance, that include entry to the Nasrid Palaces as visitor numbers are limited daily. To get the most from your visit, book a small group guided tour or alternatively, a private tour . ☆ The Seville Super Combi Pass offers a discounted bundle price for access to the Alcazar, Cathedral & Giralda Some memorable experiences in Andalucia ☆ Arabian Baths Experience at Granada’s Hammam Al Ándalus ☆ VIP early-access Alcazar of Seville tour (** editor’s choice **) ☆ Tastes, Tapas & Traditions of Seville Food Tour (great for foodies – I took this tour & loved it!) ☆ 4-WD Sierra Nevada Safari Tour (Granada) ☆ White Villages from Ronda – Wine & Tapas by E-Bike Recommended hotels : Hotel Catalonia Reina Victoria (Ronda hotel with spectacular views) // Soho Boutique Hotel (luxe for less, Seville) // Villa Oniria (boutique beauty I stayed in, Granada) // H10 Palacio Colomera (reasonably priced Cordoba luxury hotel with pool) Best Andalucia vacation rentals : take a look at the most popular apartments & houses

Table of Contents Hide

Why history, culture and gastronomy lovers should visit andalucia, when should i go to andalucia, what is the best way to get around andalucia, how many days do i need in andalucia, andalucia itinerary 7 days, andalucia itinerary 10 days, andalucia itinerary 2 weeks, andalucia by train itinerary, ronda & the white villages, related reading for granada & andalucia, like this post pin for later.

Andalusia’s history is a long one.

For millennia these lands have attracted a diverse range of people. From early, pre-Christian metalworkers to the Phoenicians, the Romans to the Moors, Andalusia finally found itself in the hands of the Catholic monarchs, Ferdinand and Isabella, when it then became the nucleus of Spanish trade with the New World in the 16th century.

Responsible also for the Reconquista , they made it their business to either convert to Christianity or expel from Spain its Muslim and Jewish occupants.  

Each ruling dynasty left its mark on the region. Possibly the most unique and lasting legacy is that of the Moors – in fact, flamenco, one of Andalusia’s most distinct cultural outputs, finds its origins in Arabic roots.

Arabic influence on Andalusian architecture is also extremely distinct in this region, presenting a magical hybrid of Moorish and Spanish qualities (called ‘ Mudejar ’) that won’t be seen anywhere else in the world.

The perfect destination for those looking to immerse themselves in local culture, be wowed by architectural diversity and uniqueness and spend a good deal of time in tapas bars swilling local wine, an Andalucia road trip needs to make its way onto every traveller’s southern Spain itinerary .  

Planning your Andalucia road trip

Before embarking on our Andalusia road trip , it took a little bit of head scratching and quite a bit of research in order to answer all questions and decide on a route and itinerary for the trip. 

Where should I base myself in Andalucia and how much time did I need? Is it safe to self drive in Spain? Is it possible to get around Andalucia by train? You will likely have the same questions, so let me answer these for you below!

As with a lot of destinations, the shoulder months of April/May and September/October make for a great time to visit Andalucia, with average daily temperatures of anywhere between 20-30 degrees celsius (68-86 Fahrenheit).

I’ve visited Seville during May/June and temperatures sat at around 27/28 degrees celsius each day.

I would highly recommend that you avoid visiting at the peak of summer, particularly July and August, as the temperatures in places such as Seville can soar to a blistering 40 degrees celsius (104 fahrenheit) or more.

Bear in mind that the temperatures will vary from place to place – Seville, for example, will be milder than Ronda and Granada.

I spent a week in Andalucia across the New Year period and found it to be an excellent time to visit.

Conditions ranged from ‘short-sleeve weather’ in Seville, to ‘wear a coat weather’ in Granada, but there was sunshine everywhere we went and minimal rain (especially compared to home- Ireland! ) which makes Andalucia a very attractive winter sun destination in Europe.

I looked into buses, trains and hiring a car in Andalucia as a means of completing our southern Spain itinerary. We opted in the end to hire a car. My reasons for this:

Getting around Andalucia by train

Train routes in Andalucia are good, with fast AVE trains linking Malaga, Seville and Cordoba.

They don’t, however, work out very well when trying to incorporate Ronda and any of the White Villages into your itinerary and you have a little less flexibility if you want to venture off the beaten path outside of Andalucia’s larger urban centres.

Price wise too, when I looked at the cost of train tickets for two travellers and compared to hiring a car, there was little in the difference. Weighing it up, it was worth the flexibility of having a car at our disposal for our particular itinerary.

If it makes sense for your itinerary, though, train is still a solid option and you can check times and book tickets here .  

Getting around Andalucia by bus

Travelling around Andalucia by bus is also an option, but not one I opted for. Like the train, you’re tied to bus schedules and bus station drop off/pick up routes.

Personally, too, I just prefer to travel by car (or train), but if you would prefer to travel by bus then you can search for and book your tickets here.

Hiring a car for an Andalusia road trip

If you have decided that hiring a car is a good move for you too, then wonderful – let your Southern Spain road trip begin!

I suggest hiring something that’s not too much on the large side and that is comfortable enough for the longer stretches but small enough to navigate the often minimal spaces of narrow, cobbled city centre streets and car parks. 

I always use rentalcars.com when hiring a car abroad. I like them for the following reasons:

• You can compare all car rental companies in a given destination. They also have superior filtering options too, so you really can drill down to what you’re looking for – even to the deposit amount and payment type. 
• All the info you need for your relevant booking can subsequently be found in their convenient app – no print outs necessary.
• You can often amend/cancel your booking with no additional charges.

Driving in Andalucia during your itinerary for southern Spain- what you need to know

If you’ve ascertained that renting a car is the best way for you to get around Andalucia for your southern Spain itinerary, what else do you need to know?

Road conditions in Andalucia : the conditions of the roads in Andalucia are very good. Much of the road between main cities is motorway and when not, single lanes are wide and easy to navigate.

Driving distances and time : one thing I loved about our itinerary for Southern Spain was that there was never too much driving between locations.

As a rough guide, here is a summary of the time we spent transferring between cities (departing from and arriving to city centre locations in each):

• Malaga Airport to Ronda: 1 hr 15 mins
• Ronda to Seville: 1 hr 45 mins
• Seville to Cordoba: 1 hr 40 mins
• Cordoba to Granada: 2 hrs 15 mins
• Granada to Malaga Airport: 1 hr 25 mins

Provided that you leave at a sensible time and aim to arrive at your next stop in the same vein (i.e. not during the middle of rush hour traffic), the times provided by Google Maps between destinations are accurate and can be relied upon.

Parking is often not included in hotel rates, and is usually available at a nearby secure, underground car park.

Rather than source your own car parking (which might end up being far from your accommodation on the outskirts of town), I’d recommend taking the hit on this for peace of mind while driving a rental car in an unknown city.

It usually costs around €25-30 per day.

Is driving in Andalucia easy?

Driving in Andalucia really doesn’t pose too many problems. The roads we encountered were all high quality and we ran into no logistical issues when using Google Maps – once we followed the route provided we ended up where we needed to be.

Cities will be busy – Seville is a little tricky, as you first need to navigate larger intersections as you make your way towards the centre and then narrow streets once you go further in. Granada was much the same, although on a lesser scale.

We got caught out driving into the centre of Cordoba – there is a local access only zone that is controlled by electronic bollards so if your accommodation is in the old centre, arrange entry into the area in advance with your accommodation.

All in all though, a fairly straightforward driving experience as things go.

How long is a piece of string?! The charms of this region are plentiful and far reaching. To really cover a good chunk of the region of Andalucia as opposed to a city or two, then you need at least one week in Andalucia for it to be worth your while.

You want to allow for at least 2-3 days per stop (with a couple of exceptions requiring less time), so keep that in mind when crafting your Andalusia itinerary .

Personally, I spent a week in Andalucia and would have loved to extend my time there by another few days if I could.

I’ve included my 7 day Andalucia itinerary below, along with how I recommend organising your time should you have 10 days to spend in Andalucia. I’ve also included a 14 day Southern Spain itinerary as well.

• Ronda (2 nights)
• Seville (2 nights)
• Cordoba (1 night)
• Granada (2 nights)

A 7 day Andalucia itinerary allows you to get a real flavour of the region.

You will find yourself on the road at least every second day or so of the trip, but as I’ve mentioned above, journey times between destinations in Andalucia aren’t too long, so this won’t be too arduous. 

If you use the itinerary above in the given order (assuming most will be flying into/out of Malaga airport – so this is your starting point), you will be able to fit in many highlights of the region.

Each of the cities above are key points of interest in Andalusia and they are all also unique to each other, allowing you to uncover much of Andalucia in 7 days .

• Ronda & the White Villages (3 nights)
• Seville (3 nights)
• Malaga (1 night)

10 days in Andalucia will allow you to take some more time to explore the region a little more slowly. Rather than add in additional destinations, I’ve instead expanded on the 7 day itinerary to allow you a better immersion in those places I feel warrant more time. 

I’ve given an additional day in Ronda so you can explore the unique White Villages in the area.

Seville too gets an extra night – I’ve stayed in Seville for a week before and didn’t run out of things to do, so the 10 day Andalucia itinerary above allows a little more time to uncover the delights of my favourite Spanish city. 

Finally, I’ve ended this 10 day Andalucia itinerary in Malaga.

Instead of making your way straight to the airport, take a day to explore Malaga as a variation for this itinerary for southern Spain – perhaps visit an art gallery, admire the orange trees in Plaza de los Naranjos, or take a well earned dip in the Mediterranean Sea! 

• Granada (3 nights)
• Nerja (3 nights)

Your two week Andalucia itinerary builds on the 10 day route. Key changes include an additional night in Granada to allow for a day to visit the Sierra Nevada mountains (for skiing in winter or beautiful hikes in summer) and 3 nights in Nerja to slow down, grab a sun lounger and relax on the beach.

Yes, while having 14 days in Andalucia potentially means that you can cram in more destinations and stops, I know from experience that trying to cram in more does not usually result in a superior trip – the opposite.

In fact – so slow down, immerse yourself in each of your stops and don’t come back from your trip more exhausted than when you left for it! 

Trust me, Andalucia is a region that needs to be explored slowly, as much of this journey is about the experience in itself. 

While it wouldn’t be my recommended way to do it, as I prefer the flexibility of having a car, I understand that this might not be practical for everyone. It is definitely possible to undertake the above itineraries by train, with a little tweaking. 

Book your train tickets in advance here , especially if you are travelling during peak times.

You will be able to complete the loop of Malaga-Seville-Cordoba-Granada-Nerja-Malaga by train – the only thing you would miss out on would be overnighting in Ronda.

I really, really, would recommend visiting Ronda if you can (it’s very different to all of the cities), so there is a way to circumnavigate this conundrum by allocating your night in Ronda as an additional night in Seville and undertaking a guided day trip to Ronda and the White Villages from Seville.  

Building your Southern Spain itinerary – places to visit

So now that we’ve covered off where you should go, what is there to see in each of these places?

In this next section, I’m going to touch on some recommendations for each of the destinations that I mentioned on the 7, 10 and 14 day Andalucia itineraries above. 

I’m not going to provide you with one of those “on day 1, go to this place at 9am, followed by the next place at 11.15am” style itineraries – this is a holiday, not a military operation and Andalusia is a place that encourages you to relax!

I think it’s far more enjoyable to have a ‘menu’ of things to do in a place to have at your fingertips, depending on how you feel at the time. Decide on a couple of ‘must-sees’ in advance, book your tickets, and then fit the rest in around those booked activities. 

While known for being the birthplace of modern day bullfighting, Ronda is even more iconic due to its unique situation, perched atop what seems to be the almost bottomless El Tajo gorge, across which the giant arches of the Puente Nuevo stretch, joining the old Moorish town with the ‘new’ town. 

What to see & do in Ronda

Ronda is such a picturesque and inspiring location that merely walking around it was nearly enough to keep me going! However, below are some highlights and ideas of things to see and do in Ronda.

Get acquainted with Ronda

If you’d like to get your bearings and understand the history of the place, which is very interesting, then take a walking tour on your first day. For a history lesson that’s a little more quirky, drop into the Bandit Museum , Spain’s only museum that is dedicated to bandits and highwaymen. 

Visit the Municipal Museum that is housed in Ronda’s Mondragón Palace , with moorish courtyards, stunning gardens and awe-inspiring views.

Located in the old Arabic quarter of San Miguel, pop in to visit the Arabic Baths , which were built in the 13th century and are the best preserved in Spain.

Take in the views & the famous El Tajo Gorge

Examine the star of the show in Ronda, the Puente Nuevo from all angles and at different times of the day to really get a deep sense of appreciation for the feat of engineering that it is.

Hike down the gorge from the Plaza Maria Auxiliadora in town to view the Puente Nuevo from below – just don’t think about the fact that you have to walk back up it afterwards!

Make sure to take some air too at Ronda’s Alameda de Tajo , an elegant outdoor square that leads out towards sweeping views of the El Tajo gorge.

We went for an early morning run along here, and it definitely knocked the cobwebs off!

Get familiar with the surrounding countryside

Visit some more of the famous White Villages , or Pueblos Blancos. Suggestions include Zahara de la Sierra, Setenil de las Bodegas and Grazalema.

Alternatively, you foodies out there might enjoy this alternative White Villages experience – where you take to the countryside on e-bikes and sample wine and cheese as you go!

If you’re a bit of an adrenaline junkie, want to take in the beautiful scenery and don’t mind getting a bit dirty, then the dramatic surroundings of the El Tajo gorge are the perfect location to do a gorge buggy tour .

Ronda bull ring

While a controversial topic and not a sport that I personally support, Ronda is famous for its bullfighting, making the Plaza dos Toros (or bullring) one of its most popular attractions. 

Where to stay in Ronda

Hotel catalonia reina victoria.

Upon pulling back the curtains and throwing open the doors of our balcony, I knew that I had chosen the right spot to stay in Ronda!

Offering absolutely insane views from the balconies of its rooms, the Hotel Catalonia Reina Victoria is a Victorian style hotel that has undergone modern refurbishment.

Complete with indoor and outdoor swimming pools, a spa and those exceptional views to boot, you really can’t go wrong with this one. 

Catalonia Ronda

I agonised between this hotel and Catalonia Reina Victoria. The Catalonia Ronda is located right in the heart of town, just across from the bull ring (Hotel Catalonia Reina Victoria is 500m walk from the centre).

Boasting a rooftop pool with views into the bull ring and on towards El Tajo gorge, this is one for those who want to be slap bang in the middle of the action and are looking for a hotel in Ronda town centre.

Ah, Sevilla. This delightful, stylish, historical city is hands down my favourite in Spain and needs to find itself on every Spain travel plan. Whether it’s cultural sights, architecture, cuisine or shopping (or a healthy dose of all four) that you seek, this city really has got it all.

I’ve written all about what to do in Seville in my Seville guide , but here’s a synopsis.

RELATED READING | The Best Airbnb Seville Spain [2024] – 22 Luxury Airbnb in Seville

What to see & do in Seville

EDITOR’S NOTE | TakeWalks , our small-group cultural tour company of choice, have recently launched a range of tours in Seville.

These include an excellent food tour that I’ve taken, and a Seville in a Day Tour with VIP Alcazar Access . I’d highly recommend that you check them out.

Alcázar of Seville

First things first, get yourself to my favourite landmark in Seville, the Alcázar of Seville . Still in use as the King of Spain’s Seville residence, this amazing palace boasts incredible Mudejar architecture and extensive gardens. It was also featured as Dorne in Game of Thrones.

It’s super popular and also sells out early in the day, so book your skip the line tickets here . Once you see the queue that forms as the day progresses, you’ll be happy you’ve bought yours in advance, trust me!

There’s also quite a lot to take in at the Alcazar, so if you’d love to know more about it and haven’t done your reading in advance, then consider taking this small group tour, which has received over 500 5 star reviews from past guests.

If you’re looking for something really special, then consider the TakeWalks VIP early-access tour .

Seville Cathedral & Giralda

Beside the Alcazar, you will find the incredible Seville Cathedral, (which is the 3rd largest church in the whole world !), along with its iconic Giralda, which towers beautifully above the rooftops of Seville.

Again, queues get crazy long, so book a skip the line ticket in advance. When you’re done exploring the cathedral, make sure to climb La Giralda , which is the cathedral’s bell tower, for beautiful views over the city.

TOP TIP | If you plan on visiting both Seville Cathedral and the Royal Alcazar, it can work out better for you to purchase a Seville Super Combi Pass . This includes skip-the-line entrance to both these attractions, plus a hop-on/hop-off bus around Seville.

You can also download audio guides for both the Cathedral and the Alcazar. Alternatively, you can book a guided tour that incorporates both the Alcazar and the Cathedral. With them located so closely together, it makes sense to visit them on the same day.

I’ve rounded up the best Seville Cathedral tours in this post – check it out!

Rooftop cocktails

All that touring is thirsty work! For those seeking a more glam viewpoint of Seville Cathedral and La Giralda, head to the rooftop bar of the EME Cathedral Hotel for cocktails. I’d highly recommend visiting at sunset.

Plaza de España & Maria Luisa Park

Another emblematic location in Seville is the expansive, fountain and tile filled Plaza de España . Try go early in the morning if you can to have more of the space to yourself, as it fills up quite quickly throughout the day.

Make sure to visit and take a stroll in the adjoining Maria Luisa Park during your time in Seville.

Explore the neighbourhoods

You could while away hours wandering the cobbled streets of Sevilla, but when you are in town, do make sure to wander through the Santa Cruz , the old Jewish quarter in the historic area around the Cathedral.

Cross the river, too, and explore some of the craft workshops of the Triana area.

Seville is the home of flamenco dancing, so it is a fitting location in which to attend a flamenco show.

This Flamenco show features 15 of Seville’s best flamenco dancers at Seville’s famous Tablao El Arenal, with a choice of three packages – show with drink, show with tapas, or show with dinner. Alternatively, you could consider TakeWalks Tapas Crawl & Flamenco experience .

Metropol Parasol

Finally, Seville is home to the very modern Metropol Parasol installation – evening time makes a great time to view this as the sun sets over Seville. If you visit early in the day, make sure to head underneath to the interior – where you’ll find an authentic food market in full swing.

Where to stay in Seville

Casa romana hotel boutique.

I had a hard time trying to find somewhere that was reasonably priced over the New Year period in Seville, that would also pass muster and my rather picky hotel standards.

Luckily, I happened upon this charming, 4 star boutique hotel after oodles of hours spent searching. 

Rooms are set around a delightful outdoor courtyard (like a Roman villa) that features a lovely, trickling water feature. There is also a rooftop terrace with a hot tub.

The street it is located on is quiet, and its position in the Old Town meant we were 15 minutes away from everything.

Hotel Alfonso XIII

If you want to splash out on a spectacular luxury hotel in Seville, then look no further than the emblematic Hotel Alfonso XIII.

Situated right beside Seville’s Royal Alcazar, the architecture and design of the hotel borrows heavily from its Mudejar-themed neighbour.

Comes with everything that you would expect a hotel of this ilk to offer.

Soho Boutique Villa

Those looking for something a little bit more affordable, but nonetheless luxe, will find that Soho Boutique Villa ticks all their boxes.

This stylish, 3 star boutique hotel features trendy rooms, an outdoor swimming pool and is located too in the old town area of Seville. 

Click here to discover a curated list of Seville holiday apartments

We arrived in Cordoba just as the sun was setting, casting a soft golden haze on the walls of the city as we made our approach from the river. Cordoba is special. For many years preceding the Reconquista, Jews, Muslims and Christains lived peacefully side-by-side. 

An important Roman city too, Cordoba is a melting pot of all these cultures. Famous also for its patios, this is a rather gorgeous and extremely atmospheric city that should not be left off any Andalucia travel itinerary.

What to see & do in Cordoba

Visit the Mosque-Cathedral

Cordoba’s Mosque-Cathedral, or ‘ La Mezquita ’ should be the first port of call when visiting Cordoba. This incredibly unique structure of a cathedral housed within a mosque is famous for its red and white arches.

If you’d like to learn more about the fascinating history of this astounding structure, this guided tour  is extremely well reviewed.

Discover the Jewish Quarter

One area of Cordoba that you need to get lost in is the Jewish quarter, or La Judería. It forms the Old Town of Cordoba and is where you will find most of the city’s main sites. 

A quick stop, but well worth popping into is the Cordoba Synagogue , which is the only existing synagogue in Andalucia. 

The Jewish Quarter is extremely interesting, so if you’d like to learn more, then it might be worth considering a combined Mosque-Cathedral and Jewish Quarter walking tour. This one is extremely well reviewed, and finishes with a tapa and a drink.

Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos

Another must-see in Cordoba is the Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos . Having served as the residence of the Catholic kings, inside it features tranquil, Moorish patios and gardens. Climb the ramparts for views across Cordoba city.

You can book a skip the line ticket and guided tour here . You will also be able to see into the Royal Stables of Cordoba from the ramparts of the Alcazar. This is where the famous breed of Andalusian horses was created. You can visit the stables and also attend a show. 

Sample local dishes

Make sure to try Salmorejo , which is the local speciality of cold tomato soup made with bread, garlic, olive oil and vinegar and then topped with egg and ham. It might sound a little weird, but a friend of mine who lived in Cordoba encouraged me to try it and I can confirm that it is delicious!

Get acquainted with downtown Cordoba & its patios

Make sure to stop off and see some of Cordoba’s Patios! These colourful, flower-filled courtyards are dotted around the city.

Take a stroll through the Plaza de la Corredera . Nearby, you will also be able to observe, towering over the street, the columns of the Roman Temple of Cordoba .

Finally, cross the Guadalquivir River via the Roman Bridge for magnificent views back towards the old town of Seville. This bridge has been standing since before the birth of Christ!

Where to stay in Cordoba

Eurostars conquistador.

This 4 star hotel in Cordoba is where I stayed during my visit and it was absolutely perfect for one night.

Located on the opposite side of the street from the Mezquita, I could see the Mezquita’s beautiful Arabic arches illuminated at all times of the day right from my bed, which was really quite special.

At its centre is a beautiful courtyard, which was a lovely spot to grab a drink in.

Hospes Palacio del Bailio

If you are staying a little longer in Cordoba, or are looking for a luxury hotel in Cordoba, then I would opt for Hospes Palacio del Bailio.

This 5 star hotel with swimming pool is located in a 16th century former palace, with interiors that incorporate a stylish blend of both old and new. It is located in the old town and is only 1 km away from the Mezquita.

H10 Palacio Colomera

This snazzy Cordoba 4 star hotel features an outdoor plunge pool, perfect for those hotter days.

Located in the newer part of town close to the Roman Temple, it is still only 1km away from the Mezquita and the old historic area of Cordoba. 

Granada sits at the foot of the magnificent Sierra Nevada mountain range and is home to the Alhambra, Spain’s most popular tourist attraction.

As the former capital of Moorish Andalucia, Granada’s Alhambra really is something that needs to be seen to be believed and its presence alone in Granada justifies a visit to the city.

Related reading for Granada |

• How to Spend One Day in Granada
• 2 Days in Granada: Itinerary & Tips
• Visiting the Alhambra from Seville (as a day trip)
• How many days in Granada do you need?
• Visiting the Alhambra: Complete Guide

Where to stay in Granada

What to see & do in granada.

Visit the extraordinary Alhambra

This enormous, hill-top fortress is a complex of palaces, gardens and patios – the highlight for me being the Nasrid Palaces.

There is a daily limit on ticket sales, so where you can, I advise booking your tickets months (or at the very least, weeks) in advance if you plan on going at a popular time. Make sure that you book a ticket that includes the Nasrid Palaces , as these are the first to go.

The Alhambra complex is sprawling and its history comprehensive and interesting, so it is a spot where it’s well worth getting a guide.

This small group tour is extremely well reviewed, or if you’re like me and dawdle a lot to take photos and look at things in detail, perhaps opt for a ticket with audio guide instead, so you can move at your own pace.

TOP TIP | If you forget to book your Alhambra tickets, or book your trip a little closer to the date, then it’s highly likely that Alhambra tickets that include the Nasrid Palaces will be sold our.

Scour any tours that have availability for yours dates and know that if all else fails, you have one last ditch attempt.

Each night at midnight, the official Alhambra website re-releases those tickets that have been returned for the following day (or the same day, technically, if it’s after midnight).

Act really fast the second the clock strikes midnight and you may hopefully be able to secure tickets (I did once, but only by the skin of my teeth!).

Discover Granada’s churches

Visit Granada’s Cathedral and Royal Chapel . The final resting place of King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella, I underestimated how interesting I would find the Royal Chapel and it was my favourite attraction in Granada after the Alhambra.

If you want to learn more about this powerful couple and their place of rest, you can book a guided tour . If baroque is your thing, then get yourself to the Basilica of San Juan de Dios .

This incredible 18th century church is swathed in gold features and frescos, and is the most important baroque church in Spain. 

Make sure to spend some time exploring the Aladdin’s cave of shops and stalls in the Albaicín district, which is Granada’s former Arabic neighbourhood. Another worthwhile thing to do in Granada is to watch the sunset from one of the mirador.

The most popular one for this is the San Nicolas Mirador , which offers spectacular views of the Alhambra.

For a memorable experience that combines both, this 5* sunset walking tour takes you through both the Albaicín and Sacromonte districts to the San Nicolas Mirador, regaling interesting facts and stories about Granada along the way.

Go shopping

Granada has an absolutely wonderful range of high street fashion stores and make up shops, with multiple Zara stores –  it’s safe to say I squished in an adequate amount of retail therapy when I was there!

Head to Calle Reyes Católicos where you will find the majority of these. There are also two El Corte Inglés in Granada.

Immerse yourself in the tradition of flamenco in Granada

The area of Sacromonte is famous for its flamenco dancing, the venues for which are often set in caves. This show takes place in a cave-restaurant, in one of Granada’s most spectacular venues.

Eat some tapas

In Granada, you get a free glass of wine when you order tapas. If you are a foodie, then this small group food tour will introduce you to Granada’s traditional products and dishes (including tapas), along with some hidden treasures.     

Visit the baths | Pay a visit to Granada’s famous ancient Arab baths, “ El Bañuelo ”. Unfortunately, these are not in use today, but if you fancy trying to Arabic bath experience for yourself to relax after all that sightseeing, you can book a traditional hammam and massage here !

Get out into the Sierra Nevada mountains | Granada is located in the shadows of the majestic Sierra Nevada mountains.

Your stop in Granada would be the perfect opportunity to break up all of your city visits with some time spent in the clear mountain air. Depending on your interests, here are some ideas to get you started:

• 4WD Sierra Nevada Safari tour
• Sierra Nevada Small Group E-Bike Tour
• Sunset at 2,500m in Sierra Nevada

Villa Oniria

I loved our hotel in Granada! Situated in the city centre, Villa Oniria is an elegant 4 star hotel situated in a 19th century manor house.

Set around a beautiful Andalusian courtyard, it has a plush, yet relaxed atmosphere. The location is great for exploring all the main sights of Granada. There is also a fantastic restaurant located onsite.

Alhambra Palace

If you’re looking for a 5 star hotel in Granada, I would draw your attention to the Alhambra Palace.

It’s probably a toss up for me between here and the Hotel Palacio de Santa Paula (where the entry level rooms may be a tad more modern than those of the Alhambra Palace’s equivalent), but it’s the location outside the walls of the Alhambra and the expansive views of the city that clinch this for me – I’ll take a Junior Suite with city views, please. 

Should you find yourself with more than 10 days in Andalucia, I’d recommend adding some beach time to your southern Spain trip itinerary. This will allow you a few days to kick up your  feet and relax after all your sightseeing! 

I’d recommend considering the white cobbled streets of the former fishing village of Nerja, an area far quieter than the glitzy beach clubs that run from Marbella to Puerto Banus. Conveniently, it’s just a little over an hour’s drive from Granada too.

If the glitz, glamour and beach clubs of Marbella are more your thing however, there’s nothing wrong with that! I’ve written a roundup of the best holiday villas in Marbella, which you can read here .

What to see & do in Nerja

Get some R&R

Relaxation is the aim of the game here, so get your tanning on (safely!) on one of the beaches of Nerja . Some of Nerja’s most beautiful beaches include Playa Carabeillo, Playa El Chorrillo, Playa El Cañuelo and Playa de Alberquillas. 

Explore the local area

Take a day trip to nearby Frigiliana , which is 6km away. Think pristine white buildings, cobbled streets and cute alleyways. You can also visit Visit the Nerja Caves , which stretch for almost 5km underground and have been in existence for millions of years.

They are also home to the largest stalagmite in the world. Nearby too, is the Acueducto del Águila , or Eagle Aqueduct, a very eye catching, red and yellow coloured feat of engineering located just outside of Nerja. 

Hike some of the local area covering beaches, cliffs and Moorish towers before undertaking a spot of snorkelling. If you’re feeling particularly active, you can walk the Rio Chillar gorge – just prepare to get your feet wet!

Another good hike is Il Cielo – which translates to ‘heaven’ – for breathtaking views of the sea and the expanse of the surrounding countryside. 

Where to stay in Nerja

Hotel balcón de europa .

This beachfront hotel in Nerja is built into the Balcón de Europa rock face, and enjoys direct access to Caletilla Beach.

It features an outdoor swimming pool and a restaurant with stunning sea views. Opt for a room with sea views and a balcony to properly enjoy the seafront location.

Boutique holiday rental in Nerja

This nautical themed holiday rental in Nerja features a balcony with sea views, along with a pool and sun loungers.

The house is a mere 200m from the beach and it also takes less than 10 minutes on foot to reach the busy centre and its bars, restaurants and shops.

Known primarily as the gateway to the Costa del Sol when I was growing up, Marbella is in fact a city full of culture and has done a lot to shift this image in recent years.

Yes, there may still exist the dazzling lights of Malaga’s glitzy nightlife, but do remember that this too is the city that gave us Picasso.

Built atop Roman ruins and holding Moorish citadels within its embrace, this impressive city is also worth a stop on a southern Spain travel itinerary. 

What to see & do in Malaga

Stroll around the old town, and take in the Plaza de los Naranjos , a beautiful square in the old town centre that is bursting with orange trees. 

Visit the Alcazaba of Malaga . Built by the Moors in the 11th  to protect against Catholic attackers, its prime position provides magnificent views over the city and coastline. You can book a tour here . 

Visit the Roman Theatre . Having only been rediscovered in the 1950’s, the theatre is located right beside the Alcazaba and is free to visit.  This walking tour includes both the Roman Theatre and the Alcazaba.

Continue up the hill past the Alcazaba to Gibralfaro Castle . Built to protect the Alcazaba, this is where you will get the best views of Malaga and can even see as far as the Strait of Gibraltar on a clear day. 

All about the views here, climb the tower of the whopping Malaga Cathedral for 360 degree views of the city!

Take a trip to the Picasso Birthplace Museum , where – you guessed it – was the place that Pablo Picasso grew up! You can book your tickets in advance here . 

Art lovers should also visit the Museo Picasso Málaga , which explores the life and art of the famous painter and includes 200 of his works of art. You can purchase tickets here . 

You can also visit one of Europe’s biggest and best botanical gardens, La Concepción should this tickle your fancy. 

Enjoy a cocktail on the rooftop bar of the La Terraza de la Alcazaba for incredible views of the city, the Alcazaba and Gibralfaro Castle. 

Finally, if you haven’t had enough of eating throughout your Andalusia trip (or want to end your trip with a night of feasting) then I thought that this Malaga evening wine & taps tour looked rather appealing!

Featuring the city’s gourmet highlights, from a classic shop to much loved bars, you’ll taste your way through some of Malaga’s classic foods, from Iberian ham to tapas and wine.

Where to stay in Malaga

Palacio solecio, a small luxury hotel of the world.

A gorgeous, luxury 4 star hotel in the centre of Malaga. The hotel occupies a restored 18th century mansion and is a minute’s walk from Museo Picasso Málaga. 

The building and the rooms of this hotel are truly exquisite, featuring an internal courtyard with marble arches and palms.

Hotel Gran Hotel Miramar GL 

This luxurious, 5 star hotel in Malaga is situated along the seafront, offering glorious views of the ocean from some of its rooms.

A listed building, these walls have hosted many high profile visitors over the years, including Elizabeth Taylor and Ernest Hemmingway. A truly chic affair, with glorious views onto the waterfront.

• Alhambra Day Trip | Day Trip to Alhambra from Seville: How to Pull off a Flawless Visit
• 2 days in Granada | Granada in 2 days: Ultimate Itinerary & Top Tips
• Alhambra travel guide | Visiting the Alhambra – Ultimate Guide + Insider Alhambra Tips
• One day in Granada | Best of Granada in One Day: Where to Go, Eat & Stay
• Where to stay in Granada | Where to Stay in Granada, Spain [2024] – Top Areas & Accommodation
• How long in Granada? | How Many Days in Granada Do You Really Need?
• Andalucia itinerary | The Perfect Andalucia Itinerary for 7, 10, or 14 Days

Related Topics

• Itineraries

Hi there! I'm Isabelle, aficionado of immersive travel experiences and unique, luxurious hotels. You'll most likely find me camera in hand, or nerding out on research in advance of my next trip. A major foodie, history and scenery lover, nothing makes me happier than soaking in the atmosphere and culture of the destination I'm visiting.

You May Also Like

17 things to do in florence: a curated guide to the renaissance city.

• August 22, 2024

3 Days in Florence: Itinerary, Map + Insider Tips

• July 24, 2024

Florence Travel Guide: 28 Unmissable Tips for the First-Time Visitor

Input your search keywords and press Enter.

You are using an outdated browser. Please upgrade your browser to improve your experience.

Plan your trip with  our itineraries

Not sure? Go to Route Recommender or see available destinations

• Spain-itineraries

Spain in 14 days for independent travellers

Suggested itinerary: spain in 14 days for independent travellers.

Day 1: Arrival in Barcelona

Arrival at Barcelona International Airport. Go to the water, light and sound show of the Magic Fountains of Montjuic. Dinner on Paralelo. Night in Barcelona.

Day 2: Barcelona: Gothic Quarter and Passeig de Gracia

Route through the Gothic Quarter visiting the Cathedral of Barcelona. Visit Boquería Market and eat at one of its stalls. Walk along Rambla Catalunya and Passeig de Gracia. Visit Casa Batlló or La Pedrera (both by Gaudi).   Walk through the Born visiting the Museo Picasso and Santa Maria del Mar (Cathedral of the Sea) church. Dinner in the Born. Night in Barcelona.  

Day 3: Barcelona: Las Ramblas and Sagrada Familia

Route along Las Ramblas , el raval and Port Vell. Lunch in Barceloneta. Visit Hospital de San Pau and Sagrada Familia. Walk through Gracia neighbourhood and eat dinner in one of its restaurants. Night in Barcelona.  

Day 4: Barcelona and San Sebastian

Visit Güell Park (another of Gaudi's magnificent works).   Flight to Bilbao. Bus trip to San Sebastian. Walk around Mt. Urgull. Stroll along the banks of the river past Victoria Eugenia Theatre and Hotel María Cristina. Visit the city centre and its cathedral. Pinchos (bar snacks) in the Old Quarter. Night in San Sebastian.  

Day 5: San Sebastián: La Concha Beach

Walk along La Concha Beach and Ondarreta Beach. Visit "Comb of the Winds", by Eduardo Chillida. Go to the top of Mt. Igueldo for fantastic views of the city. Visit Gros neighbourhood and Zurriola Beach.  Dinner in the Old Quarter.   Night in San Sebastian.  

Day 6: Bilbao: Guggenheim Museum

Bus trip to Bilboa. Visit to the Guggenheim Museum. Walk along the banks of the river. Route through the Old Quarter past the Cathedral and Arriaga Theatre. Walk along the Gran Via of Bilboa. Trip to the airport. Flight to Seville. Night in Seville.  

Day 7: Seville: Santa Cruz, Arenal and Triana

Walk along the narrow streets of Santa Cruz neighbourhood. Visit the Cathedral of Seville and the Royal Alcazar. Tapas in Santa Cruz. Stroll along Arenal visiting the bullring Plaza de Toros de la Real Maestranz. Visit and eat dinner in Triana neighbourhood. Night in Seville.  

Day 8: Seville and Cordoba: the Jewish Quarter

Stroll through Maria Luisa Park visiting famous Plaza de España. Tapas in city centre. Trip to Cordoba. Walk through the Jewish Quarter. Night in Córdoba.  

Day 9: Cordoba and Granada: the Mosque and the Albaicín

Visit breathtaking Cordoba Mosque. Vist to The Alcazaba (Fortress). Trip to Granada. Tapas in city centre. Walk through the historic centre visiting the Cathedral and the Alcaicería. Walk along Carrera del Darro street and Paseo de los Tristes. Stroll through the Albaicín. Sunset and dinner in the Albaicín. Flamenco in the Sacromonte district. Night in Granada.  

Day 10: Granada: La Alhambra

Visit La Alhambra of Granada and its Generalife. Tapas in Plaza Nueva and on Elvira Street. Walk through Realejo neighbourhood and eat dinner on one of its streets. Night in Granada.  

Day 11: Madrid: Chueca y Malasaña

Trip to Madrid. Sightseeing and shopping in alternative Chueca and Malasaña neighbourhood stores along Fuencarral Street. Walk along Madrid's Gran Vía. . Dinner on Gran Vía. Night in Madrid.  

Day 12: Madrid de los Austrias

Visit Plaza de Oriente, the Royal Palace and Almudena Cathedral. Stroll through famous Plaza de la Puerta del Sol. Visit Santiago Bernabeu Stadium. Stroll along la Castellana Avenue. Sightseeing and shopping along the Milla de Oro, or Golden Mile, (Serrano, Ortega y Gasset, Velázquez...), the site of Madrid's most prestigious shops.   .   Dinner in Chueca. Night in Madrid.

Day 13: Madrid: La Latina and the Golden Triangle of Art

Stroll through La Latina neighbourhood and its open-air market, el Rastro (Sundays only). Visit one of the museums of the Golden Triangle of Art (Prado, Reina Sofía or Thyssen-Bornemisza). Walk through El Retiro Park. Visit Las Ventas Bullring. Night in Madrid.

Day 14: Back home

Flight back home.

How long is your trip?

What does your purchase include.

• Itinerary from 7 to 25 days
• Daily route with all places to visit
• Directions about how to get to each place 
• App with your geolocated itinerary

J.L. Martínez went to Spain

Other trips in Spain:

Recommended itineraries in Barcelona

Recommended itineraries in Andalusia

Recommended itineraries in Granada

Recommended itineraries in Madrid

Recommended itineraries in San Sebastian & Bilbao

Recommended itineraries in Santiago de Compostela

Recommended itineraries in Seville

Get our Rail Planner app

Plan your trip, get extra discounts, and show your Pass as you go.

Our favorite offseason routes

Chase the sun long after summer ends with these 7 train routes

All about seat reservations

Everything you need to know about booking your seats

Alternatives to Busy Routes

Travel between popular European cities without seat reservations

Through our Chatbot in the bottom right corner.

Ask the Community

Browse questions from fellow Eurail travellers, or ask your own!

• Plan your trip
• Suggested Itineraries

Spain Itinerary

• Order overview
• Reservations overview
• My Trips & Travelers
• {{translatedTraveler}} {{#promotional}} {{currencySign}} {{standardPrice}} {{/promotional}} {{quantity}}x {{currencySign}} {{finalPrice}}
• Child {{childPasses}}x FREE
• {{translatedPassType}}
• {{translatedValidityPeriodDescription}}
• {{translatedClass}}
• Remove Pass(es)
• {{variant.localizedTravelPackDescription}} {{quantity}}x Free
• {{variant.localizedPassUpgradeDescription}} {{quantity}}x {{currency}} {{price}}
• Your order will arrive by {{expectedDeliveryDate}} 1 x {{currency}} {{price}}

Your cart is empty

Spain by rail is a breeze with its network of fast and modern trains. You'll see wine regions, small villages, and sunny beaches - all on a single train ride. Our Spain travel itinerary has lively cities, delicious cuisines, and great opportunities for  fiestas . Whether you're backpacking in Spain, or going on a flashier trip, you'll love the exciting cultural offerings! 

Itinerary in short

Cities visited in this trip:  .

• Barcelona, Spain  
• Valencia, Spain  
• Madrid, Spain  
• Seville (Sevilla), Spain  
• Malaga (Málaga), Spain  

Click here or on the map to view this route in our Trip Planner

For this itinerary we recommend:

• Eurail pass: Spain
• Travel days:  4 days within 1 month

Most of the high-speed trains in Spain require reservations. These reservations are not included in your Eurail Pass. Make sure to book your seats in advance, there are limited seats available for Eurail Pass holders. It's also possible to avoid reservations altogether, simply by taking  regional trains . 

Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona has a Mediterranean climate, a cosmopolitan atmosphere, and an endless list of things to do. Antoni Gaudí’s architectural work is all around you, from Park Güell to the Casa Batlló , and the incredible Sagrada Familia . Enjoy the vibrant atmosphere of La Rambla (Las Ramblas), a lively pedestrian boulevard. Stop at La Boqueria Market and lose yourself in the maze of food stalls. Then relax on the white sand beaches of Barceloneta , and congratulate yourself on a great start to your trip.

From Barcelona to Valencia

Travel time:

Reservation needed:

Barcelona Sants

Reservation required

Valencia, Spain

Valencia Joaquin Sorolla

Valencia is one of the oldest cities in Spain. Its sights range from ancient Roman structures, to the futuristic City of Arts and Sciences . Walking through the city is like taking a time machine through architectural history! Tuck into Valencia’s signature dish of paella. Still hungry? Sample the food at Mercado Central , one of the longest running markets in Europe. Valencia Cathedral is just minutes away – a trip up its tower will give you a beautiful view over the city. Round up your day by people-watching in the Turia Gardens (Jardines del Turia).

From Valencia to Madrid

Madrid, spain.

Madrid Puerta de Atocha

Spain's capital buzzes with culture and energy. There's no shortage of things to add to your Madrid itinerary! Stroll along the Art Walk and explore numerous museums, including the world-class Prado . Then check out the nearby Retiro Park (Parque del Buen Retiro). Las Ventas Bullring - the birthplace of bullfighting - will get your heart pumping. Learn the history of this controversial Spanish tradition, or watch a torero (bullfighter) in action. Fans of European football shouldn't miss a trip to the Santiago Bernabéu Stadium,  home to Real Madrid.

From Madrid to Seville

Seville, spain.

Sevilla Santa Justa

Seville (Sevilla), Spain

Portuguese explorer Ferdinand Magellan began the first voyage around the world in 1519, and it all began in Seville. This city is a place for true world travelers! Home to flamenco dancing and tasty tapas, you can easily immerse yourself in Spanish life here. Start with the colorful Calle Betis , which runs along the waterfront and is lined with restaurants, bars, and clubs. The Alcázar of Seville is worth a visit, as is the large and distinctive Metropol Parasol wooden structure.

From Seville to Malaga

Malaga, spain.

Málaga-María Zambrano

Malaga (Málaga), Spain

Malaga is a stunning coastal city of sun and sand. It seamlessly combines natural beauty with a rich history and a modern skyline. The 11 th  century Moorish castle of  Alcazaba  can be found in the middle of the city. Below lie the remains of the old  Roman Theater  (El Teatro Romano), which is free to visitors. After gazing in awe at the ancient ruins, fast forward to the 20 th  century. Pablo Picasso was born in Malaga, so it's fitting to tour the  Picasso Museum ! Then it’s time to complete your Spain trip with a visit to one of  Malaga’s famous beaches .

Get ready to discover Spain by train!  

Change of currency.

You cannot change the currency once you have a Pass in your cart. Remove the Pass, and then change the currency on the website header.

Southern Spain Itinerary: 7 Days Without A Car (2024)

If you’re planning your Southern Spain itinerary, 7 days is the perfect time to get a taste of the region.

Having backpacked through Spain multiple times, Andalucia stands out as one of my favorite regions in this vibrant country.

I love the unique blend of cultures, vibrant cities, and the laid-back southern way of living. 

Most people explore Andalucia on a road trip, but I traveled around Andalucia without a car. Public transport in Spain is great, and you can visit all the must-see places by train or bus!

If you’re ready to plan an itinerary for Southern Spain without a car, let’s get started!

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links, which means I may receive a commission, at no extra cost to you, if you make a purchase through a link. I hope you find the information here helpful!

7 Days Southern Spain Itinerary At A Glance

Length : 7 days, 8 nights  Start And End Point : Start in Sevilla, end in Malaga CIties To Visit : Sevilla, Cordoba, Granada, Malaga

• Day 1: Sevilla
• Day 2: Sevilla
• Day 3: Cordoba
• Day 4: Granada
• Day 5: Granada
• Day 6: Malaga
• Day 7: Malaga

You could also do this itinerary either way around, starting in Malaga or Seville , or simply returning where you started from.

I took a train from Madrid to Sevilla on my backpacking Spain route , so that’s why I started from there.

Both Sevilla and Malaga have large international airports, so it is easy to organize your flights if you’re coming from Europe.

It takes less than 3 hours to travel between Malaga and Sevilla by bus or train, so it won’t impact your itinerary that much.

You might wonder if you should visit Cordoba or Granada , but I say you should do both!

Let’s jump right in!

DAY 1 AND 2: Sevilla

You’ll start your Southern Spain trip from the vibrant city of Sevilla.

A must-visit in Andalucia, Sevilla perfectly encapsulates the essence of southern Spain and is an ideal starting point for your journey.

Sevilla is one of my favorite places in Spain and a place I would visit again and again on a short city break.

Best Things To Do In Sevilla, Andalucia

• Plaza de Espana
• The Real Alcázar de Sevilla
• Santa Cruz neighborhood

Start your day in Sevilla by exploring the city center.

Sevilla is a city where you can wander the streets, immersing yourself in its enchanting surroundings.

The most picturesque area is the narrow cobblestone streets of the Santa Cruz neighborhood. 

Places you should not miss are Plaza de Espana , the largest Gothic Cathedral, and The Real Alcázar de Sevilla – both UNESCO World Heritage Sites !

You will want to book the Alcázar tour and Sevilla Cathedral tickets in advance, as both attractions get very busy in the high season!

The modern installation of Setas de Sevilla is a fun spot to visit, particularly popular for watching the sunset.

See Flamenco in Sevilla

When I think of Andalucia, I think of flamenco. 

Sevilla is known as a home to flamenco, and I was expecting to run into people dancing on the street all the time. 

The truth is most of the shows are private and you have to book in advance.

You can book your ticket for the best-rated Flamenco show in Sevilla here !

If you are on a budget, don’t despair – you can see flamenco for free in a couple of places !

One of them is at Plaza de Espagna . There, you will find people doing a free show for tips. 

The second one is La Carboneria . I highly recommend you check it out, take a drink, and enjoy flamenco. 

The place is very relaxed, and the drinks are cheap. It is truly a hidden gem in Sevilla, and it is a great place to discover Sevilla’s nightlife as a solo female traveler.

💃🏽 Book Flamenco Show In Seville!

Where To Stay In Sevilla

Budget options.

Onefam Catedral is the best backpacker hostel in Sevilla. 

It is located in the heart of Santa Cruz and they organize activities so you can meet other travelers.

I stayed in The Nomad hostel in Sevilla, as the first one was fully booked when I visited.

The hostel is centrally located, and it is affordable and comfortable. There was a rooftop bar, a communal kitchen, and a living room, making it a great hostel to meet other backpackers !

Splurge Option

It doesn’t get much better than Hotel Casa del Poeta .

This hotel with a rooftop pool in the heart of Sevilla will transport you back in time and make you feel like Andalucian royalty!

Vegan Restaurants In Sevilla

There are quite a few restaurants with vegan options in Sevilla. As always, use the Happy Cow app to find vegan options.

With a whopping 96 restaurants offering vegan options in Sevilla, you practically don’t have to worry about the food.

I visited two restaurants on this trip.

• The first one is Veganitessen . It is a fully vegan restaurant located inside the market with an interesting menu.
• The other place is Milk Away . They had vegan options, but it is not a fully vegan restaurant, and it was more like a “healthy food” spot for days when you feel like you need to be more healthy on the road!

DAY 3: Cordoba

The next stop on our backpacking Andalucia itinerary is Cordoba. 

Many people choose to visit Cordoba on a day trip from Sevilla. However, I feel like it deserves a whole day. 

You can take a bus from Sevilla to Cordoba. The bus ride was about 45 minutes. You could also take a train, but the bus was cheaper and it takes about the same time anyway.

Compare the prices and book your ticket from Sevilla to Cordoba here !

Best Things To Do In Cordoba, Andalucia

• Mezquita Cathedral de Cordoba
• Flower Patios
• Puente Romano Bridge

The main sight in Cordoba is a UNESCO World Heritage Site : Mezquita Cathedral de Cordoba .

I loved exploring the old town of Cordoba, with its charming cobblestone streets feels like getting lost in time.

Walk along the river across the Puente Romano bridge, and then back to the city. This route is especially charming at night when the city walls light up.

A fun fact about Cordoba is that people take really good care of their patios, so you can enjoy some pretty flowers as well.

Flower pots on the walls are somewhat of a symbol of the city as well.

Where To Stay In Cordoba

I stayed in Pension Internacional.  

I shared a private room with a bathroom with a friend, which ended up being cheaper than staying in a hostel. The Pension was centrally located, and it had air conditioning.

Vegan Restaurants In Cordoba

According to the Happy Cow app, there are currently no fully vegan or vegetarian restaurants in Cordoba. 

However, there are a couple of restaurants with vegan options. 

As it was already my third day in the region, I wanted to try some accidentally vegan Andalucian food.

One of them was Salamorejo . It is an accidentally vegan tomato and bread soup that they usually top with some non-vegan toppings, so you have to ask them not to put it.

I had salamorejo soup in Taberna San Miguel Casa el Pisto and it was delicious!

DAY 4 AND 5: Granada

From Cordoba, you will take a 3-hour bus to Granada. 

You could also take a train, but the bus was cheaper, and there was no significant difference in the duration of the trip.

Compare the prices and book your ticket from Cordoba to Granada here !

Best Things To Do In Granada, Andalucia

• Alhambra of Granada
• Albayzin neighborhood
• Hiking in the Sierra Nevada

The main tourist attraction is Alhambra of Granada. It is incredible and it should not be missed. 

Alhambra is a popular site, so you need to book the tickets in advance, and you are only allowed to enter at the time indicated on your ticket. 

You do not need to book a guided tour if that’s not your thing, you can simply just get an Alhambra entrance ticket .

If all non-guided tickets are sold out for the day you’re visiting, booking this guided Alhambra tour is an excellent way around it.

However, there’s more to Granada than just Alhambra. The architecture in the city is one of the prime examples of Islamic influence in the region. 

Albayzin neighborhood, the medieval Moorish district, is the most picturesque quarter in Granada. It is very characteristic and great for getting lost in the streets.

I stumbled upon a girl playing guitar and singing on one of the streets, and ti was such a great atmosphere as more people gathered to listen.

If you appreciate a good viewpoint as much as I do, the best spot to watch the sunset is Mirador de San Nicolas.

Hiking in Granada, Sierra Nevada

If you like hiking, you should consider staying longer than two days in Granada. 

Granada is the best base for hikes in the Sierra Nevada mountain region.

There are a couple of hikes that can be done using public transport. I suggest you check out this guide on Hikes accessible by public transport to see your options!

Join A Hiking Tour In Sierra Nevada!

Where To Stay In Granada 

El Granado Hostel is the best backpacker hostel in Granada. 

Alternatively, you can go for a family-run accommodation like Casa Vestali .

I stayed in one with a friend, as it was cheaper for us to book a private room than two hostel beds.

Vegan Restaurants In Granada

After no vegan restaurants in Cordoba, I was worried about the situation in Granada. However, Granada is a great destination for vegans and there were so many options.

The Happy Cow app showed almost 70 places with at least vegan options, so I checked out a couple of places. 

• Papas Elvira is a small place but with many vegan options. I tried empanadas, because I have never had them before, and they were tasty!
• The Good Burger chain had a vegan burger option. However, the burger was overpriced and tiny. I would not recommend it.
• Wild Food r estaurant offers a fine dining experience. I tried several of their cakes, and they were amazing! Highly recommended!

DAY 6 AND 7: Malaga

You’ll finish your South of Spain itinerary with a visit to Malaga.

You can see all the main tourist attractions in Malaga in 1 day, and the second day you can spend enjoying Costa del Sol beaches or going for a hike!

Best Things To Do In Malaga, Andalucia

•  Alcazaba and Gibralfaro Castle
• Picasso Museum
• Caminito del Rey

Malaga is the birthplace of the famous artist Picasso, so if you like art, you have to visit the Picasso Museum.

If you are on a budget Malaga Museum is free, and you can see some of Picasso’s art there!

I suggest hiking up to Mirador de Gibralfaro. It is a great viewpoint to see the whole of Malaga.

Malaga is a great base to explore the rest of Costa del Sol, so that is what I am going to suggest to you. 

Beaches In Malaga

I must be honest, I did not like Playa de la Malagueta too much. It was too close to the large port for my liking. 

However, I am from a small coastal town in Croatia, so I have quite high standards for beaches.

Still, if you are staying in Malaga you could easily do a day trip to some of the smaller towns with better beaches. They are not the cheapest European beach towns , but they are not super expensive either!

Some of the best beaches near Malaga are in Nerja.

Day Trips From Malaga

Malaga is a great base for day trips. With 2 days in Malaga, you can go on a day trip to Ronda or Caminito del Rey. 

If you want to do the Caminito del Rey hike, be sure to book it in advance. 

I tried booking a week before I was supposed to be in Malaga, and all the good entrance slots were already booked. I was not willing to hike at 14h in 30 degrees heat.

If you don’t have a car, the simplest way to get to Caminito del Rey is to join the Caminito del Rey bus tour from Malaga .

Where To Stay In Malaga 

I stayed in two different hostels in Malaga. 

The first one I would not recommend. Therefore, I will not link it. I will use this opportunity to remind you to read the reviews.

The second hostel I stayed at was The Urban Jungle Hostel . The hostel had a cool rooftop bar and great location, but there was no kitchen and the bathrooms didn’t have a proper door.

Vegan Restaurants In Malaga, Spain

Malaga is a big city. Therefore, there were many vegan options. Happy Cow said almost 80 places with at least vegan options. 

Yet, sometimes when faced with many choices, we tend to make mistakes. Therefore, I only have two places to recommend out of those I tried out.

• Recyclo Bike Cafe had a couple of nice, vegan lunch options that were pretty affordable. 
• Restaurante Japones Udon Malaga had a couple of vegan dishes on their menu, including a delicious Udon dish!

More Places To Visit In Andalucia

As you can see, you don’t need to choose between Seville and Granada , as you have plenty of time to visit both cities even with just a week in the region!

If you have more time to spend exploring Andalucia, there are a couple of destinations that I would put on the itinerary. 

• Cadiz is a beachside town famous for surfing and its history.
• Gibraltar is feasible as a day trip from Malaga and you can add a visit to another “country” to your list.
• Ronda is quite an impressive town, and also one of the day trips I would consider taking from Malaga.
• Pueblos Blancos , the whitewashed villages are a fun day trip if you rent a car in Andalucia .

How To Get Around Andalucia Without A Car

You don’t need to rent a car when visiting the South of Spain.

Spain is one of the best European countries for backpackers , and Andalucia is well connected by an extensive network of buses and trains.

It is possible to reach virtually every notable tourist destination by reliable public transport, which is perfect for backpacking Andalucia on a budget.

You can book your tickets online or at the stations, and I suggest you do it in advance because the prices get higher closer to the travel date.

I use this website to book and compare bus and train tickets between different operators, to make sure that I’m getting the best deal!

Budget For One Week In Andalucia

Andalucia is not one of the most expensive areas in Europe , but it is not as cheap as Eastern Europe. 

Your budget will mainly depend on when you decide to visit since the prices tend to fluctuate seasonally. 

The currency in Spain is the euro.

I budgeted around 50 – 70€ per day for backpacking Andalucia in the summer.

That covered accommodation in hostels and pensions (it is like a budget version of a hotel, usually run by a family), food, transportation, entry tickets, and free walking tours . 

Depending on your travel style, it might be higher or lower.

Is Andalucia Safe For Solo Female Travellers?

I felt as safe in Andalucia as in any other European country. That means as long as you keep an average level of awareness, you should be fine. 

Pickpocketing is common in big cities, so keep an eye on your valuables. It is safe to walk around with your camera and a phone out because everybody does that.

I felt safe walking around at night since the streets were busy until late evening. 

Don’t Make These Travel Mistakes!

Learn the most common travel mistakes, and what to do instead!

Summary: Andalucia Itinerary 7 Days

This 7 day Southern Spain itinerary covers all the must-see spots in Andalucia – from colorful Sevilla to magical Alhambra and sandy beaches along Costa del Sol.

However, it still gives you the flexibility to spend more or less time at each destination and add other places to the itinerary.

Day trips to Gibraltar, surfing in Tavira, or picturesque Pueblos Blancos are more fun experiences to consider when backpacking Andalucia . 

So, where are you going after Andalucia? You can continue your trip to the north to Madrid or Barcelona on the coast!

Natali is the founder of She's Abroad Again. She is a solo female travel and backpacking expert who traveled to more than 30 country over 3 continents, mostly solo and on a budget! She is a lawyer turned travel blogger as she traded long office hours in Croatia for a digital nomad life and currenly calls France her home.

Similar Posts

Granada Or Cordoba: Which One To Visit? (2024)

Are you planning a trip to Spain and wondering if you should add Granada or Cordoba to your itinerary? I visited both so I’ve got you covered! While I think…

Backpacking Spain: Solo Travel Guide (2024)

If you’re planning your backpacking Spain trip, you have come to the right place! Spain is one of my favorite European countries, and I backpacked around Spain several times.  From…

Backpacking Andalucia On A Budget (2024)

Are you dreaming of backpacking Andalucia? That’s a fantastic idea! I traveled to Spain many times and the region of Andalucia is one of my favorite Spanish regions. It is…

Visit Barcelona Or Madrid: Which One Is Better? (2024)

Are you planning a trip to Spain and wonder if you should visit Barcelona or Madrid?  I spent quite some time in both and I’m here to help! Madrid and…

Seville Or Granada: How To Choose Between Them (2024)

When crafting my Spain itinerary I wondered if I should visit Seville or Granada. They seemed similar enough that I could skip one if I were short on time. Finally,…

Seville Or Malaga: Which City Is Better To Visit (2024)

Are you wondering whether to visit Seville or Malaga for your next city break?  I visited both cities, so I’ve got you covered! Seville is one of the most vibrant…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The Ultimate 7 Day Andalucía Itinerary Without a Car

Updated February 2024

This 7-day Andalucía itinerary without a car is the best destinations to explore in southern Spain . I found myself loving the culture even more than last time, discovering a few new places.

Southern Spain is rich in culture — it feels a world away from Northern Spain. With influences from the Moorish times, the architecture itself is noticeably different. The food is vibrant, influenced both by the sea and land. It’s a part of Spain that has remained passionate, a place to experience the romance of small towns and adventure out into the wildlands. 

My first introduction to this fiery part of Spain was Seville . I was living in Barcelona at the time for a stint and found myself exploring the cobblestone roads for a long weekend. It was idyllic but left me wanting more — an opportunity to do a deeper dive. So this time, I returned with a thirst. I was determined to see more of Andalucía and did so without a car.

I came back for a week of solo travel, stopping in Córdoba , Granada , and Málaga . Tacking this on with my experience in Seville, I’ve put together what would be my ideal itinerary. It’s an itinerary designed to be a bit slower, giving time to savor each destination. 

So here’s a look at the ultimate 7-day Andalucía itinerary without a car.

Short on Time? Here’s How I Would Spend 7 Days in Andalucía Without a Car:

Stop 1 : seville — 2 nights.

• Hotel Casa 1800 Seville , for the best overall hotel

Stop 2: Córdoba — 1 Night

• Hotel Hospes Palacio del Baílio , for the best overall hotel

Stop 3: Granada — 2 Nights

• Hotel Casa 1800 Granada , for the best overall hotel

Stop 4: Málaga — 1 Night

• Molina Lario , for the best overall hotel

How to Get to Andalucía

If you’re coming from Spain like Barcelona, there are multiple flights that land in Seville or Málaga. Major airlines like Easy Jet, Vueling, British Airways and more offer flights within the EU from other major airports as well. 

Getting Around Andalucía Without a Car

Since the whole point of the itinerary is to travel without a car, I’ve shared an entire guide on how to do so in Southern Spain. This guide breaks down everything you need to know for getting around. It gives the best routes, how to use the bus when to book trains and more.

It is so easy to travel to Andalucía without a car! You may not be able to get to all the smaller villages but you’ll certainly be able to see the major cities and towns along the way. Public transportation in Andalucía is really well built out. I know I found it intimidating to put together this trip at first when I knew I would not rent a car. After some deep diving and experiencing it firsthand, I’m so happy to report back how easy it was. 

Head to this blog post for a guide on how to get around Andalucía without a car.

What to Know Before Traveling to Andalucía

Time of Year to Travel

If you plan on a sunny vacation on the Costa del Sol or want to take advantage of ocean activities, the winter may be too cold. I’ll say the summer months here are incredibly crowded but it’s because the beaches are divine. I’d recommend coming on the shoulder seasons of April-May and September-November. I went in November and needed a proper coat, there was even snow on top of the Sierra Nevadas. 

Most places will take credit card but it is important as well to carry Euros for smaller vendors.

Spanish is the official language here. You will find that many speak English as well.  

Amount of Time

Though this itinerary is designed for a week-long experience, you could easily spend two weeks in this region. There is a lot to discover here and I’m touching only on the highlights.

Seville is a magical place to start a trip to Andalucía. The heart and capital city of the region, Seville is stunning to explore. Grabbing tapas at the historic and very bustling El Rinconcillo is a must. You’ll find a few gems that you’ll want to pre-book tickets for, like the Real Alcázar de Sevilla and largest Gothic Cathedral in the world, Catedral de Sevilla. 

Other highlights for me included walking around Plaza de Espana at sunrise and with no people. And of course, the dreamy Casa de Pilatos. 

Helpful Seville Guides to Plan Your Trip

• The First-Timer’s Guide to Seville
• 10 Incredible Things to Do in Seville
• 10 Best Boutique Hotels in Seville

Seville Hotel Recommendations

How to get to seville.

The easiest way from northern Spain would be an airplane. If coming from Madrid, there is a high-speed train that takes around 2 hr 30 min.

Many come to Córdoba for the Mezquita alone — a church and mosque that represents deeply the region’s history. It’s an incredible work of art, and worth the trip alone. The city is vibrant, boasting famous patios that are kept pristine. 

Situated along the river, one night here will get you to the majority of the sights and give you a taste of Córdoba. 

Helpful Córdoba Guides to Plan Your Trip

• Highlights of Córdoba — Things to Do and More

Córdoba Hotel Recommendations

How to get from seville to córdoba.

The fastest way is by train and there is a direct option that arrives in around 45 minutes. 

Granada was my favorite city of them all. Nestled up against the Sierra Nevadas, this is a city I could live. Both modern restaurants and old-world bodegas, it feels like the best of both worlds. Something new, something old. Of course, the Alhambra is reason enough to visit the city but where I found myself falling in love, was in the small streets along the hillside.

It felt peaceful yet right in the heart of the city it was bustling. There so much to do here and I honestly felt like two nights was not enough. If you do have an extra night, I’d spend it here. 

Helpful Granada Guides to Plan Your Trip

• The First-Timer’s Guide to Granada

Granada Hotel Recommendations

How to get from córdoba to granada.

The best route is by bus. It’s the cheapest and takes around the same amount of time as the train. I’d recommend booking a seat in advance on Alsa. 

I’ll be honest that Málaga was not my favorite city and I think in large it had to do with the time of year. I spent two nights here and found it was way too much time to spend only in the city. The city is small as far as things to do. The cathedral is beautiful, and the town has quite a few restaurants. The draw to this area, though, is the plentiful beaches and incredible golf courses, which are seasonal. 

So if you’re coming when it is too cold to be at the beach or play golf, one night here or one full day is plenty of time. If you’re here in the summer and you plan to make use of the good weather (hiking, sailing, golfing), I could see how a few days here would be nice. 

Helpful Málaga Guides to Plan Your Trip

• 24 Hour Guide to Málaga

Málaga Hotel Recommendations

How to get from Granada to Málaga: I compared both bus and train options, and the most direct route is by bus. If you take the train, the options are limited and it requires one change. On the contrary, the bus goes every 30 minutes or so and is direct to the city. 

Leaving Málaga: The international airport in Málaga is only 20 minutes from the city center. This is a great spot to catch a connecting flight to another major airport in Europe.

Save This Post for Later on Pinterest

PS — Are You Booking a Trip Soon? Use My Booking Checklist!

These are the sites I use most to book my own trips. Using the links below is a great way to support Bon Traveler’s travel journalism at no extra cost to you . If you need help organizing your itinerary, get my free travel itinerary template here .

1. Book Your Flights

I use Skyscanner to find the best flights. It searches 100s of airlines and websites across the globe to ensure you’re not missing out on any route options or deals.

2. Book Your Accommodations

I use Booking.com for hotels and guest houses. They have the biggest inventory and consistently offer the best rates.

3. Book Your Tours & Experiences

I use Viator or Get Your Guide to find the best tours and experiences. They are my favorite tour search engines. I always check both as their inventory varies depending on the destination.

4. Book Your Rental Car

Self-driving is the best way to explore most destinations. I use Discover Cars for our rental cars, select full coverage insurance, and opt for a reputable company like Alamo, Hertz, or Sixt.

5. Don’t Forget Airport Lounge Access

I use Priority Pass to gain access to 1,400+ VIP lounges and airport experiences worldwide. The Priority Pass app is the first thing I check when I have a layover. I’ve been a member for over a decade, and having a comfortable place to relax before and between flights makes air travel so much more enjoyable.

6. Don’t Forget Travel Insurance

I never leave the country without travel insurance. It provides comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong (ie. illness, injury, theft, and cancelations, etc.). I use it frequently for my travels to stay protected.

My favorite companies that offer the best coverage and rates are:

• World Nomads (best for all-around)
• Safety Wing (best for frequent travelers)

Xx, Jessica

Related Posts

The Ultimate London 3-Day Itinerary

The Ultimate Ireland 8 to 10 Days Itinerary

15 Best Beautiful Cities in Spain to Visit

A bit harsh on Málaga. I enjoyed the Automobile museum there. Also, if you have time, the nearby Caminito del Rey is breathtaking.

Write A Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Cayman Islands
• Dominican Republic
• Puerto Rico
• South Dakota
• Washington DC
• Czech Republic
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• French Polynesia
• Travel Tips
• Family Travel
• Accommodations
• Packing Lists
• Photography Tips
• Northern California Guide
• San Francisco
• Lightroom Presets
• Rent Our Home For Photoshoots
• California Map

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

• 1300-987-322
• My Account Hello Credits My Account Log out

Holland America Line Offers Cruisers the Chance to Sample a Grand Voyage, Exploring a Global Region in Grand Style Starting at Just $169/day

Guests can enjoy destinations like Easter Island, Antarctica and cities of the Med while enjoying signature experiences aboard a Grand Voyages

Seattle, Wash., Aug. 26, 2024 — Holland America Line , a leader in destination-rich longer voyages, is inviting cruisers to sample one of its most prolific cruise categories by booking a segment of either the 2025 Grand World Voyage or 2025 Grand Voyage: Pole to Pole, for as little as $169 per day, including all taxes and fees.

Seven segments are available on the Grand Voyage: Pole to Pole aboard Volendam, ranging from 33 to 100 days. On Zuiderdam’s Grand World Voyage, guests can choose from among six segments, ranging from 20 to 55 days. The segments allow guests to choose from a diverse selection of shorter itineraries, tailoring the Grand Voyage experience to their own taste and timeline.

“Our Grand Voyages are something our dedicated guests come back for every year while also attracting new guests who are eager to explore the world, but at over four months we recognize that not everyone has that time,” said Paul Grigsby, vice president of deployment and itinerary planning for Holland America Line. “By booking one of our 2025 Grand Voyage segments, cruisers can get a taste of the special atmosphere and community aboard these sailings at an incredible value.”

Grand Voyage segments sail between two key ports along each voyage, making it a seamless experience joining the ship in various locales around the world. On the Grand World Voyage, guests can sail from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, to Singapore or Sydney, Australia; Singapore to Athens, Greece; Cape Town, South Africa, to Fort Lauderdale; Sydney to Cape Town; and Athens to Fort Lauderdale.

The Grand Voyage: Pole to Pole segments cruise from Fort Lauderdale to Buenos Aires, Argentina; Buenos Aires to Barcelona, Spain, or Ijmuiden (Amsterdam), the Netherlands or Fort Lauderdale; Fort Lauderdale to Ijmuiden (Amsterdam); and Ijmuiden (Amsterdam) or Barcelona to Fort Lauderdale.

Highlighted Segments

2025 Grand World Voyage Aboard Zuiderdam, departs Jan. 4, roundtrip from Fort Lauderdale:

    o   55-Day Fort Lauderdale to Singapore , Jan. 4 — March 1, 2025: Those looking for a sampling of a world cruise can embark in the convenient North American homeport of Fort Lauderdale, sailing east to west, before ultimately disembarking in Singapore. On the voyage, Zuiderdam will call ports in 13 countries, and guests will experience multiple bucket list items, including a Panama Canal transit, overnight stay at Easter Island and scenic cruising in the Great Barrier Reef. 

    o   20-Day Athens to Fort Lauderdale , April 19 — May 9, 2025: Guests looking for the shortest taste of a grand can embark in Athens for a Mediterranean adventure, calling ports in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Morocco — including a special overnight celebration in Barcelona — before heading across the Atlantic Ocean, visiting San Juan, Puerto Rico, for a perfect day in paradise before disembarking at Fort Lauderdale.

2025 Grand Voyage: Pole to Pole aboard Volendam, departs Jan. 25, roundtrip from Fort Lauderdale:

    o   47-Day Fort Lauderdale to Buenos Aires , Jan. 25 — March 13, 2025: Those looking for an extended Antarctic adventure and exploration of South America can sail from Fort Lauderdale, experiencing a Panama Canal Transit before heading south to Central and South America, extensively exploring Peru (including an overnight at Lima) and Chile. A four-day Antarctica experience rounds off the segment before sailing north to Uruguay and Argentina.

    o   33-Day Ijmuiden (Amsterdam) to Fort Lauderdale , May 5 — June 7, 2025: Guests who dream of visiting the North Pole can embark in Ijmuiden, exploring the rugged coast of Norway before crossing the Arctic Circle and calling Honningsvåg (Nordkapp) in the North Cape. Volendam then visits Iceland, Greenland, Canada, Saint Pierre and Miquelon, and ports in Maine and Massachusetts before ending the voyage at Fort Lauderdale.

A Grand Onboard Experience

Guests sailing on any of the full or segmented Grand Voyages will have access to all the on-board offerings that Holland America Line is known for, including a robust entertainment and enrichment program that is exclusive to Grand Voyages. This includes 15 new production shows debuting in 2025 , [V(1] [C(2]  comedians, headline entertainers and performers brought on locally, and resident musicians, including a classical trio and dance band on both ships. 

Cruisers can delve deep into the cuisine of the region of the itinerary, as guest chefs will join select segments to share their culinary talents, including live cooking demonstrations, informative “coffee chats” and signature dishes in both the main Dining Room and Pinnacle Grill.

Grand Voyage Ships to Meet in Barcelona

During the Grand Voyages, Zuiderdam and Volendam will rendezvous April 24 in Barcelona. Guests on select segments will get to experience the historic meetup, which will be commemorated with Catalan-themed gala dinners, and a shipboard party capped off with a special drone show. Guests on both ships who want to meet up will have opportunities to get together as the ships overnight in port.

AAA Newsroom

Automotive, Travel, and Traffic Safety Information

Top Labor Day Travel Trends of 2024

Aaa booking data shows alaska cruises, european cities, and tourist attractions are most popular.

WASHINGTON, DC (Aug. 19, 2024) – This year’s record-breaking , blockbuster summer travel season comes to a close with many Americans exploring Alaska by cruise. According to AAA booking data, Seattle is the number one Labor Day weekend* destination, up nearly 30% from last year when it also topped the list. Anchorage and Juneau are also on the top ten list of Labor Day destinations.  

“This is the time of year to go on an Alaska cruise,” said Paula Twidale, Senior Vice President of AAA Travel. “There are fewer crowds compared to earlier in the summer, and if you’re lucky, you might even catch a glimpse of fall colors! It’s no surprise Alaska cruises are sold out this Labor Day weekend.”  

AAA travel experts say if you’re interested in going on an Alaska cruise next summer, the time to book is now to lock in the best rate and ensure you get the type of cabin you want.   

According to AAA booking data, o verall domestic travel over Labor Day weekend is up 9% compared to last year , while the cost to travel domestically is down 2%. Other top Labor Day destinations include Orlando, New York, Boston, Las Vegas, Denver, Chicago, and San Francisco. For many families, Labor Day is the last hurrah before school begins. To make the most of those trips, AAA recommends identifying must-see sights and creating a flexible itinerary ahead of time. “ Trip Canvas is a great free resource for travelers in the planning phase,” Twidale said. “You can find free things to do in Denver or the best museums in New York City .”  

Travelers taking road trips should expect to pay less for gas compared to last year. The national average over Labor Day weekend in 2023 was $3.81. In recent weeks, gas prices have remained steady, hovering around $3.50. Despite the popularity of summer road trips, overall gas demand is down as daily driving habits have changed post-pandemic, preventing pump prices from spiking. Hurricanes hitting the Gulf and affecting regional refineries could cause gas prices to go up as the peak of the season approaches in September. For drivers taking road trips in their electric vehicles, AAA now offers information on the cost of Level 2 commercial EV charging and updates that data weekly .   

International travel over Labor Day weekend is down 4% compared to last year, per AAA booking numbers , while the cost to travel internationally is up 11%. Most of those travelers are heading to Europe. Eight out of the top ten international destinations booked through AAA are European cities. Travelers renting a car abroad should consider getting an International Driving Permit (IDP), which translates their driver’s license information into 10 languages. Some countries – including Italy and Spain – require it. AAA is the only entity in the U.S. authorized by the State Department to issue an IDP.   

  Top Labor Day Destinations  

  Best and Worst Times to Travel by Car over Labor Day Weekend   

INRIX , a provider of transportation data and insights, says car travelers should avoid the afternoon and early evening hours of Thursday and Friday, as those times will be the most congested. Drivers should hit the road in the morning unless they’re leaving on Saturday when the best time to travel by car is in the afternoon. Travelers returning on Sunday and on Labor Day should leave as early as possible to avoid heavy traffic in the afternoon.    

“Drivers should expect the most severe traffic jams before the holiday weekend as commuters mix with travelers,” said Bob Pishue, transportation analyst at INRIX. “Monitoring traffic apps, local news stations, and 511 traveler information services may help drivers navigate around congestion and reduce driver frustration this Labor Day.”  

Source: INRIX  

*Labor Day Weekend   

AAA looked at booking data for Thursday, August 29 through Monday, September 2, and compared those numbers with booking data for that same five-day period in 2023.   

About AAA   

Started in 1902 by automotive enthusiasts who wanted to chart a path for better roads in America and advocate for safe mobility, AAA has transformed into one of North America’s largest membership organizations. Today, AAA delivers exceptional roadside assistance, helps travelers plan their dream vacations and adventures, offers exclusive member discounts and benefits, and provides trusted financial and insurance services – all to enhance the life journey of our 64+ million members across North America, including over 57 million in the United States. To learn more about all AAA offers or become a member, visit AAA.com.  

  About INRIX  

Founded in 2004, INRIX pioneered intelligent mobility solutions by transforming big data from connected devices and vehicles into mobility insights. This revolutionary approach enabled INRIX to become one of the leading providers of data and analytics into how people move. By empowering cities, businesses, and people with valuable insights, INRIX is helping to make the world smarter, safer, and greener. With partners and solutions spanning across the entire mobility ecosystem, INRIX is uniquely positioned at the intersection of technology and transportation – whether it’s keeping road users safe, improving traffic signal timing to reduce delay and greenhouse gasses, optimizing last mile delivery, or helping uncover market insights. Learn more at INRIX.com.   

Norwegian Cruise Line offers more options for port-immersive Europe itineraries for its 2026 spring/summer season

Among the 225 new voyages, featuring 150 unique ports of call, ncl will make its debut in portree, scotland; leirvik (stord), norway; and palamós, spain .

Norwegian Cruise Line (NCL) has opened for sale additional cruises for its 2026 spring/summer season with more port-immersive Europe sailings across Northern Europe, the Mediterranean, and Greek Isles across eight ships providing cruisers a variety of sailing lengths and embarkation ports to plan their dream European vacation; in addition to bucket-list itineraries through the South Pacific, warm weather summer voyages through the Western Caribbean, journeys to Canada and New England for the fall season, among other fascinating destinations. 

As part of NCL’s guest-centric itinerary planning, the Brand is offering more seven-day itineraries throughout Europe with many voyages that include limited or no sea days, allowing guests to fully immerse themselves into each destination. Select seven-to-14-day sailings also offer overnight stays in Reykjavik, Iceland; Copenhagen, Denmark; Istanbul, Turkey and more. There are a total of 22 overnights in Europe this season, where cruisers can choose to enjoy late night dinners and nightlife on shore. With 11 unique embarkation ports offering voyages across 10 different European countries, including Helsinki –  a brand-new homeport for NCL – the company is providing travelers the opportunity to begin and end their vacation in the destination that best fulfils their European travel desires. Among the newly open for sale Europe cruises, NCL will call to Portree, Scotland; Leirvik (Stord), Norway; and Palamós, Spain for the very first time.

“At NCL, we take pride in offering our guests various options to plan where they want to vacation,” said David J. Herrera, President of Norwegian Cruise Line. “From immersive voyages to cruises that begin and end in a new destination, we make it so our guests can maximize their experience and vacation with ease with us from start to finish. We strive to offer the best service all around.”

“Europe remains a favourite destination for Australian/New Zealand cruisers, and with the launch of our 2026 Europe collection we’re delighted to offer travellers the opportunity to experience even more of Europe,” said Ben Angell, Vice President and Managing Director, NCL APAC. “From undiscovered gems in Lithuania and Norway to Mediterranean hotspots and a full Baltic season including our first departure from Helsinki, guests can design their dream European escape from a choice of eight ships, 11 departure ports and over 180 itineraries, 44 of which are being offered for the first time. Whether they prefer to create longer voyages with back-to-back sailings or combine a week at sea with a pre- or post-cruise land tour in cities such as Istanbul, Barcelona and Lisbon there’s a perfect itinerary to suit.”

Additional highlights from the 225 new and available sailings include:

Northern Europe

From June through October 2026, Norwegian Sun® will offer a full Baltic season with seven- to 10-day sailings where guests can embark in Copenhagen, Denmark or Helsinki, and visit a port nearly every day including towns in Norway, Germany, Poland, Lithuania, Sweden and more. On select nine-day voyages from Helsinki, Norwegian Sun’s itinerary includes an overnight stay in Copenhagen, Denmark where guests can explore the history of the city, visit the famous entertainment district of Nyhavn; or stroll down Stroget, one of the longest pedestrian shopping streets in Europe.

Norwegian Sky® will commence her second full Europe season on April 19, 2026 with four unique seven-day open-jaw sailings to the Northern Capitals embarking in Le Havre, France and Copenhagen, Denmark, offering an overnight stay in Hamburg, Germany and visiting Zeebruge, Belgium; Tilbury, United Kingdom; and Ijmuiden, Netherlands. The vessel will then cruise a series of 10- and 11-day British Isles voyages from May through Sept. 2026 where NCL will make its debut in Portree, Scotland on its May 17, 2026 sailing.

Travelers looking to take advantage of the long hours of summer daylight in Iceland can embark on one of Norwegian Star’s® 10- or 11-day Extraordinary Journeys between May and September 2026 embarking in Reykjavik, Iceland or Southampton, UK. With these open-jaw sailings, guests can choose to extend their vacation on land pre- or post-cruise. During the May 21, 2026 voyage, NCL will cruise to Leirvik (Stord), Norway for the very first time, and revisit the port on select 10-day cruises. Known for its attractive harbor, travelers can explore Leirvik’s Sunnhordlandstunet, an open-air museum featuring several historical courtyards, and much more. Norwegian Star’s 11-day Iceland sailings also offer a unique opportunity – an overnight stay in Reykjavik, Iceland – providing more time in destination to explore nature’s wonders.

Mediterranean and Greek Isles

Beginning April 2026 and through October 2026, NCL’s newest ship, Norwegian Viva®, will cruise nine and 10-day Western Mediterranean and Greek Isles voyages. To further provide guests with more port time, a selection of the Greek Isles voyages will also include an overnight stay in Istanbul, Turkey for guests to discover the city late into the night. Perfect for those searching for a warm European escape, the itineraries visit popular towns in Turkey, Malta, Italy, Greece, Montenegro and Croatia. These unique open-jaw cruises provide travelers more embarkation and disembarkation port options to choose from including Barcelona, Spain; Venice (Ravenna), Italy; Istanbul, Turkey; and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy, allowing them the opportunity to continue their vacation with loved ones on land.

Amongst the new seven-day Western Mediterranean sailings are:

• Norwegian Epic® : Sailing a variety of open-jaw voyages to and from Barcelona, Spain and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy between May 2026 and October 2026, with calls to Nice/Monaco (Villefranche) and Marseille, France; as well as Messina, Salerno and late-night departures from Livorno, Italy, offering between 10 to 17 hours in port to enjoy a longer shore excursion day trip into a nearby town such as Florence or Pisa, Italy.
• Norwegian Dawn® : These port-intensive open-jaw cruises between April 2026 and October 2026 offer no sea days and embark and disembark in Barcelona, Spain and Lisbon, Portugal. Ports of call include late departures from Palma de Mallorca and Ibiza, Spain allowing more time for guests to enjoy popular beach clubs on these Mediterranean islands; as well as visits to Portimao, Portugal; Gibraltar; and more.
• Norwegian Gem® : On May 10, 2026, the ship will start her Europe season with a sailing from Barcelona, Spain where NCL will make its debut in Palamós, Spain, known for scenic hiking paths and beautiful beaches, during the ship’s voyage. Norwegian Gem will also call for the first time in Salerno, Italy and Nice/Monaco (Villefranche), France. Following this sailing, the ship will then embark on a series of cruises to and from Venice (Ravenna) and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy with no sea days calling to Greece; Montenegro; and Croatia, where guests can fully enjoy Dubrovnik, Croatia as select itineraries offer a departure late into the evening.

Norwegian Pearl’s®  seven-day Greek Isles voyages from May 2026 through October 2026 is the ideal cruise for guests looking to island hop through picturesque Greece. Cruisers have the option to choose from varied itineraries with late departures in Santorini and Mykonos, Greece; as well as Dubrovnik, Croatia; to fully immerse themselves in the destination to enjoy a beautiful sunset, indulge in a lively evening dinner, and more. Embarkation and disembarking ports for these voyages alternate between Venice (Ravenna), Italy and Athens (Piraeus), Greece providing guests greater vacation choices.

  Western Caribbean, and Canada & new England

Norwegian Escape® will offer guests seven-day roundtrip sailings to the Western Caribbean from New Orleans between April 12, 2026 through May 10, 2026, followed by seven-day roundtrip sailings from Miami between May 24, 2026 and Aug. 9, 2026. Both itineraries will visit Cozumel and Costa Maya, Mexico; Roatán (Bay Islands), Honduras; and Harvest Caye, NCL’s 75-acre resort-style destination in Southern Belize.

To kick off her fall season, Norwegian Escape will offer a selection of seven-day roundtrip Canada & New England voyages from New York City between August 2026 and October 2026. During her Aug. 28, 2026 sailing, the ship will call to Boston for the very first time, making it the first Breakaway Plus class ship to visit the city. The itinerary takes guests through a journey to Portland, Maine; Saint John, New Brunswick and Halifax, Nova Scotia in Canada; to enjoy the fall foliage and bask in the cool fall weather.

Immersive Voyages with Norwegian Spirit 

From April 22, 2026 through July 3, 2026 and Sept. 17, 2026 through Nov. 17, 2026, Norwegian Spirit® will offer a variety of open-jaw South Pacific sailings between 11- and 13-day voyages calling to New Caledonia; Fiji; Samoa Islands; French Polynesia and the Hawaii islands. Guests have a variety of embarkation ports to choose from including Sydney; Papeete, French Polynesia; Honolulu; and Lautoka, Fiji – a brand new embarkation port for Norwegian Spirit.

For travelers looking for a once-in-a-lifetime cruising experience to explore Alaska and Hawaii, affectionately named NCL’s “Fire and Ice” voyages, Norwegian Spirit will offer four unique 16-day sailings starting July 15, 2026 through Sept. 1, 2026. The voyages offer embarkation in Honolulu or Vancouver, Canada and visit bucket-list destinations such as the dreamlike and warm-weather islands of Kahului (Maui), Hilo and Nawiliwili (Kauai), Hawaii; as well as the majestic and cool-weather towns of Ketchikan, Skagway and Juneau, Alaska.

Norwegian Cruise Line announces enhancements to Norwegian encore 

Norwegian Cruise Line Announces Philadelphia as New Homeport With Its 2026…

Norwegian Cruise Line adds PhilaPort to homeports for Spring/Summer 2026-2027

Norwegian Cruise Line Sets Sail with Over 30 New Voyages Across Asia Pacific

Since you're here...

...there are many ways you can work with us to advertise your company and connect to your customers. Our team can help you design and create an advertising campaign

We can also organize a real life or digital event for you and find thought leader speakers as well as industry leaders, who could be your potential partners, to join the event. We also run some awards programmes which give you an opportunity to be recognized for your achievements during the year and you can join this as a participant or a sponsor.

Let us help you drive your business forward with a good partnership!

Yes, contact me I want to download the media kit

Comments are closed.

LATEST STORIES

Tourism Authority of Thailand announces third run of The One for Nature campaign

Hainan Airlines successfully launches Haikou-Moscow route

Bo Sun of Trip.com is CMO Asia Awards' Marketing Professional of the Year

Air Astana launches direct route to Phuket

Welcome, Login to your account.

Sign in with Google

Powered by wp-glogin.com

Recover your password.

A password will be e-mailed to you.

Welcome back, Log in to your account.

SIGN UP FOR FREE

Be part of our community of seasoned travel and hospitality industry professionals from all over the world.

• LOGIN / SIGN UP
• Middle East
• UK & Europe
• USA & Canada
• Annual & Interim Reports
• Hospitality
• HR & Careers
• Luxury Travel
• MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferencing, Exhibitions)
• Travel Tech
• Travel Agents
• Airlines / Airports
• Conferences
• Cruising (Ocean)
• Cruising (River)
• Destination Management (DMC)
• Hotels & Resorts
• Hotel Management Company
• HR / Appointments
• Meetings, Incentives, Conferencing, Exhibitions (MICE)
• Travel Agents (all)
• Tech – Travel
• Tech – Hotels
• Tourism Boards
• Global Leaders and Csuite
• Executive Women Series
• Executive Hoteliers
• SEAHIS 2024
• Destination Soundbites
• Industry appointments
• Travel Bloggers
• Podcasts – Features
• How to join
• RSVP Portal
• Event Photos/Videos
• Competitions
• Travel Club
• Middle East – 19Sep
• Thailand – 17Oct
• Malaysia – 21Nov
• Asia – 26Nov
• Hong Kong – 23Jan
• Destination NaJomtien BanAmphur BangSaray *NEW*
• จุดหมายปลายทาง นาจอมเทียน หาดบ้านอำเภอ บางเสร่ *NEW*
• South Australia Reward Wonders *NEW*
• Ponant Yacht Cruises and Expeditions
• Encore Tickets (Chinese Guide)
• Affordable Luxury in Thailand by Centara Hotels
• Rising Above the Oridinary by Conrad Bangkok
• The Best of Thailand
• Who is IWTA
• Philippines
• Recommend Someone
• Recommend yourself
• IWTA Awards
• Advertise with us
• 2024 Media Kit
• Gary (Founder/CEO)
• Chris (GM & Managing Editor)
• Kanchan (Snr Editor)
• Marga (Editor)
• Megha (Freelance Editor)
• Charmaine (Freelance Editor)
• Philipp (Freelance Editor)
• Mark (Freelance Editor)
• Anthony (Sales)
• Paul (Sales)
• Upload your Travel Blog
• Upload your Event

• View Results
• 1 (current)

* Terms & Conditions Package not available on sailings less than 5 days or charter sailings.

Norwegian Cruise Line® Offers More Options for Port-Immersive Europe Itineraries for its 2026 Spring/Summer Season

The Brand Offers Guests a Wide Variety of Seven-Day Europe Cruises with No Sea Days Along with Longer Voyages Visiting Ports Nearly Every Day 

Norwegian Sun ® Will Offer a Full Baltic Season with Seven- and Nine-Day Open-Jaw Sailings from Copenhagen, Denmark, and for the First-Time Helsinki, as a New Homeport for NCL  

Among the 225 New Voyages, Featuring 150 Unique Ports of Call, NCL ® Will Make its Debut in Portree, Scotland; Leirvik (Stord), Norway; and Palamós, Spain  

• Norwegian Dawn_Lisbon_News Tile - Composite
• N. Viva in Santorini_Carousel- Specs- Composite

Norwegian Cruise Line ® (NCL), the innovator in global cruise travel, has open for sale additional cruises for its 2026 spring/summer season with more port-immersive Europe sailings across Northern Europe , the Mediterranean , and Greek Isles across eight ships providing cruisers a variety of sailing lengths and embarkation ports to plan their dream European vacation; in addition to bucket-list itineraries through the South Pacific, warm weather summer voyages through the Western Caribbean, journeys to Canada and New England for the fall season, among other fascinating destinations. 

As part of NCL's guest-centric itinerary planning, the Brand is offering more seven-day itineraries throughout Europe with many voyages that include limited or no sea days, allowing guests to fully immerse themselves into each destination. Select seven-to-14-day sailings also offer overnight stays in Reykjavik, Iceland; Copenhagen, Denmark; Istanbul, Turkey and more. There are a total of 22 overnights in Europe this season, where cruisers can choose to enjoy late night dinners and nightlife on shore. With 11 unique embarkation ports offering voyages across 10 different European countries, including Helsinki -  a brand-new homeport for NCL - the company is providing travelers the opportunity to begin and end their vacation in the destination that best fulfils their European travel desires. Among the newly open for sale Europe cruises, NCL will call to Portree, Scotland; Leirvik (Stord), Norway; and Palamós, Spain for the very first time.  

"At NCL, we take pride in offering our guests various options to plan where they want to vacation," said David J. Herrera, President of Norwegian Cruise Line. "Whether they choose our seven-day sailings, longer immersive voyages, or cruises that begin and end in a new destination, we make it so our guests can vacation with ease with us from start to finish. From transportation, air programming and so much more, we strive to offer the best service all around.""

At NCL, we take pride in offering our guests various options to plan where they want to vacation. Whether they choose our seven-day sailings, longer immersive voyages, or cruises that begin and end in a new destination, we make it so our guests can vacation with ease with us from start to finish. From transportation, air programming and so much more, we strive to offer the best service all around.

Additional highlights from the 225 new and available sailings include:

NORTHERN EUROPE

From June through October 2026, Norwegian Sun will offer a full Baltic season with seven- to 10-day sailings where guests can embark in Copenhagen, Denmark or Helsinki, and visit a port nearly every day including towns in Norway, Germany, Poland, Lithuania, Sweden and more. On select nine-day voyages from Helsinki, Norwegian Sun's itinerary includes an overnight stay in Copenhagen, Denmark where guests can explore the history of the city, visit the famous entertainment district of Nyhavn; or stroll down Stroget, one of the longest pedestrian shopping streets in Europe.

Norwegian Sky ® will commence her second full Europe season on April 19, 2026 with four unique seven-day open-jaw sailings to the Northern Capitals embarking in Le Havre, France and Copenhagen, Denmark, offering an overnight stay in Hamburg, Germany and visiting Zeebruge, Belgium; Tilbury, United Kingdom; and Ijmuiden, Netherlands. The vessel will then cruise a series of 10- and 11-day British Isles voyages from May through Sept. 2026 where NCL will make its debut in Portree, Scotland on its May 17, 2026 sailing.

Travelers looking to take advantage of the long hours of summer daylight in Iceland can embark on one of Norwegian Star’s ® 10- or 11-day Extraordinary Journeys between May and September 2026 embarking in Reykjavik, Iceland or Southampton, UK. With these open-jaw sailings, guests can choose to extend their vacation on land pre- or post-cruise. During the May 21, 2026 voyage, NCL will cruise to Leirvik (Stord), Norway for the very first time, and revisit the port on select 10-day cruises. Known for its attractive harbor, travelers can explore Leirvik's Sunnhordlandstunet, an open-air museum featuring several historical courtyards, and much more. Norwegian Star's 11-day Iceland sailings also offer a unique opportunity - an overnight stay in Reykjavik, Iceland - providing more time in destination to explore nature's wonders.

MEDITERRANEAN AND GREEK ISLES

Beginning April 2026 and through October 2026, NCL’s newest ship, Norwegian Viva ® , will cruise nine and 10-day Western Mediterranean and Greek Isles voyages. To further provide guests with more port time, a selection of the Greek Isles voyages will also include an overnight stay in Istanbul, Turkey for guests to discover the city late into the night. Perfect for those searching for a warm European escape, the itineraries visit popular towns in Turkey, Malta, Italy, Greece, Montenegro and Croatia. These unique open-jaw cruises provide travelers more embarkation and disembarkation port options to choose from including Barcelona, Spain; Venice (Ravenna), Italy; Istanbul, Turkey; and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy, allowing them the opportunity to continue their vacation with loved ones on land.

Amongst the new seven-day Western Mediterranean sailings are:

• Norwegian Epic ® : Sailing a variety of open-jaw voyages to and from Barcelona, Spain and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy between May 2026 and October 2026, with calls to Nice/Monaco (Villefranche) and Marseille, France; as well as Messina, Salerno and late-night departures from Livorno, Italy, offering between 10 to 17 hours in port to enjoy a longer shore excursion day trip into a nearby town such as Florence or Pisa, Italy.  
• Norwegian Dawn ® : These port-intensive open-jaw cruises between April 2026 and October 2026 offer no sea days and embark and disembark in Barcelona, Spain and Lisbon, Portugal. Ports of call include late departures from Palma de Mallorca and Ibiza, Spain allowing more time for guests to enjoy popular beach clubs on these Mediterranean islands; as well as visits to Portimao, Portugal; Gibraltar; and more.
• Norwegian Gem ® : On May 10, 2026, the ship will start her Europe season with a sailing from Barcelona, Spain where NCL will make its debut in Palamós, Spain, known for scenic hiking paths and beautiful beaches, during the ship’s voyage. Norwegian Gem will also call for the first time in Salerno, Italy and Nice/Monaco (Villefranche), France. Following this sailing, the ship will then embark on a series of cruises to and from Venice (Ravenna) and Rome (Civitavecchia), Italy with no sea days calling to Greece; Montenegro; and Croatia, where guests can fully enjoy Dubrovnik, Croatia as select itineraries offer a departure late into the evening.  

Norwegian Pearl’s ® seven-day Greek Isles voyages from May 2026 through October 2026 is the ideal cruise for guests looking to island hop through picturesque Greece. Cruisers have the option to choose from varied itineraries with late departures in Santorini and Mykonos, Greece; as well as Dubrovnik, Croatia; to fully immerse themselves in the destination to enjoy a beautiful sunset, indulge in a lively evening dinner, and more. Embarkation and disembarking ports for these voyages alternate between Venice (Ravenna), Italy and Athens (Piraeus), Greece providing guests greater vacation choices.

WESTERN CARIBBEAN, AND CANADA & NEW ENGLAND

Norwegian Escape ® will offer guests seven-day roundtrip sailings to the Western Caribbean from New Orleans between April 12, 2026 through May 10, 2026, followed by seven-day roundtrip sailings from Miami between May 24, 2026 and Aug. 9, 2026. Both itineraries will visit Cozumel and Costa Maya, Mexico; Roatán (Bay Islands), Honduras; and Harvest Caye, NCL's 75-acre resort-style destination in Southern Belize.

To kick off her fall season, Norwegian Escape will offer a selection of seven-day roundtrip Canada & New England voyages from New York City between August 2026 and October 2026. During her Aug. 28, 2026 sailing, the ship will call to Boston for the very first time, making it the first Breakaway Plus class ship to visit the city. The itinerary takes guests through a journey to Portland, Maine; Saint John, New Brunswick and Halifax, Nova Scotia in Canada; to enjoy the fall foliage and bask in the cool fall weather.

IMMERSIVE VOYAGES WITH NORWEGIAN SPIRIT ®

From April 22, 2026 through July 3, 2026 and Sept. 17, 2026 through Nov. 17, 2026, Norwegian Spirit ® will offer a variety of open-jaw South Pacific sailings between 11- and 13-day voyages calling to New Caledonia; Fiji; Samoa Islands; French Polynesia and the Hawaii islands. Guests have a variety of embarkation ports to choose from including Sydney; Papeete, French Polynesia; Honolulu; and Lautoka, Fiji - a brand new embarkation port for Norwegian Spirit.

For travelers looking for a once-in-a-lifetime cruising experience to explore Alaska and Hawaii , affectionately named NCL’s “Fire and Ice” voyages, Norwegian Spirit will offer four unique 16-day sailings starting July 15, 2026 through Sept. 1, 2026. The voyages offer embarkation in Honolulu or Vancouver, Canada and visit bucket-list destinations such as the dreamlike and warm-weather islands of Kahului (Maui), Hilo and Nawiliwili (Kauai), Hawaii; as well as the majestic and cool-weather towns of Ketchikan, Skagway and Juneau, Alaska.

For B-roll of Norwegian Cruise Line ships, please click here .

For full details about the Company's spring and summer 2026 worldwide itineraries and its award-winning 19-ship fleet, or to book a cruise, please contact a travel professional, call 888-NCL-CRUISE (625-2784) or visit www.ncl.com .